Wa Lau Annana وَلَوْ أَنَّنَا
Part 8 of 30 • 143 Verses
۞ وَلَوْ أَنَّنَا نَزَّلْنَآ إِلَيْهِمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةَ وَكَلَّمَهُمُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ وَحَشَرْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ قُبُلًا مَّا كَانُوا۟ لِيُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ يَجْهَلُونَ
13:32.
天使的职能之一, 是向人们提出好的思想并要求他们接受真理 (41:32, 33)。有时他们通过梦和精神境界来完成这种职能。已死的正直的人们, 可以在梦中出现在人们眼前来为先知的宣称作证。还有另一种已死的人向人们说话的方式。一个精神已死的民族, 由於他们的先知的教导而在一种新的精神生活中复生时, 他们精神上的复生, 可以说是, 对不信的人在说话, 而且证实先知所宣称的真理。
这些话指的是自然界不同对象的明证, 这些对象以地震、瘟疫、饥馑、战争与其他天灾的形式来证明先知的真理。这样, 自然界本身看来对不信的人在生气; 各种自然力量在对他们进行战争。
13:32.
One of the functions of the angels is to suggest good ideas to men and to invite them to truth (41:32, 33). Sometimes they perform this function through dreams and visions. The righteous, who are dead, appear to men in dreams to testify to the claim of the Prophets. There is another way in which the dead speak to men. When a people who are spiritually dead are quickened to a new spiritual life by the teaching of their Prophet, their spiritual regeneration, as it were, speaks to the disbelievers and testifies to the truth of his claim.
The words refer to the testimony of the different objects of nature which bear testimony to the truth of a Prophet in the form of earthquakes, pestilences, famines, wars and other visitations. Thus nature itself appears to be angry with disbelievers; the very elements are up in arms against them.
13:32.
Commentary:
The subject of the previous verse is continued in this one. One of the functions of the angels is to suggest good ideas to men and to invite them to virtue (2:32). They sometimes perform this function through the medium of dreams and visions. The opening words of the verse refer to this very function.
The words, the dead speak to them, refer to the testimony of pious men of the past to the truth of a Divine Messenger either by means of prophecies which are handed down to posterity in writing or orally, or by their appearing to men in dreams and visions.
There is another way also in which the dead may speak to men. This happens when a person who is spiritually dead or a nation which is devoid of spiritual life is quickened to life by seeing the truth of their Prophet and then testifies to his truth before other persons or nations.
The words, and We gather to them all things face to face, refer to the testimony of the different objects of nature to the truth of a Prophet before his enemies. The different objects of nature bear testimony in the form of earthquakes, pestilences, storms, floods, famines and other visitations. These things come upon the enemies of a Prophet as punishments from heaven. Nature itself appears to be angry with them; the very elements are up in arms against them. All things that are God’s (and what is there that is not God’s?) stand up in opposition to the enemies of a Divine Messenger. Thus it is that both heaven and earth bear testimony to a Prophet’s truth.
It should be noted that all these signs were actually shown in the time of the Holy Prophet. As for the angels, they appeared at the Battle of Badr and were even seen by some of the disbelievers (Jarir, iv. 47), but those who were hard-hearted did not believe. They knew the Holy Prophet to be a truthful and upright man but, surrounded by evil associates and swayed by evil passions, they denied his claims. In the beginning even men like Abu Jahl were impressed by the truth and honesty of the Holy Prophet; for it is recorded that when the verses of the Quran were recited to Abu Jahl for the first time, he admitted that it was the truth. In spite of this, however, he exclaimed, "When did we follow the children of ‘Abd Manaf?" (an ancestor of the Holy Prophet), meaning that he could not accept the leadership of the Prophet. Thereafter he gradually increased in perversity, so much so that at the Battle of Badr he actually prayed to God to destroy whichever of them (meaning himself and the Holy Prophet) had created mischief and discord among his people. The prayer was heard, but he himself was its victim. His case is a typical instance of how the hearts of men were hardened because they rejected the Holy Prophet at the very outset, in spite of knowing him to be sincere and truthful.
The words, most of them behave ignorantly, imply that they will not believe unless God forces His will on them and compels them to accept the truth; but God will not do that, and these people are so foolhardy that they would not change their hostile attitude unless compelled to do so.
b
13:32.
453
天使的职能之一, 是向人们提出好的思想并要求他们接受真理 (41:32, 33)。有时他们通过梦和精神境界来完成这种职能。已死的正直的人们, 可以在梦中出现在人们眼前来为先知的宣称作证。还有另一种已死的人向人们说话的方式。一个精神已死的民族, 由於他们的先知的教导而在一种新的精神生活中复生时, 他们精神上的复生, 可以说是, 对不信的人在说话, 而且证实先知所宣称的真理。
454
这些话指的是自然界不同对象的明证, 这些对象以地震、瘟疫、饥馑、战争与其他天灾的形式来证明先知的真理。这样, 自然界本身看来对不信的人在生气; 各种自然力量在对他们进行战争。
a
13:32.
853
Commentary:
The subject of the previous verse is continued in this one. One of the functions of the angels is to suggest good ideas to men and to invite them to virtue (2:32). They sometimes perform this function through the medium of dreams and visions. The opening words of the verse refer to this very function.
The words, the dead speak to them, refer to the testimony of pious men of the past to the truth of a Divine Messenger either by means of prophecies which are handed down to posterity in writing or orally, or by their appearing to men in dreams and visions.
There is another way also in which the dead may speak to men. This happens when a person who is spiritually dead or a nation which is devoid of spiritual life is quickened to life by seeing the truth of their Prophet and then testifies to his truth before other persons or nations.
The words, and We gather to them all things face to face, refer to the testimony of the different objects of nature to the truth of a Prophet before his enemies. The different objects of nature bear testimony in the form of earthquakes, pestilences, storms, floods, famines and other visitations. These things come upon the enemies of a Prophet as punishments from heaven. Nature itself appears to be angry with them; the very elements are up in arms against them. All things that are God’s (and what is there that is not God’s?) stand up in opposition to the enemies of a Divine Messenger. Thus it is that both heaven and earth bear testimony to a Prophet’s truth.
It should be noted that all these signs were actually shown in the time of the Holy Prophet. As for the angels, they appeared at the Battle of Badr and were even seen by some of the disbelievers (Jarir, iv. 47), but those who were hard-hearted did not believe. They knew the Holy Prophet to be a truthful and upright man but, surrounded by evil associates and swayed by evil passions, they denied his claims. In the beginning even men like Abu Jahl were impressed by the truth and honesty of the Holy Prophet; for it is recorded that when the verses of the Quran were recited to Abu Jahl for the first time, he admitted that it was the truth. In spite of this, however, he exclaimed, "When did we follow the children of ‘Abd Manaf?" (an ancestor of the Holy Prophet), meaning that he could not accept the leadership of the Prophet. Thereafter he gradually increased in perversity, so much so that at the Battle of Badr he actually prayed to God to destroy whichever of them (meaning himself and the Holy Prophet) had created mischief and discord among his people. The prayer was heard, but he himself was its victim. His case is a typical instance of how the hearts of men were hardened because they rejected the Holy Prophet at the very outset, in spite of knowing him to be sincere and truthful.
The words, most of them behave ignorantly, imply that they will not believe unless God forces His will on them and compels them to accept the truth; but God will not do that, and these people are so foolhardy that they would not change their hostile attitude unless compelled to do so.
b
13:32.
898
One of the functions of the angels is to suggest good ideas to men and to invite them to truth (41:32, 33). Sometimes they perform this function through dreams and visions. The righteous, who are dead, appear to men in dreams to testify to the claim of the Prophets. There is another way in which the dead speak to men. When a people who are spiritually dead are quickened to a new spiritual life by the teaching of their Prophet, their spiritual regeneration, as it were, speaks to the disbelievers and testifies to the truth of his claim.
899
The words refer to the testimony of the different objects of nature which bear testimony to the truth of a Prophet in the form of earthquakes, pestilences, famines, wars and other visitations. Thus nature itself appears to be angry with disbelievers; the very elements are up in arms against them.
وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا لِكُلِّ نَبِىٍّ عَدُوًّا شَيَٰطِينَ ٱلْإِنسِ وَٱلْجِنِّ يُوحِى بَعْضُهُمْ إِلَىٰ بَعْضٍ زُخْرُفَ ٱلْقَوْلِ غُرُورًا ۚ وَلَوْ شَآءَ رَبُّكَ مَا فَعَلُوهُ ۖ فَذَرْهُمْ وَمَا يَفْتَرُونَ
اصل لفظ کے معنے بُرے کے نہیں لیکن چونکہ وحی کا لفظ شیطان کے لئے آیا ہے اور اس آیت میں آگے آتا ہے کہ شیطان جھوٹی باتوں کا خیال پیدا کرتا ہے اس لئے ہم نے ترجمہ میں بُرے کا لفظ خیال سے پہلے بڑھا دیا ہے۔
25:32.
The words, men and jinn, which occur in many verses of the Qur’an do not signify two different species of God’s creatures, but two classes of human beings; "men" denoting the masses or the common folk, and "jinn" standing for the big people who often remain aloof from the common people and do not mix with them, practically remaining hidden from public gaze.
25:32.
Important Words:
زخرف (gilded). They say زخرف البیت i.e. he adorned, decorated or embellished the house. زخرف الکلام means, he arranged or put into a right state the speech or language; he embellished it with lies, etc. زخرف means, gold; any ornament or decoration or embellishment; also anything adorned, decorated or embellished; anything embellished with false colouring or with lies (Aqrab).
For غرورا (in order to deceive) see 4:121.
Commentary:
The words, men and jinn, which occur in many verses of the Quran do not refer to two different species of God’s creatures, but only to two classes of human beings, i.e. "men" denoting the masses or the common folk, and jinn standing for the big people who often remain aloof from the common people and do not mix with them, practically remaining concealed from public gaze. See also 6:101.
Those of the common people and the big people who lead the opposition to the Prophets of God have been styled Shayatin (evil ones), for an explanation of which see note on 2:15. This word shows that those who lead lives of sin before the advent of a Prophet generally increase in sinfulness as a punishment for their evil deeds, so that when a Prophet makes his appearance, they assume the role of arch-enemies to him and become leaders of opposition. It is a law of God, in both the physical and spiritual worlds, that the powers of man develop in the direction in which they are exercised. So, as such men employ their powers in the wrong way, the result is that at the advent of a Prophet they become still greater sinners and become leaders of men in opposing the truth. Again, in order to augment their mischief, these leaders suggest, as hinted in the words, gilded speech, such arguments to one another as appear to be sound and true but are really false and hollow, and their object in suggesting such things is to deceive the weak-minded.
c
25:32.
455
“人 和 جِنّ (Jinn, 精纳)” 这些字, 在 «古兰经» 许多经文中出现, 并不意指安拉的两种不同创造物, 而是指两类人; “人” 指的是群众或一般人, 而 “精纳” 代表大人物, 他们常常脱离老百姓, 不同他们混在一起, 实际上大家老是见不到他们。
3
اصل لفظ کے معنے بُرے کے نہیں لیکن چونکہ وحی کا لفظ شیطان کے لئے آیا ہے اور اس آیت میں آگے آتا ہے کہ شیطان جھوٹی باتوں کا خیال پیدا کرتا ہے اس لئے ہم نے ترجمہ میں بُرے کا لفظ خیال سے پہلے بڑھا دیا ہے۔
a
25:32.
854
Important Words:
زخرف (gilded). They say زخرف البیت i.e. he adorned, decorated or embellished the house. زخرف الکلام means, he arranged or put into a right state the speech or language; he embellished it with lies, etc. زخرف means, gold; any ornament or decoration or embellishment; also anything adorned, decorated or embellished; anything embellished with false colouring or with lies (Aqrab).
For غرورا (in order to deceive) see 4:121.
Commentary:
The words, men and jinn, which occur in many verses of the Quran do not refer to two different species of God’s creatures, but only to two classes of human beings, i.e. "men" denoting the masses or the common folk, and jinn standing for the big people who often remain aloof from the common people and do not mix with them, practically remaining concealed from public gaze. See also 6:101.
Those of the common people and the big people who lead the opposition to the Prophets of God have been styled Shayatin (evil ones), for an explanation of which see note on 2:15. This word shows that those who lead lives of sin before the advent of a Prophet generally increase in sinfulness as a punishment for their evil deeds, so that when a Prophet makes his appearance, they assume the role of arch-enemies to him and become leaders of opposition. It is a law of God, in both the physical and spiritual worlds, that the powers of man develop in the direction in which they are exercised. So, as such men employ their powers in the wrong way, the result is that at the advent of a Prophet they become still greater sinners and become leaders of men in opposing the truth. Again, in order to augment their mischief, these leaders suggest, as hinted in the words, gilded speech, such arguments to one another as appear to be sound and true but are really false and hollow, and their object in suggesting such things is to deceive the weak-minded.
a
25:32.
900
The words, men and jinn, which occur in many verses of the Qur’an do not signify two different species of God’s creatures, but two classes of human beings; "men" denoting the masses or the common folk, and "jinn" standing for the big people who often remain aloof from the common people and do not mix with them, practically remaining hidden from public gaze.
وَلِتَصْغَىٰٓ إِلَيْهِ أَفْـِٔدَةُ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْءَاخِرَةِ وَلِيَرْضَوْهُ وَلِيَقْتَرِفُوا۟ مَا هُم مُّقْتَرِفُونَ
پہلے لکھا جا چکا ہے کہ عمل کی جزا کے طور پر اگر عمل کا لفظ استعمال کیا جائے تو عربی میں اس کے معنے اس عمل کی جزا کے ہوتے ہیں۔ چونکہ اس آیت کا لفظی ترجمہ بھی یہ ہے کہ ’’تاوہ کمالیں جو وہ کما رہے ہیں‘‘ ہم نے یہ ترجمہ کیا ہے کہ تا وہ اپنے اعمال کا نتیجہ دیکھ لیں۔ نیز اگلی آیت نمبر۱۲۱ میں اللہ تعالیٰ نے اس مضمون کو اسی عبارت میں بیان کیا ہے جو ہم نے ترجمہ میں لکھی ہے۔
That they may persist in their evil course. The words also mean that they experience the consequences of what they earn.
Important Words:
یقترفوا (they may earn) is derived from اقترف which again is derived from قرف. They say قرف لعیاله i.e. he earned for his family. قرف علی القوم means, he transgressed against the people and lied. قرف الرجل means, the man lied and mixed truth with falsehood. قرف الشیء means, he peeled the skin or bark (of a tree, etc.). اقترف الرجل means, the man earned, especially an evil. اقترف الذنب means, he committed the sin (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The subject of the previous verse is continued here. Wicked leaders from among the common people and from among the big people suggest to one another gilded speech and fallacious reasoning in order to deceive the weak-minded and in order to attract towards themselves the hearts of disbelievers with a view to winning their applause and making them persist in their evil course against the Prophets.
1
پہلے لکھا جا چکا ہے کہ عمل کی جزا کے طور پر اگر عمل کا لفظ استعمال کیا جائے تو عربی میں اس کے معنے اس عمل کی جزا کے ہوتے ہیں۔ چونکہ اس آیت کا لفظی ترجمہ بھی یہ ہے کہ ’’تاوہ کمالیں جو وہ کما رہے ہیں‘‘ ہم نے یہ ترجمہ کیا ہے کہ تا وہ اپنے اعمال کا نتیجہ دیکھ لیں۔ نیز اگلی آیت نمبر۱۲۱ میں اللہ تعالیٰ نے اس مضمون کو اسی عبارت میں بیان کیا ہے جو ہم نے ترجمہ میں لکھی ہے۔
855
Important Words:
یقترفوا (they may earn) is derived from اقترف which again is derived from قرف. They say قرف لعیاله i.e. he earned for his family. قرف علی القوم means, he transgressed against the people and lied. قرف الرجل means, the man lied and mixed truth with falsehood. قرف الشیء means, he peeled the skin or bark (of a tree, etc.). اقترف الرجل means, the man earned, especially an evil. اقترف الذنب means, he committed the sin (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The subject of the previous verse is continued here. Wicked leaders from among the common people and from among the big people suggest to one another gilded speech and fallacious reasoning in order to deceive the weak-minded and in order to attract towards themselves the hearts of disbelievers with a view to winning their applause and making them persist in their evil course against the Prophets.
900A
That they may persist in their evil course. The words also mean that they experience the consequences of what they earn.
أَفَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْتَغِى حَكَمًا وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مُفَصَّلًا ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّهُۥ مُنَزَّلٌ مِّن رَّبِّكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُمْتَرِينَ
7:53; 12:112; 16:90.
2:147; 6:21.
The "Book" may also refer to the Qur’an; for not only the previous Divine Scriptures but also the Qur’an itself bears testimony to the truth of the Holy Prophet. It contains teachings which, though they run counter to current views and beliefs, yet fair-minded people to whom these teachings are rehearsed and explained feel constrained to acknowledge their reasonableness.
7:53; 12:112; 16:90.
2:147; 6:21.
Commentary:
The words, Shall I seek for judge other than Allah, illustrate how wicked leaders bring forward gilded speech and fallacious reasoning against the Prophets. They try to turn away the attention of men from the revealed Scriptures which bear testimony to the truth of a Prophet and bring forward doubtful traditions and quotations from religious writings of human authors in support of their false notions. Or, as sometimes happens, they propose the names of certain persons to act as judges and to give their verdict after hearing the arguments of both sides. As the Prophets of God have to expose the errors of all parties, therefore, wicked leaders are sure that the judges, influenced by the general opposition to the Prophets, will give their verdict against them. So the Quran makes the Holy Prophet emphatically declare, Shall I seek for judge other than Allah? i.e. in religious matters none beside Allah can be taken as judge. The writings of theologians cannot make us dispense with the revealed Word of God, nor can any human being act as judge in matters pertaining to faith. Allah alone can act as judge and His word alone can guide to the truth.
Now the question arises, How does Allah or His word act as judge? The question is answered by the verse in the words: And those to whom We gave the Book know that it has been sent down from thy Lord with truth. This means that the Quran has come in accordance with, and in fulfilment of the prophecies contained in the previous Scriptures and, as none knows the secrets of the future save God, so the Quran must be accepted as proceeding from Him. The previous Scriptures contain clear prophecies concerning the Holy Prophet and these prophecies bear testimony to his truth and the truth of the Quran; hence, those who have been given a knowledge of the Book and consequently of the prophecies contained therein should know that the Holy Prophet of Islam is a true Prophet and that the revelation that has been sent down to him is a true revelation. It is thus that God acts as judge.
The word "Book" in the clause, those to whom We gave the Book, may also refer to the Quran; for not only the previous Word of God, but also the Quran itself, bears testimony to the Holy Prophet. The Quran contains teachings which run counter to the views and beliefs current among the nations of the world; yet every opponent before whom these teachings are rehearsed and explained is compelled to acknowledge their great reasonableness and superiority. Again, not only were these teachings accepted by thousands in the lifetime of the Holy Prophet but those who believed in them were so convinced of their truth that they were prepared to lay down their lives rather than give up these teachings. So the very lives of the Companions of the Holy Prophet bore witness to the truth of the Quran. A Book which is possessed of such spiritual power cannot be rejected as false.
The last words of the verse, i.e. be thou not of those who doubt, refer to the reader, and not to the Holy Prophet. When the previous Scriptures as well as the Quran bear unmistakable testimony to the truth of the Holy Prophet and of the revelation that has been sent down to him, then no one is justified in entertaining doubt concerning them.
a
7:53; 12:112; 16:90.
b
2:148; 6:21.
a
7:53; 12:112; 16:90.
b
2:147; 6:21.
856
Commentary:
The words, Shall I seek for judge other than Allah, illustrate how wicked leaders bring forward gilded speech and fallacious reasoning against the Prophets. They try to turn away the attention of men from the revealed Scriptures which bear testimony to the truth of a Prophet and bring forward doubtful traditions and quotations from religious writings of human authors in support of their false notions. Or, as sometimes happens, they propose the names of certain persons to act as judges and to give their verdict after hearing the arguments of both sides. As the Prophets of God have to expose the errors of all parties, therefore, wicked leaders are sure that the judges, influenced by the general opposition to the Prophets, will give their verdict against them. So the Quran makes the Holy Prophet emphatically declare, Shall I seek for judge other than Allah? i.e. in religious matters none beside Allah can be taken as judge. The writings of theologians cannot make us dispense with the revealed Word of God, nor can any human being act as judge in matters pertaining to faith. Allah alone can act as judge and His word alone can guide to the truth.
Now the question arises, How does Allah or His word act as judge? The question is answered by the verse in the words: And those to whom We gave the Book know that it has been sent down from thy Lord with truth. This means that the Quran has come in accordance with, and in fulfilment of the prophecies contained in the previous Scriptures and, as none knows the secrets of the future save God, so the Quran must be accepted as proceeding from Him. The previous Scriptures contain clear prophecies concerning the Holy Prophet and these prophecies bear testimony to his truth and the truth of the Quran; hence, those who have been given a knowledge of the Book and consequently of the prophecies contained therein should know that the Holy Prophet of Islam is a true Prophet and that the revelation that has been sent down to him is a true revelation. It is thus that God acts as judge.
The word "Book" in the clause, those to whom We gave the Book, may also refer to the Quran; for not only the previous Word of God, but also the Quran itself, bears testimony to the Holy Prophet. The Quran contains teachings which run counter to the views and beliefs current among the nations of the world; yet every opponent before whom these teachings are rehearsed and explained is compelled to acknowledge their great reasonableness and superiority. Again, not only were these teachings accepted by thousands in the lifetime of the Holy Prophet but those who believed in them were so convinced of their truth that they were prepared to lay down their lives rather than give up these teachings. So the very lives of the Companions of the Holy Prophet bore witness to the truth of the Quran. A Book which is possessed of such spiritual power cannot be rejected as false.
The last words of the verse, i.e. be thou not of those who doubt, refer to the reader, and not to the Holy Prophet. When the previous Scriptures as well as the Quran bear unmistakable testimony to the truth of the Holy Prophet and of the revelation that has been sent down to him, then no one is justified in entertaining doubt concerning them.
a
7:53; 12:112; 16:90.
b
2:147; 6:21.
901
The "Book" may also refer to the Qur’an; for not only the previous Divine Scriptures but also the Qur’an itself bears testimony to the truth of the Holy Prophet. It contains teachings which, though they run counter to current views and beliefs, yet fair-minded people to whom these teachings are rehearsed and explained feel constrained to acknowledge their reasonableness.
وَتَمَّتْ كَلِمَتُ رَبِّكَ صِدْقًا وَعَدْلًا ۚ لَّا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَٰتِهِۦ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ
6:35.
6:35.
It is reported that when Mecca fell and the Holy Prophet entered the Ka‘bah which was at that time full of idols, and struck the idols one after the other with his stick, he recited the very words of this prophecy: The word of thy Lord has been fulfilled in truth and justice, thus alluding to the fact that with the Fall of Mecca the word of God had indeed been fulfilled (Manthur).
The Divine prophecies or the way and manner in which God’s laws work in favour of Divine Prophets.
6:35.
Commentary:
The verb تمت (has been fulfilled) though grammatically in the past tense is here used in the future tense, meaning, shall be fulfilled, for in prophecies often a preterit is used to express the future tense. This is done in order to show that the event predicted is, in the sight of God, as good as fulfilled. The words thus contain a prophecy and mean that what God has said about the future triumph of Islam shall certainly come to pass. It is reported that when Mecca fell and the Holy Prophet entered the Ka‘bah, which was at that time full of idols, and struck the idols one after another with his stick, he recited the very words of this prophecy: the Word of thy Lord has been fulfilled in truth and justice, in allusion to the fact that with the Fall of Mecca, the Word of God had indeed been fulfilled (Manthur, under 6:116).
The words, None can change His words, refer to the prophecies or to the ways or usage of God. With regard to the سنة or usage of God, it must be remembered that it is not for us to determine what the usage or the law of God is. Generally speaking, it is that which has been expressly mentioned as such in the Quran. Thus, one of the laws of God specified in the Quran is that His Messengers triumph and their enemies are brought to naught. Such laws have been spoken of as سنن الله(the ways or usages of God) and are not to be confounded with the laws of nature.
By the words, the All-Hearing, the All-Knowing is meant that God hears not only the prayers of believers but also what the enemies of the Holy Prophet say against him. Similarly, He knows not only the sufferings and sacrifices of believers but also what the enemies of Islam are doing to harm and ruin it. So He will decide between the two parties.
c
6:35.
a
6:35.
857
Commentary:
The verb تمت (has been fulfilled) though grammatically in the past tense is here used in the future tense, meaning, shall be fulfilled, for in prophecies often a preterit is used to express the future tense. This is done in order to show that the event predicted is, in the sight of God, as good as fulfilled. The words thus contain a prophecy and mean that what God has said about the future triumph of Islam shall certainly come to pass. It is reported that when Mecca fell and the Holy Prophet entered the Ka‘bah, which was at that time full of idols, and struck the idols one after another with his stick, he recited the very words of this prophecy: the Word of thy Lord has been fulfilled in truth and justice, in allusion to the fact that with the Fall of Mecca, the Word of God had indeed been fulfilled (Manthur, under 6:116).
The words, None can change His words, refer to the prophecies or to the ways or usage of God. With regard to the سنة or usage of God, it must be remembered that it is not for us to determine what the usage or the law of God is. Generally speaking, it is that which has been expressly mentioned as such in the Quran. Thus, one of the laws of God specified in the Quran is that His Messengers triumph and their enemies are brought to naught. Such laws have been spoken of as سنن الله(the ways or usages of God) and are not to be confounded with the laws of nature.
By the words, the All-Hearing, the All-Knowing is meant that God hears not only the prayers of believers but also what the enemies of the Holy Prophet say against him. Similarly, He knows not only the sufferings and sacrifices of believers but also what the enemies of Islam are doing to harm and ruin it. So He will decide between the two parties.
c
6:35.
901A
It is reported that when Mecca fell and the Holy Prophet entered the Ka‘bah which was at that time full of idols, and struck the idols one after the other with his stick, he recited the very words of this prophecy: The word of thy Lord has been fulfilled in truth and justice, thus alluding to the fact that with the Fall of Mecca the word of God had indeed been fulfilled (Manthur).
902
The Divine prophecies or the way and manner in which God’s laws work in favour of Divine Prophets.
وَإِن تُطِعْ أَكْثَرَ مَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ يُضِلُّوكَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ إِن يَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا ٱلظَّنَّ وَإِنْ هُمْ إِلَّا يَخْرُصُونَ
10:37; 53:29.
10:37; 53:29.
10:37; 53:29.
Important Words:
یخرصون (lie) is derived from خرص which means, he computed the quantity or number of a thing by conjecture; he conjectured; he opined while he was not certain. It also means, he spoke falsely, or he lied, or he said what was untrue. خراص means, a liar; or one who only conjectures or opines and does not make sure of a thing by ascertaining the truth (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the question of the truth or otherwise of Islam should not be decided according to the verdict of the majority, for the majority of mankind are ignorant. Therefore, matters of faith cannot be decided by the verdict of the majority. There has never been a people the majority of whom are wise or learned. Even in worldly legislatures, it is only a limited number of persons whose opinion matters. Again, even in so-called advanced countries the masses have their leaders, and it is these leaders whose opinion they follow. Thus, in reality, it is always a limited number whose opinion matters.
The verse refers particularly to the people of Arabia in the time of the Holy Prophet, the majority of whom were undoubtedly ignorant.
d
10:37; 53:29.
a
10:37; 53:29.
858
Important Words:
یخرصون (lie) is derived from خرص which means, he computed the quantity or number of a thing by conjecture; he conjectured; he opined while he was not certain. It also means, he spoke falsely, or he lied, or he said what was untrue. خراص means, a liar; or one who only conjectures or opines and does not make sure of a thing by ascertaining the truth (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the question of the truth or otherwise of Islam should not be decided according to the verdict of the majority, for the majority of mankind are ignorant. Therefore, matters of faith cannot be decided by the verdict of the majority. There has never been a people the majority of whom are wise or learned. Even in worldly legislatures, it is only a limited number of persons whose opinion matters. Again, even in so-called advanced countries the masses have their leaders, and it is these leaders whose opinion they follow. Thus, in reality, it is always a limited number whose opinion matters.
The verse refers particularly to the people of Arabia in the time of the Holy Prophet, the majority of whom were undoubtedly ignorant.
d
10:37; 53:29.
إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ مَن يَضِلُّ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ ۖ وَهُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ
16:126.
16:126.
In matters of faith it is neither the majority nor the minority that can be accepted as judge of what is right or wrong. God alone is the Infallible Judge. He gives His judgment by showing heavenly Signs and by helping the party which pursues the path of truth.
16:126.
Commentary:
The verse signifies that, apart from the fact stated in the preceding verse that the majority of men often possess less knowledge than the minority, neither the majority nor the minority can be trusted in matters of faith. Sometimes the minority are in the right and sometimes the majority. Hence it is necessary that God should decide as to which party follows the right path. In fact, God alone can be the judge. He gives His decision by showing heavenly signs and by helping the party which pursues the path of truth.
e
16:126.
a
16:126.
859
Commentary:
The verse signifies that, apart from the fact stated in the preceding verse that the majority of men often possess less knowledge than the minority, neither the majority nor the minority can be trusted in matters of faith. Sometimes the minority are in the right and sometimes the majority. Hence it is necessary that God should decide as to which party follows the right path. In fact, God alone can be the judge. He gives His decision by showing heavenly signs and by helping the party which pursues the path of truth.
a
16:126.
903
In matters of faith it is neither the majority nor the minority that can be accepted as judge of what is right or wrong. God alone is the Infallible Judge. He gives His judgment by showing heavenly Signs and by helping the party which pursues the path of truth.
فَكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا ذُكِرَ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ إِن كُنتُم بِـَٔايَٰتِهِۦ مُؤْمِنِينَ
5:5.
5:5.
Vv. 2:173 and 23:52 show that the eating of good and pure food has a direct bearing on the actions of man. So believers are here enjoined to partake of pure and wholesome food to strengthen their faith and cleanse their hearts of impurity.
5:5.
Commentary:
The commandment to eat of that over which the name of Allah has been pronounced may appear to some to have no connection with the subject matter of the previous verses. But it is really not so. The very fact that this verse is preceded by the particle فاء (then) shows that this commandment has come as a sequence of what has gone before. Again, the verb کلوا (eat) is plural and as this commandment is given in continuation of the preceding commandments, it follows that the previous commandments, although given in the singular number, are general in their application and are not addressed to the Holy Prophet personally. Thus the commandment, be thou not of those who doubt (6:115 above), is also addressed to really each and every reader.
As regards the connection between the present commandment and the preceding ones, it may be noted that elsewhere the Quran says: O ye who believe, eat of the good things We have provided for you, and render thanks to Allah (2:173). Again, O ye Messengers, eat of the things that are pure, and do good works (23:52). These verses clearly show that the eating of good and pure things has a direct bearing on the actions of man, who is thereby enabled to feel grateful to God and do good works. As the weak among the Faithful sometimes gave way to doubt when they heard the objections of disbelievers referred to in the previous verses, the Quran here bids them to partake of pure and holy food. The result will be that they themselves will become pure and their faith will become strengthened and thus they will become proof against the doubts which disbelievers seek to create in their minds by raising objections.
It may be objected that present-day Muslims pronounce the name of God on the animals they slaughter, and yet their minds are not free from doubt. The reason is that they pronounce the name of God only as a cold formality without sincerity or earnestness. It should also be remembered that the injunction to eat of that on which the name of God has been pronounced applies not only to the flesh of animals but to all kinds of food. The verse enjoins Muslims to pronounce the name of God on all food of which they partake, so that they may be constantly reminded of God and their lives may be sanctified.
The verse also shows how those who follow reason only, independently of Divine revelation, commit blunders. One of the objections raised by disbelievers against Muslims was that, although they professed to be devoted to God, yet they did not partake of the flesh of the animal that was killed by God (meaning the animal that died of itself), while they cheerfully partook of the flesh of animals which they themselves killed, (i.e. slaughtered animals). This is the kind of objection which is sometimes raised by men who depend merely on reason and think themselves to be independent of Divine revelation. The verse incidentally answers this objection by hinting that it is not a question of who kills the animal. The question is, who follows the commandment of God and who partakes of his food in His name. Certainly only he who acts upon the commandment of God and eats in His name, will win His pleasure.
f
5:5.
b
5:5.
860
Commentary:
The commandment to eat of that over which the name of Allah has been pronounced may appear to some to have no connection with the subject matter of the previous verses. But it is really not so. The very fact that this verse is preceded by the particle فاء (then) shows that this commandment has come as a sequence of what has gone before. Again, the verb کلوا (eat) is plural and as this commandment is given in continuation of the preceding commandments, it follows that the previous commandments, although given in the singular number, are general in their application and are not addressed to the Holy Prophet personally. Thus the commandment, be thou not of those who doubt (6:115 above), is also addressed to really each and every reader.
As regards the connection between the present commandment and the preceding ones, it may be noted that elsewhere the Quran says: O ye who believe, eat of the good things We have provided for you, and render thanks to Allah (2:173). Again, O ye Messengers, eat of the things that are pure, and do good works (23:52). These verses clearly show that the eating of good and pure things has a direct bearing on the actions of man, who is thereby enabled to feel grateful to God and do good works. As the weak among the Faithful sometimes gave way to doubt when they heard the objections of disbelievers referred to in the previous verses, the Quran here bids them to partake of pure and holy food. The result will be that they themselves will become pure and their faith will become strengthened and thus they will become proof against the doubts which disbelievers seek to create in their minds by raising objections.
It may be objected that present-day Muslims pronounce the name of God on the animals they slaughter, and yet their minds are not free from doubt. The reason is that they pronounce the name of God only as a cold formality without sincerity or earnestness. It should also be remembered that the injunction to eat of that on which the name of God has been pronounced applies not only to the flesh of animals but to all kinds of food. The verse enjoins Muslims to pronounce the name of God on all food of which they partake, so that they may be constantly reminded of God and their lives may be sanctified.
The verse also shows how those who follow reason only, independently of Divine revelation, commit blunders. One of the objections raised by disbelievers against Muslims was that, although they professed to be devoted to God, yet they did not partake of the flesh of the animal that was killed by God (meaning the animal that died of itself), while they cheerfully partook of the flesh of animals which they themselves killed, (i.e. slaughtered animals). This is the kind of objection which is sometimes raised by men who depend merely on reason and think themselves to be independent of Divine revelation. The verse incidentally answers this objection by hinting that it is not a question of who kills the animal. The question is, who follows the commandment of God and who partakes of his food in His name. Certainly only he who acts upon the commandment of God and eats in His name, will win His pleasure.
b
5:5.
904
Vv. 2:173 and 23:52 show that the eating of good and pure food has a direct bearing on the actions of man. So believers are here enjoined to partake of pure and wholesome food to strengthen their faith and cleanse their hearts of impurity.
وَمَا لَكُمْ أَلَّا تَأْكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا ذُكِرَ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ وَقَدْ فَصَّلَ لَكُم مَّا حَرَّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِلَّا مَا ٱضْطُرِرْتُمْ إِلَيْهِ ۗ وَإِنَّ كَثِيرًا لَّيُضِلُّونَ بِأَهْوَآئِهِم بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ
2:174; 5:4, 5; 6:146; 16:116.
2:174; 5:4, 5; 6:146; 16:116.
2:174; 5:4-5; 6:146; 16:116.
Commentary:
In this verse the objection of disbelievers has been answered in the very words in which it was made. Their objection was that Muslims profess to be devoted to the name of Allah, yet they do not eat of the flesh of the animal killed by God, i.e. the animal that dies of itself. The answer given in the present verse is, "when we are devoted to Allah, why should we not eat of the food on which the name of our Lord is pronounced?" But the name of God is not pronounced on an animal that dies of itself. Its death takes place under the general law of nature.
The words, He has already explained, refer to 16:116, which was revealed earlier.
The word "mislead" signifies that man-made teachings, which are given by most men in opposition to the teachings of God, only lead people astray.
The word "transgressors" at the end of the verse indicates that the objections raised against the teachings of God have their source in malice and enmity and those who bring forward such objections are indeed transgressors.
g
2:174; 5:4, 5; 6:146; 16:116.
a
2:174; 5:4-5; 6:146; 16:116.
861
Commentary:
In this verse the objection of disbelievers has been answered in the very words in which it was made. Their objection was that Muslims profess to be devoted to the name of Allah, yet they do not eat of the flesh of the animal killed by God, i.e. the animal that dies of itself. The answer given in the present verse is, "when we are devoted to Allah, why should we not eat of the food on which the name of our Lord is pronounced?" But the name of God is not pronounced on an animal that dies of itself. Its death takes place under the general law of nature.
The words, He has already explained, refer to 16:116, which was revealed earlier.
The word "mislead" signifies that man-made teachings, which are given by most men in opposition to the teachings of God, only lead people astray.
The word "transgressors" at the end of the verse indicates that the objections raised against the teachings of God have their source in malice and enmity and those who bring forward such objections are indeed transgressors.
c
2:174; 5:4, 5; 6:146; 16:116.
وَذَرُوا۟ ظَٰهِرَ ٱلْإِثْمِ وَبَاطِنَهُۥٓ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْسِبُونَ ٱلْإِثْمَ سَيُجْزَوْنَ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَقْتَرِفُونَ
6:152; 7:34.
6:152; 7:34.
6:152; 7:34.
Commentary:
There are certain things which are manifestly evil and there are others which appear to be good but are really evil; or even if they do not appear to be good, their evil nature lies concealed and is not apparent. The Quran enjoins Muslims here to abstain from both, for such is the requirement of true piety.
The verse beautifully explains why it is forbidden to eat such animals as die of themselves or such as are not duly slaughtered by pronouncing thereupon the name of God. The pronouncing of the name of God exercises only a subtle influence. It brings about no physical change in the flesh, but it does produce a sanctifying effect on the heart. The killing of an animal is likely to harden the heart. But when a man pronounces the name of God at the time of slaughter, he, as it were, says: "I have no right to kill this animal of my own accord, but Allah Whose creation and property it is, has granted me permission to do so." This mental attitude will insure the heart against becoming hardened. Moreover, the pronouncing of the name of God is meant to be a guarantee that the animal is being slaughtered in the name of the Lord and Master of the universe and not in that of any other.
It was on a similar principle that ‘Umar, the Second Successor of the Holy Prophet, acted when, while kissing the Black Stone at the time of performing the طواف or circuit of the Ka‘bah, he addressed it in the memorable words: "I know thou art only a stone, but I kiss thee because I saw the Prophet of God kiss thee" (Bukhari, ch. on Hajj). By so saying, he pointed to the great truth that devotion to God should make man averse from paying homage to anything beside Him and that all actions of man should be performed for God.
a
6:152; 7:34.
a
6:152; 7:34.
862
Commentary:
There are certain things which are manifestly evil and there are others which appear to be good but are really evil; or even if they do not appear to be good, their evil nature lies concealed and is not apparent. The Quran enjoins Muslims here to abstain from both, for such is the requirement of true piety.
The verse beautifully explains why it is forbidden to eat such animals as die of themselves or such as are not duly slaughtered by pronouncing thereupon the name of God. The pronouncing of the name of God exercises only a subtle influence. It brings about no physical change in the flesh, but it does produce a sanctifying effect on the heart. The killing of an animal is likely to harden the heart. But when a man pronounces the name of God at the time of slaughter, he, as it were, says: "I have no right to kill this animal of my own accord, but Allah Whose creation and property it is, has granted me permission to do so." This mental attitude will insure the heart against becoming hardened. Moreover, the pronouncing of the name of God is meant to be a guarantee that the animal is being slaughtered in the name of the Lord and Master of the universe and not in that of any other.
It was on a similar principle that ‘Umar, the Second Successor of the Holy Prophet, acted when, while kissing the Black Stone at the time of performing the طواف or circuit of the Ka‘bah, he addressed it in the memorable words: "I know thou art only a stone, but I kiss thee because I saw the Prophet of God kiss thee" (Bukhari, ch. on Hajj). By so saying, he pointed to the great truth that devotion to God should make man averse from paying homage to anything beside Him and that all actions of man should be performed for God.
d
6:152; 7:34.
وَلَا تَأْكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا لَمْ يُذْكَرِ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَفِسْقٌ ۗ وَإِنَّ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينَ لَيُوحُونَ إِلَىٰٓ أَوْلِيَآئِهِمْ لِيُجَٰدِلُوكُمْ ۖ وَإِنْ أَطَعْتُمُوهُمْ إِنَّكُمْ لَمُشْرِكُونَ
5:4; 6:146.
The verse explains why it is forbidden to eat such animals as die of themselves or such as are not duly slaughtered with an invocation of the name of God. The pronouncement of the name of God produces sanctifying effect on man’s heart which nullifies the hardening effect which the killing of the animal is likely to produce.
5:4; 6:146.
Commentary:
The verse points out that if believers eat of the flesh of those animals on which the name of God has not been pronounced, it will be an act of disobedience and transgression.
One sin leads to another. If a believer fails to pronounce the name of God on his food, his heart becomes devoid of reverence for Him and this gradually leads to شرك i.e. associating partners with God.
b
5:4; 6:146.
456
这节经文说明禁止吃诸如自行死亡的牲畜, 或未诵安拉之名而宰杀的牲畜的理由。诵呼安拉之名在人类心灵上会产生一种神圣效应, 它可以抵消宰杀牲畜所可能产生的冷酷无情的效应。
a
5:4; 6:146.
863
Commentary:
The verse points out that if believers eat of the flesh of those animals on which the name of God has not been pronounced, it will be an act of disobedience and transgression.
One sin leads to another. If a believer fails to pronounce the name of God on his food, his heart becomes devoid of reverence for Him and this gradually leads to شرك i.e. associating partners with God.
a
5:4; 6:146.
905
The verse explains why it is forbidden to eat such animals as die of themselves or such as are not duly slaughtered with an invocation of the name of God. The pronouncement of the name of God produces sanctifying effect on man’s heart which nullifies the hardening effect which the killing of the animal is likely to produce.
أَوَمَن كَانَ مَيْتًا فَأَحْيَيْنَٰهُ وَجَعَلْنَا لَهُۥ نُورًا يَمْشِى بِهِۦ فِى ٱلنَّاسِ كَمَن مَّثَلُهُۥ فِى ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ لَيْسَ بِخَارِجٍ مِّنْهَا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ زُيِّنَ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
8:25.
6:109; 10:13; 27:5.
In the foregoing verses it was pointed out that man-made laws are always defective. Now it is mentioned in the present verse that man-made teachings cannot stand against Divine teachings. The case of those who devise laws, with the aid of human reason alone, is like one who gropes in darkness from which he will never come out.
8:25.
6:109; 10:13; 27:5.
Commentary:
In the foregoing verses it was pointed out that man-made teachings are always defective. Now, the Quran proceeds to show that man-made teachings cannot stand against Divine teachings.
The verse purports to put the question: "If there is a teaching which is really from God, will it not be better than that devised by man?" Now, this is a question which every man, even a disbeliever, will have to reply in the affirmative. Indeed, human reason cannot have the boldness to deny it. The question has thus been put to make disbelievers conscious of a great truth.
The expression, he is in utter darkness whence he cannot come forth, refers to the man who devises laws with the aid of reason alone— reason that is fettered by numberless limitations to which man is subject. The laws made by men are always subject to change owing to their intrinsic defectiveness. A law is made today but it has to be changed tomorrow on account of the defects which by experience are found in it. Then the new law is again changed for the same reason, and this process goes on indefinitely and sometimes even a sort of a circle comes into being. Thus the case of such men as devise their laws with the aid of human reason alone is like one who is in darkness from which he will never come out.
The words, made to seem fair, imply that Satan and his associates adorn the evil doings of men. In the beginning it is Satan who misleads men by inciting them to evil. But when a man goes on doing evil deeds, his evil deeds gradually begin to appear good to him. This is the law of God meant as a punishment. It is to this later adornment of deeds under the law of God that the Quran refers in 6:109 above.
c
8:25.
d
6:109; 10:13; 27:5.
457
前面的经文中指出过, 人定出来的法律总是有缺点的。现在这节经文说, 人的教导不能违背安拉的教导。那些只借助於人的理智来制定法律的人, 他们的情况犹如黑暗中摸索的人, 永远也走不出来。
a
8:25.
b
6:109; 10:13; 27:5.
864
Commentary:
In the foregoing verses it was pointed out that man-made teachings are always defective. Now, the Quran proceeds to show that man-made teachings cannot stand against Divine teachings.
The verse purports to put the question: "If there is a teaching which is really from God, will it not be better than that devised by man?" Now, this is a question which every man, even a disbeliever, will have to reply in the affirmative. Indeed, human reason cannot have the boldness to deny it. The question has thus been put to make disbelievers conscious of a great truth.
The expression, he is in utter darkness whence he cannot come forth, refers to the man who devises laws with the aid of reason alone— reason that is fettered by numberless limitations to which man is subject. The laws made by men are always subject to change owing to their intrinsic defectiveness. A law is made today but it has to be changed tomorrow on account of the defects which by experience are found in it. Then the new law is again changed for the same reason, and this process goes on indefinitely and sometimes even a sort of a circle comes into being. Thus the case of such men as devise their laws with the aid of human reason alone is like one who is in darkness from which he will never come out.
The words, made to seem fair, imply that Satan and his associates adorn the evil doings of men. In the beginning it is Satan who misleads men by inciting them to evil. But when a man goes on doing evil deeds, his evil deeds gradually begin to appear good to him. This is the law of God meant as a punishment. It is to this later adornment of deeds under the law of God that the Quran refers in 6:109 above.
b
8:25.
c
6:109; 10:13; 27:5.
906
In the foregoing verses it was pointed out that man-made laws are always defective. Now it is mentioned in the present verse that man-made teachings cannot stand against Divine teachings. The case of those who devise laws, with the aid of human reason alone, is like one who gropes in darkness from which he will never come out.
وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا فِى كُلِّ قَرْيَةٍ أَكَٰبِرَ مُجْرِمِيهَا لِيَمْكُرُوا۟ فِيهَا ۖ وَمَا يَمْكُرُونَ إِلَّا بِأَنفُسِهِمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ
17:17.
یہ ظلم نہیں کیونکہ جرم کا لازمی نتیجہ یہ ہوتا ہے کہ بُری بات اچھی نظر آنے لگتی ہے۔ پس یہ طبعی نتیجہ ہے ورنہ خداتعالیٰ جبر نہیں کرتا۔
اس جگہ قرآن کریم میں لام ہے اور وہ لامِ عاقبت ہے۔ یعنی اس کے معنے اردو میں یہ ہوتے ہیں کہ ’’اس کے نتیجہ میں‘‘۔
17:17.
17:17.
Commentary:
The verse is rather difficult to translate. Some translators make the word اکابر (great ones) the first object of the verb جعلنا (have We made) and the word مجرمیھا (its sinners) the second object. But the better rendering and one more befitting the context is to treat the words اکابر and مجرمیھا as مضاف and مضاف الیه making them jointly the first object of جعلنا and supplying the second object from the expression "in utter darkness" occurring in the preceding verse. Similarly the لام in لیمکروا is not لام تعلیل but لام عاقبة.
We are told in 6:113 above that it is the law of God that wicked leaders from among the common people and from among the big ones are always hostile to the Prophets of God. It is to these wicked leaders that the verse under comment refers. They are surrounded by utter darkness from which they never emerge (see the preceding verse).
e
17:17.
1
یہ ظلم نہیں کیونکہ جرم کا لازمی نتیجہ یہ ہوتا ہے کہ بُری بات اچھی نظر آنے لگتی ہے۔ پس یہ طبعی نتیجہ ہے ورنہ خداتعالیٰ جبر نہیں کرتا۔
2
اس جگہ قرآن کریم میں لام ہے اور وہ لامِ عاقبت ہے۔ یعنی اس کے معنے اردو میں یہ ہوتے ہیں کہ ’’اس کے نتیجہ میں‘‘۔
b
17:17.
865
Commentary:
The verse is rather difficult to translate. Some translators make the word اکابر (great ones) the first object of the verb جعلنا (have We made) and the word مجرمیھا (its sinners) the second object. But the better rendering and one more befitting the context is to treat the words اکابر and مجرمیھا as مضاف and مضاف الیه making them jointly the first object of جعلنا and supplying the second object from the expression "in utter darkness" occurring in the preceding verse. Similarly the لام in لیمکروا is not لام تعلیل but لام عاقبة.
We are told in 6:113 above that it is the law of God that wicked leaders from among the common people and from among the big ones are always hostile to the Prophets of God. It is to these wicked leaders that the verse under comment refers. They are surrounded by utter darkness from which they never emerge (see the preceding verse).
d
17:17.
وَإِذَا جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَةٌ قَالُوا۟ لَن نُّؤْمِنَ حَتَّىٰ نُؤْتَىٰ مِثْلَ مَآ أُوتِىَ رُسُلُ ٱللَّهِ ۘ ٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ حَيْثُ يَجْعَلُ رِسَالَتَهُۥ ۗ سَيُصِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ أَجْرَمُوا۟ صَغَارٌ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَعَذَابٌ شَدِيدٌۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَمْكُرُونَ
یعنی کون رسول بننے کا مستحق ہے اور کون نہیں۔
28:49.
Allah knows best who is fit to be His Messenger and who is not.
28:49.
Commentary:
The verse embodies the last argument or the last excuse of disbelievers in the present discussion. They say, "We will never believe in Divine revelation until we also receive revelation like unto the revelation of the Messengers of God. If God speaks to them, let Him speak to us also."
God answers this foolish objection by saying: "It is not to every man that God speaks; He speaks only to him whom He finds worthy of it and whom He selects for the purpose." As for those who make themselves deserving of humiliation and abasement, they cannot be honoured with messages from God. Their doom is only "humiliation and a severe punishment."
a
28:49.
458
安拉最知道谁适合於作他的使者, 而谁却不适合。
2
یعنی کون رسول بننے کا مستحق ہے اور کون نہیں۔
a
28:49.
866
Commentary:
The verse embodies the last argument or the last excuse of disbelievers in the present discussion. They say, "We will never believe in Divine revelation until we also receive revelation like unto the revelation of the Messengers of God. If God speaks to them, let Him speak to us also."
God answers this foolish objection by saying: "It is not to every man that God speaks; He speaks only to him whom He finds worthy of it and whom He selects for the purpose." As for those who make themselves deserving of humiliation and abasement, they cannot be honoured with messages from God. Their doom is only "humiliation and a severe punishment."
a
28:49.
906A
Allah knows best who is fit to be His Messenger and who is not.
فَمَن يُرِدِ ٱللَّهُ أَن يَهْدِيَهُۥ يَشْرَحْ صَدْرَهُۥ لِلْإِسْلَٰمِ ۖ وَمَن يُرِدْ أَن يُضِلَّهُۥ يَجْعَلْ صَدْرَهُۥ ضَيِّقًا حَرَجًا كَأَنَّمَا يَصَّعَّدُ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يَجْعَلُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلرِّجْسَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ
10:101.
10:101.
He regards Divine commandments as a burden and finds physical difficulty and mental trouble in carrying them out. His bosom, as it were, becomes narrow like one who is climbing up a steep height.
10:101.
Important Words:
حرجاً (close) means, close, strait or narrow (Lane). See also 4:66.
رجس (Punishment). See 5:91.
Commentary:
The desire of Allah, mentioned in the words, whomsoever Allah wishes to guide, follows the actions of man. It is the result of man’s own good deeds, and not arbitrary.
The words, He expands his bosom for the acceptance of Islam, signify that such a one is cheerfully willing to accept and obey every command of God. He feels pleasure in obeying God’s behests. If a man is always ready and willing to obey the commandments of God, it shows that he is progressing spiritually. But if a man feels Divine commandments to be a burden, it is an indication of the fact that he is spiritually retrogressing.
The "wish" of Allah to make a man go astray also comes as a sequence to man’s own evil deeds. When a man becomes a sinner and does wicked deeds the result is that he is led astray from the right path. Such a one feels the commandments of God to be burdensome, and perceives difficulty and mental trouble in carrying them out. His bosom becomes narrow and close. His case is like that of a person who is asked to climb up a steep height.
It may be noted here in passing that the verse also hints that to ascend into heaven with the physical body is a sort of punishment and not a boon.
The verse tells us that God helps those who practise virtue and willingly obey His commandments and He causes them to progress spiritually, while those who do not believe and lead sinful lives continue to advance in sin and wickedness.
The verse further teaches us that we cannot progress spiritually unless we render obedience to God with willing and cheerful hearts.
b
10:101.
a
10:101.
867
Important Words:
حرجاً (close) means, close, strait or narrow (Lane). See also 4:66.
رجس (Punishment). See 5:91.
Commentary:
The desire of Allah, mentioned in the words, whomsoever Allah wishes to guide, follows the actions of man. It is the result of man’s own good deeds, and not arbitrary.
The words, He expands his bosom for the acceptance of Islam, signify that such a one is cheerfully willing to accept and obey every command of God. He feels pleasure in obeying God’s behests. If a man is always ready and willing to obey the commandments of God, it shows that he is progressing spiritually. But if a man feels Divine commandments to be a burden, it is an indication of the fact that he is spiritually retrogressing.
The "wish" of Allah to make a man go astray also comes as a sequence to man’s own evil deeds. When a man becomes a sinner and does wicked deeds the result is that he is led astray from the right path. Such a one feels the commandments of God to be burdensome, and perceives difficulty and mental trouble in carrying them out. His bosom becomes narrow and close. His case is like that of a person who is asked to climb up a steep height.
It may be noted here in passing that the verse also hints that to ascend into heaven with the physical body is a sort of punishment and not a boon.
The verse tells us that God helps those who practise virtue and willingly obey His commandments and He causes them to progress spiritually, while those who do not believe and lead sinful lives continue to advance in sin and wickedness.
The verse further teaches us that we cannot progress spiritually unless we render obedience to God with willing and cheerful hearts.
b
10:101.
907
He regards Divine commandments as a burden and finds physical difficulty and mental trouble in carrying them out. His bosom, as it were, becomes narrow like one who is climbing up a steep height.
وَهَٰذَا صِرَٰطُ رَبِّكَ مُسْتَقِيمًا ۗ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْءَايَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَذَّكَّرُونَ
6:154.
6:154.
6:154.
c
6:154.
b
6:154.
c
6:154.
۞ لَهُمْ دَارُ ٱلسَّلَٰمِ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ ۖ وَهُوَ وَلِيُّهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ
10:26.
10:26.
10:26.
Commentary:
As السلام (peace) is also one of the names of God, the expression دارالسلام may also be rendered as the abode of God, i.e. the presence of God. The virtuous are thus promised the reward of God’s nearness.
d
10:26.
a
10:26.
868
Commentary:
As السلام (peace) is also one of the names of God, the expression دارالسلام may also be rendered as the abode of God, i.e. the presence of God. The virtuous are thus promised the reward of God’s nearness.
a
10:26.
وَيَوْمَ يَحْشُرُهُمْ جَمِيعًا يَٰمَعْشَرَ ٱلْجِنِّ قَدِ ٱسْتَكْثَرْتُم مِّنَ ٱلْإِنسِ ۖ وَقَالَ أَوْلِيَآؤُهُم مِّنَ ٱلْإِنسِ رَبَّنَا ٱسْتَمْتَعَ بَعْضُنَا بِبَعْضٍ وَبَلَغْنَآ أَجَلَنَا ٱلَّذِىٓ أَجَّلْتَ لَنَا ۚ قَالَ ٱلنَّارُ مَثْوَىٰكُمْ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ إِلَّا مَا شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ
7:39-40; 10:29; 34:32.
مَعْشَرْ (Mashar) 的意思是, 做同样事务的一伙人 (Lane)。这节经文中精这个单词清楚地意指反对 اِنْس (Ins, 弱而贫穷阶层的人) 的那些有权势的巨头。
这句阿拉伯话的意思可以是: (1) 你们已经把老百姓中的许多人争取到你的一边并使他们听从你的话; (2) 你们已经剥削或利用了他们; (3) 你们已经把群众放在非常重要的位置, 也就是说, 你们出于害怕群众不再跟从你们而未接受真理。正如薄弱的人们害怕大人物而不接受真理, 同样地, 大人物有时害怕他们的跟从者抛弃他们而不接受真理。
这节经文提供了另外一个证明:此处 Jinn (精纳) 这个单词的意思只是一个阶层的人, 即有权势的大人物。因为剥削一个阶层的人, 只能是另一阶层的人。Jinn 如作为与人不同的存在物, 是从来也不剥削人的, 也从来没看到过安拉的使者是从他们中间选拔出来的。
جنّوں سے مراد بڑے لوگ ہیں۔ کیونکہ وہ ڈیوڑھیوں اور دربانوں کے پیچھے لوگوں سے چھپے رہتے ہیں۔
یعنی ان کی پارٹی کے عام آدمی۔
7:39, 40; 10:29; 34:32.
Ma‘shar means, a company of men whose affair is the same (Lane). In this verse the word jinn clearly signifies great and powerful men as opposed to Ins, i.e. the weak and poor classes.
The Arabic words may mean: (1) You have won over many from among the common masses to your side and have made them follow you; (2) you have exploited them; (3) you have attached great importance to the masses, i.e. you did not accept the Truth out of fear lest the masses should cease to follow you. Just as weak people do not accept the Truth out of fear of the great, similarly the great ones are sometimes afraid of their followers and do not accept the Truth out of fear lest they should desert them.
The verse provides another proof of the fact that by the word "jinn" is here meant only a class of human beings, viz. the great and the powerful, for it is only one class of men that exploits another class, jinn as beings different from men have never been found to exploit men, neither are Divine Messengers known to have ever been raised among them.
7:39-40; 10:29; 34:32.
Important Words:
معشر (company) is derived from عشر. They say عشر المال i.e. he took one-tenth of the property. عشرھم means, he took one from among them, they being ten. عشرة and عشر mean, ten. معشر means, a company; a collective body; a community; a family. It is so called because a company or community consists of many individuals, the word عشرة (ten) being that large and perfect number after which there is no number but what is composed of the units comprised in it (Lane).
الجن (jinn) is derived from جن (janna). They say جنه i.e. he veiled, concealed, hid, covered or protected him or it. That is the primary significance which is retained in all the derivations of the word. Thus a garden is known as جنة (jannat) because its trees cover or conceal the ground. A child in its mother’s womb is known as جنن because it lies concealed in the womb. The heart is known as جنان because it lies concealed in the bosom. A grave is known as جنن because it conceals the dead body. The piece of cloth worn by a woman is known as جنة (junnah) because it covers her head and bosom. A shield is known مجنة as because it covers and protects the fighter. Madness or insanity is known as جنون because it obscures and, as it were, veils the faculty of reason. A serpent is known as جان because it generally lies concealed in holes or dark corners. Similarly, جن (jinn) are so called because they are considered to be invisible bodies concealed from human sight. جن also means the prime or first part of a thing, probably because it covers or conceals the main body that follows (Lisan & Taj). For a fuller discussion of the word and an explanation of the jinn see note on 15:28. See also 6:101.
استکثرتم (you sought to make subservient to yourselves a great many) is derived from کثر which means, it was or became much or abundant or many or numerous. استکثر من الشیء means, he desired or wished much of the thing; or he reckoned it much, abundant or many (Lane). استکثرتم منھم signifies, you have misled many of them; or you have made many of them follow you; or you have made them subservient to yourselves (Kashshaf).
مثوی (abode) is derived from ثوی. They say ثوی بالمکان i.e. he remained, stayed, or abode in the place; or he stayed or dwelt long in it; he settled in the place; he alighted at the place. So مثوی means, a place where one remains, stays, dwells or abides; an abode or a dwelling; a place of alighting (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse definitely proves that at least here the Quran does not use the word jinn to signify a species other than mankind. The very words and the only possible signification of the verse contradict that sense. The word as used in this verse, which thus holds a sort of key position, cannot but mean great and powerful men as opposed to the weak and poor classes. The word جن as shown under Important Words is derived from a root which means to hide or conceal. As the beings properly known as jinn are hidden from the eyes of men, therefore, they have been called جن. The great men have also been called jinn because they very rarely mix with the general public and remain, as it were, hidden from them.
The sentence قد استکثرتم من الانس (you have sought to make subservient to yourselves a great many from among men) has two meanings: (1) you have taken to yourselves many from among the masses, i.e. you have won them over to your side and made them follow you and have thus misled them; (2) you have reckoned the masses to be many (as against God), i.e. you have attached more importance to the masses than to God; you did not accept the truth out of fear of the masses, lest they should desert you and cease to hold you in honour. It is indeed strange that just as the weak do not sometimes accept the truth out of fear of the great, lest they should inflict loss or pain on them, similarly the great are sometimes afraid of their humbler followers and do not accept the truth, fearing lest the latter should turn away from them and desert them. Heraclius, for instance, was convinced of the truth of the Holy Prophet but did not openly acknowledge it out of the fear of his subjects who, he thought, were bitterly opposed to Islam and would rebel against him, if he declared his faith (Bukhari).
The words, we profited from one another, imply that the friendships of disbelievers are also transitory and that they will fall out among themselves on the Day of Judgement. The poor will say: "We led lives of humiliation in subjection to the big ones who derived profit from us. So, o Lord, inflict upon them a double punishment." This also shows that the word jinn, here, does not refer to any creatures separate from human beings but to a special class of men; for if taken in that sense the above-quoted words cannot apply to them, for human beings do not profit from the genii nor the genii from human beings. It is only one class of man that profits by the other, i.e. the great profit by the poor and vice versa.
The words, The Fire is your abode, are addressed to the humble class of people who pleaded that they were merely tools in the hands of the great. They are told that no pleading can do them any good now, and that they must enter the Fire and remain there until God is pleased to deliver them therefrom. Both the big and the poor are alike guilty.
e
7:39-40; 10:29; 34:32.
459
مَعْشَرْ (Mashar) 的意思是, 做同样事务的一伙人 (Lane)。这节经文中精这个单词清楚地意指反对 اِنْس (Ins, 弱而贫穷阶层的人) 的那些有权势的巨头。
460
这句阿拉伯话的意思可以是: (1) 你们已经把老百姓中的许多人争取到你的一边并使他们听从你的话; (2) 你们已经剥削或利用了他们; (3) 你们已经把群众放在非常重要的位置, 也就是说, 你们出于害怕群众不再跟从你们而未接受真理。正如薄弱的人们害怕大人物而不接受真理, 同样地, 大人物有时害怕他们的跟从者抛弃他们而不接受真理。
461
这节经文提供了另外一个证明:此处 Jinn (精纳) 这个单词的意思只是一个阶层的人, 即有权势的大人物。因为剥削一个阶层的人, 只能是另一阶层的人。Jinn 如作为与人不同的存在物, 是从来也不剥削人的, 也从来没看到过安拉的使者是从他们中间选拔出来的。
3
جنّوں سے مراد بڑے لوگ ہیں۔ کیونکہ وہ ڈیوڑھیوں اور دربانوں کے پیچھے لوگوں سے چھپے رہتے ہیں۔
4
یعنی ان کی پارٹی کے عام آدمی۔
b
7:39-40; 10:29; 34:32.
869
Important Words:
معشر (company) is derived from عشر. They say عشر المال i.e. he took one-tenth of the property. عشرھم means, he took one from among them, they being ten. عشرة and عشر mean, ten. معشر means, a company; a collective body; a community; a family. It is so called because a company or community consists of many individuals, the word عشرة (ten) being that large and perfect number after which there is no number but what is composed of the units comprised in it (Lane).
الجن (jinn) is derived from جن (janna). They say جنه i.e. he veiled, concealed, hid, covered or protected him or it. That is the primary significance which is retained in all the derivations of the word. Thus a garden is known as جنة (jannat) because its trees cover or conceal the ground. A child in its mother’s womb is known as جنن because it lies concealed in the womb. The heart is known as جنان because it lies concealed in the bosom. A grave is known as جنن because it conceals the dead body. The piece of cloth worn by a woman is known as جنة (junnah) because it covers her head and bosom. A shield is known مجنة as because it covers and protects the fighter. Madness or insanity is known as جنون because it obscures and, as it were, veils the faculty of reason. A serpent is known as جان because it generally lies concealed in holes or dark corners. Similarly, جن (jinn) are so called because they are considered to be invisible bodies concealed from human sight. جن also means the prime or first part of a thing, probably because it covers or conceals the main body that follows (Lisan & Taj). For a fuller discussion of the word and an explanation of the jinn see note on 15:28. See also 6:101.
استکثرتم (you sought to make subservient to yourselves a great many) is derived from کثر which means, it was or became much or abundant or many or numerous. استکثر من الشیء means, he desired or wished much of the thing; or he reckoned it much, abundant or many (Lane). استکثرتم منھم signifies, you have misled many of them; or you have made many of them follow you; or you have made them subservient to yourselves (Kashshaf).
مثوی (abode) is derived from ثوی. They say ثوی بالمکان i.e. he remained, stayed, or abode in the place; or he stayed or dwelt long in it; he settled in the place; he alighted at the place. So مثوی means, a place where one remains, stays, dwells or abides; an abode or a dwelling; a place of alighting (Lane).
Commentary:
The verse definitely proves that at least here the Quran does not use the word jinn to signify a species other than mankind. The very words and the only possible signification of the verse contradict that sense. The word as used in this verse, which thus holds a sort of key position, cannot but mean great and powerful men as opposed to the weak and poor classes. The word جن as shown under Important Words is derived from a root which means to hide or conceal. As the beings properly known as jinn are hidden from the eyes of men, therefore, they have been called جن. The great men have also been called jinn because they very rarely mix with the general public and remain, as it were, hidden from them.
The sentence قد استکثرتم من الانس (you have sought to make subservient to yourselves a great many from among men) has two meanings: (1) you have taken to yourselves many from among the masses, i.e. you have won them over to your side and made them follow you and have thus misled them; (2) you have reckoned the masses to be many (as against God), i.e. you have attached more importance to the masses than to God; you did not accept the truth out of fear of the masses, lest they should desert you and cease to hold you in honour. It is indeed strange that just as the weak do not sometimes accept the truth out of fear of the great, lest they should inflict loss or pain on them, similarly the great are sometimes afraid of their humbler followers and do not accept the truth, fearing lest the latter should turn away from them and desert them. Heraclius, for instance, was convinced of the truth of the Holy Prophet but did not openly acknowledge it out of the fear of his subjects who, he thought, were bitterly opposed to Islam and would rebel against him, if he declared his faith (Bukhari).
The words, we profited from one another, imply that the friendships of disbelievers are also transitory and that they will fall out among themselves on the Day of Judgement. The poor will say: "We led lives of humiliation in subjection to the big ones who derived profit from us. So, o Lord, inflict upon them a double punishment." This also shows that the word jinn, here, does not refer to any creatures separate from human beings but to a special class of men; for if taken in that sense the above-quoted words cannot apply to them, for human beings do not profit from the genii nor the genii from human beings. It is only one class of man that profits by the other, i.e. the great profit by the poor and vice versa.
The words, The Fire is your abode, are addressed to the humble class of people who pleaded that they were merely tools in the hands of the great. They are told that no pleading can do them any good now, and that they must enter the Fire and remain there until God is pleased to deliver them therefrom. Both the big and the poor are alike guilty.
b
7:39, 40; 10:29; 34:32.
908
Ma‘shar means, a company of men whose affair is the same (Lane). In this verse the word jinn clearly signifies great and powerful men as opposed to Ins, i.e. the weak and poor classes.
909
The Arabic words may mean: (1) You have won over many from among the common masses to your side and have made them follow you; (2) you have exploited them; (3) you have attached great importance to the masses, i.e. you did not accept the Truth out of fear lest the masses should cease to follow you. Just as weak people do not accept the Truth out of fear of the great, similarly the great ones are sometimes afraid of their followers and do not accept the Truth out of fear lest they should desert them.
910
The verse provides another proof of the fact that by the word "jinn" is here meant only a class of human beings, viz. the great and the powerful, for it is only one class of men that exploits another class, jinn as beings different from men have never been found to exploit men, neither are Divine Messengers known to have ever been raised among them.
وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُوَلِّى بَعْضَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ بَعْضًۢا بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ
یعنی جیسا کہ اوپر کی آیت میں گزرا ہے۔
The words may also mean, 'And thus do We set some of the evil doers over others.'
Commentary:
The verse signifies that actually both the poor and the great are wrongdoers and it is on account of their sins that the poor become tools in the hands of the great.
This verse provides another proof of the fact that by the word جن (jinn) is here meant only a class of human beings, viz. the great and the powerful, for it is only one class of men that is set over the other. jinn as beings different from men have never been set over men, nor men over jinn.
2
یعنی جیسا کہ اوپر کی آیت میں گزرا ہے۔
870
Commentary:
The verse signifies that actually both the poor and the great are wrongdoers and it is on account of their sins that the poor become tools in the hands of the great.
This verse provides another proof of the fact that by the word جن (jinn) is here meant only a class of human beings, viz. the great and the powerful, for it is only one class of men that is set over the other. jinn as beings different from men have never been set over men, nor men over jinn.
910A
The words may also mean, 'And thus do We set some of the evil doers over others.'
يَٰمَعْشَرَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ أَلَمْ يَأْتِكُمْ رُسُلٌ مِّنكُمْ يَقُصُّونَ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَٰتِى وَيُنذِرُونَكُمْ لِقَآءَ يَوْمِكُمْ هَٰذَا ۚ قَالُوا۟ شَهِدْنَا عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِنَا ۖ وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَشَهِدُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ كَٰفِرِينَ
39:72; 40:51; 67:9, 10.
7:38.
39:72; 40:51; 67:9-10.
7:38.
Commentary:
The words, Messengers from among yourselves, supply further evidence of the fact that the word jinn does not here refer to a separate creation but to only a section of human beings. We learn from the Quran that Moses and the Holy Prophet were sent as Messengers to jinn also (46:30-33; 72:2-16) and we find no trace of any separate Messengers having ever been raised from among jinn, which shows that the word jinn here refers only to a special class of men. It may also be noted here that this word when applied to the great and powerful persons from among men is generally used in a bad sense, being applied to the wicked among them.
a
39:72; 40:51; 67:9, 10.
b
7:38.
a
39:72; 40:51; 67:9-10.
b
7:38.
871
Commentary:
The words, Messengers from among yourselves, supply further evidence of the fact that the word jinn does not here refer to a separate creation but to only a section of human beings. We learn from the Quran that Moses and the Holy Prophet were sent as Messengers to jinn also (46:30-33; 72:2-16) and we find no trace of any separate Messengers having ever been raised from among jinn, which shows that the word jinn here refers only to a special class of men. It may also be noted here that this word when applied to the great and powerful persons from among men is generally used in a bad sense, being applied to the wicked among them.
a
39:72; 40:51; 67:9, 10.
b
7:38.
ذَٰلِكَ أَن لَّمْ يَكُن رَّبُّكَ مُهْلِكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ بِظُلْمٍ وَأَهْلُهَا غَٰفِلُونَ
یعنی بغیر نبی بھیج کر حجت تمام کرنے کے عذاب نازل کرنا ظلم ہے۔
یعنی خداتعالیٰ کا عذاب بغیر حجت تمام کئے کے نہیں آتا۔ رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم اور آپ کے صحابہ کا بھی یہی طریق عمل تھا کہ وہ کفار کو ہوشیار کرکے اس کے بعد حملہ کرتے تھے۔
11:118; 20:135; 26:209; 28:60.
As the Holy Prophet was raised for all mankind, the word al-Qura would in his case apply to the whole world.
God never sends down general calamities unless He first warns people of the impending visitation by raising a Warner. Calamities referred to here are general calamities such as earthquakes, devastating wars, epidemics, etc. which smite a whole people.
11:118; 20:135; 26:209; 28:60.
Commentary:
The word القری (towns) refers to all those cities, towns and villages to which a Prophet of God is sent. As the Holy Prophet was raised for all mankind, the word would, in his case, apply to the whole world.
The expression بظلم (unjustly) also means, "by reason of their iniquity." The verse would then be translated: "That is because thy Lord would not destroy the towns on account of their iniquity, while their people were unwarned."
The verse gives an important law of God—that He never sends general calamities upon cities on account of their iniquities, unless He first warns them of the impending punishment by sending a warner.
If God had destroyed cities without first raising a Messenger, the people might have excused themselves by saying that, being unwarned, they were following their own reason. After receiving a warner, however, they have no excuse left to them. The world has been visited with widespread calamities in the present age, and in accordance with the law enunciated in the verse under comment, there must have appeared a warner in this age too. There has indeed come a great warner in the person of Ahmad of Qadian, the Promised Messiah, Founder of the Ahmadiyya Movement, who has warned the world of impending disasters and called it to repentance. Let the God-fearing ponder over it.
The verse also shows that the calamities here referred to are not calamities which overtake individuals only, but general calamities which smite whole peoples and nations, as has been the case in the present age.
c
11:118; 20:135; 26:209; 28:60.
462
因为穆圣是为全人类选拔出来的使者, 在这种情况下, اَلْقُرٰى (al-Qura) 这个单词用作全世界解。
463
安拉先选拔一个警告者来警告民众关于即将来临的天灾, 否则, 他是不会降下一般的大灾难的。
3
یعنی بغیر نبی بھیج کر حجت تمام کرنے کے عذاب نازل کرنا ظلم ہے۔
4
یعنی خداتعالیٰ کا عذاب بغیر حجت تمام کئے کے نہیں آتا۔ رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم اور آپ کے صحابہ کا بھی یہی طریق عمل تھا کہ وہ کفار کو ہوشیار کرکے اس کے بعد حملہ کرتے تھے۔
b
11:118; 20:135; 26:209; 28:60.
872
Commentary:
The word القری (towns) refers to all those cities, towns and villages to which a Prophet of God is sent. As the Holy Prophet was raised for all mankind, the word would, in his case, apply to the whole world.
The expression بظلم (unjustly) also means, "by reason of their iniquity." The verse would then be translated: "That is because thy Lord would not destroy the towns on account of their iniquity, while their people were unwarned."
The verse gives an important law of God—that He never sends general calamities upon cities on account of their iniquities, unless He first warns them of the impending punishment by sending a warner.
If God had destroyed cities without first raising a Messenger, the people might have excused themselves by saying that, being unwarned, they were following their own reason. After receiving a warner, however, they have no excuse left to them. The world has been visited with widespread calamities in the present age, and in accordance with the law enunciated in the verse under comment, there must have appeared a warner in this age too. There has indeed come a great warner in the person of Ahmad of Qadian, the Promised Messiah, Founder of the Ahmadiyya Movement, who has warned the world of impending disasters and called it to repentance. Let the God-fearing ponder over it.
The verse also shows that the calamities here referred to are not calamities which overtake individuals only, but general calamities which smite whole peoples and nations, as has been the case in the present age.
c
11:118; 20:135; 26:209; 28:60.
911
As the Holy Prophet was raised for all mankind, the word al-Qura would in his case apply to the whole world.
912
God never sends down general calamities unless He first warns people of the impending visitation by raising a Warner. Calamities referred to here are general calamities such as earthquakes, devastating wars, epidemics, etc. which smite a whole people.
وَلِكُلٍّ دَرَجَٰتٌ مِّمَّا عَمِلُوا۟ ۚ وَمَا رَبُّكَ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا يَعْمَلُونَ
وَرَبُّكَ ٱلْغَنِىُّ ذُو ٱلرَّحْمَةِ ۚ إِن يَشَأْ يُذْهِبْكُمْ وَيَسْتَخْلِفْ مِنۢ بَعْدِكُم مَّا يَشَآءُ كَمَآ أَنشَأَكُم مِّن ذُرِّيَّةِ قَوْمٍ ءَاخَرِينَ
6:148; 18:59.
4:134; 14:20; 35:17.
Commentary:
The Divine attribute of الغنی (Self-Sufficient) means, "one able to do without others" (see 2:264). As God is Self-Sufficient, He can punish rejecters as and when He desires; but He is also full of mercy; therefore, He delays the hour of punishment.
The words مایشاء (what He pleases) have been used in preference to من یشاء (whom He pleases) in order to combine the idea of "any other people" with that of "in any other state or condition."
a
6:148; 18:59.
b
4:134; 14:20; 35:17.
a
6:148; 18:59.
b
4:134; 14:20; 35:17.
873
Commentary:
The Divine attribute of الغنی (Self-Sufficient) means, "one able to do without others" (see 2:264). As God is Self-Sufficient, He can punish rejecters as and when He desires; but He is also full of mercy; therefore, He delays the hour of punishment.
The words مایشاء (what He pleases) have been used in preference to من یشاء (whom He pleases) in order to combine the idea of "any other people" with that of "in any other state or condition."
a
4:134; 14:20; 35:17.
d
6:148; 18:59.
إِنَّ مَا تُوعَدُونَ لَءَاتٍ ۖ وَمَآ أَنتُم بِمُعْجِزِينَ
11:34; 42:32.
کسی طرح باء کا ترجمہ ہے۔
11:34; 42:32.
11:34; 42:32.
Important Words:
معجزین (frustrate) is derived from اعجز which again is derived from عجز which means, he lacked strength, power or ability; he was or became powerless. اعجزہ means, he found him to be without strength, power or ability; or he made him to be without strength, power or ability; or he disabled or incapacitated him; or he rendered him unable to accomplish or attain his object; or he frustrated his endeavours; or he escaped him (Lane).
Commentary:
The words, that which you are promised, refer to the promise of destruction contained in the previous verse. The chapter was revealed at Mecca, when Muslims were few and weak while their enemies were strong and numerous and were subjecting them to bitter persecution with a view to annihilating Islam. In these circumstances, the prophecy relating to the destruction of the enemy in such forceful words and in such tones of certainty could not be made by the helpless man that the Holy Prophet at that time was. It could proceed from none but God the Almighty, Who alone could bring about its fulfilment; and it is writ large on the pages of history how the prophecy was fulfilled. The same prophecy or challenge is continued in the next verse in equally forceful words.
c
11:34; 42:32.
1
کسی طرح باء کا ترجمہ ہے۔
c
11:34; 42:32.
874
Important Words:
معجزین (frustrate) is derived from اعجز which again is derived from عجز which means, he lacked strength, power or ability; he was or became powerless. اعجزہ means, he found him to be without strength, power or ability; or he made him to be without strength, power or ability; or he disabled or incapacitated him; or he rendered him unable to accomplish or attain his object; or he frustrated his endeavours; or he escaped him (Lane).
Commentary:
The words, that which you are promised, refer to the promise of destruction contained in the previous verse. The chapter was revealed at Mecca, when Muslims were few and weak while their enemies were strong and numerous and were subjecting them to bitter persecution with a view to annihilating Islam. In these circumstances, the prophecy relating to the destruction of the enemy in such forceful words and in such tones of certainty could not be made by the helpless man that the Holy Prophet at that time was. It could proceed from none but God the Almighty, Who alone could bring about its fulfilment; and it is writ large on the pages of history how the prophecy was fulfilled. The same prophecy or challenge is continued in the next verse in equally forceful words.
b
11:34; 42:32.
قُلْ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْمَلُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَكَانَتِكُمْ إِنِّى عَامِلٌ ۖ فَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ مَن تَكُونُ لَهُۥ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلدَّارِ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ
11:94, 122; 39:40, 41.
11:94, 122; 39:40, 41.
The words also mean, (1) act according to your way; (2) do your worst. The verse holds out a challenge to the idolatrous Meccans to do their worst and exert themselves to the utmost of their power and resources to extirpate Islam and destroy the small Muslim Community, but they will utterly fail in their nefarious designs and endeavours.
11:94,122; 39:40-41.
Important Words:
مکانتکم (as best you can). The word مکان is considered by some to have been derived from کان which means, he or it was, or he or it came into existence. مکان means, place of being or existence. مکانة means, place of being or existence; state or condition. The Arabs say مکانك و زیدا i.e. keep where thou art and approach not Zaid (Lane & Aqrab). The expression اعملوا علی مکانتکم means, do what you can; or act as best you can; or remain where you are and do your worst (Kashshaf). Some authorities, however, consider the word to have been derived from مکن in which case it signifies greatness; or high rank or standing; or honourable a place or position, especially with a king or potentate (Aqrab & Lane). In this sense the expression would mean, "You look upon yourselves to be great or high in rank. Now come and exert your full power against Islam and then see what the result will be."
Commentary:
As explained under Important Words, the expression اعملوا علی مکانتکم means, you may do your worst and exert yourselves to the utmost of your power and resources to extirpate Islam and destroy the small Muslim community but you will never succeed.
The words, Soon will you know whose will be the ultimate reward, signify, "you will soon see which of the two parties will succeed in the end." The word الدار (abode) may refer either to this world or to the next. In both cases the ultimate reward is reserved for the truthful.
d
11:94, 122; 39:40, 41.
a
11:94,122; 39:40-41.
875
Important Words:
مکانتکم (as best you can). The word مکان is considered by some to have been derived from کان which means, he or it was, or he or it came into existence. مکان means, place of being or existence. مکانة means, place of being or existence; state or condition. The Arabs say مکانك و زیدا i.e. keep where thou art and approach not Zaid (Lane & Aqrab). The expression اعملوا علی مکانتکم means, do what you can; or act as best you can; or remain where you are and do your worst (Kashshaf). Some authorities, however, consider the word to have been derived from مکن in which case it signifies greatness; or high rank or standing; or honourable a place or position, especially with a king or potentate (Aqrab & Lane). In this sense the expression would mean, "You look upon yourselves to be great or high in rank. Now come and exert your full power against Islam and then see what the result will be."
Commentary:
As explained under Important Words, the expression اعملوا علی مکانتکم means, you may do your worst and exert yourselves to the utmost of your power and resources to extirpate Islam and destroy the small Muslim community but you will never succeed.
The words, Soon will you know whose will be the ultimate reward, signify, "you will soon see which of the two parties will succeed in the end." The word الدار (abode) may refer either to this world or to the next. In both cases the ultimate reward is reserved for the truthful.
c
11:94, 122; 39:40, 41.
913
The words also mean, (1) act according to your way; (2) do your worst. The verse holds out a challenge to the idolatrous Meccans to do their worst and exert themselves to the utmost of their power and resources to extirpate Islam and destroy the small Muslim Community, but they will utterly fail in their nefarious designs and endeavours.
وَجَعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ مِمَّا ذَرَأَ مِنَ ٱلْحَرْثِ وَٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ نَصِيبًا فَقَالُوا۟ هَٰذَا لِلَّهِ بِزَعْمِهِمْ وَهَٰذَا لِشُرَكَآئِنَا ۖ فَمَا كَانَ لِشُرَكَآئِهِمْ فَلَا يَصِلُ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَمَا كَانَ لِلَّهِ فَهُوَ يَصِلُ إِلَىٰ شُرَكَآئِهِمْ ۗ سَآءَ مَا يَحْكُمُونَ
16:57.
16:57.
The reference is to an idolatrous custom of the Arabs. They would divide the produce of their lands between God and their deities. If the portion which they set apart for their deities was spent for other purposes, then the portion which they had reserved for God was given away as charity in the name of their deities, but if the portion set apart for God was spent for other ends, then the portion set aside for the deities was not transferred to God.
16:57.
Commentary:
Note the point and the force in the words, He has produced. By using these words, the Quran exposes the folly of disbelievers who are presumptuous enough to divide the produce of the earth and cattle between their deities and God, as if they were the owners; while the fact is that God is the owner of all these things and it is He Who has brought them into existence. They are God’s things, and it is strange that disbelievers should presume to divide God’s things according to their own choice, setting apart only a portion for God, the True Owner, and allotting the rest to their false deities.
Disbelievers gave two kinds of alms; firstly, in the name of God, and secondly, in the name of their deities. If the portion which they set apart for their deities was spent for other purposes, then the portion which they had reserved for God was also given away as charity in the name of their deities, but if the portion set apart for God was spent for other ends, then the portion set aside for the deities was not transferred to God. That is what is meant by the words, that which is for their idols reaches not Allah, while that which is for Allah reaches their idols. This is another instance of how men blunder, making laws with the sole aid of reason.
The expression, as they imagine, signifies that God does not accept a charity which false gods are made to share with Him. Disbelievers suppose that they have set apart a portion for God, but that is not really the portion of God, for the jealous God disdainfully rejects such allotment.
e
16:57.
a
16:57.
876
Commentary:
Note the point and the force in the words, He has produced. By using these words, the Quran exposes the folly of disbelievers who are presumptuous enough to divide the produce of the earth and cattle between their deities and God, as if they were the owners; while the fact is that God is the owner of all these things and it is He Who has brought them into existence. They are God’s things, and it is strange that disbelievers should presume to divide God’s things according to their own choice, setting apart only a portion for God, the True Owner, and allotting the rest to their false deities.
Disbelievers gave two kinds of alms; firstly, in the name of God, and secondly, in the name of their deities. If the portion which they set apart for their deities was spent for other purposes, then the portion which they had reserved for God was also given away as charity in the name of their deities, but if the portion set apart for God was spent for other ends, then the portion set aside for the deities was not transferred to God. That is what is meant by the words, that which is for their idols reaches not Allah, while that which is for Allah reaches their idols. This is another instance of how men blunder, making laws with the sole aid of reason.
The expression, as they imagine, signifies that God does not accept a charity which false gods are made to share with Him. Disbelievers suppose that they have set apart a portion for God, but that is not really the portion of God, for the jealous God disdainfully rejects such allotment.
d
16:57.
914
The reference is to an idolatrous custom of the Arabs. They would divide the produce of their lands between God and their deities. If the portion which they set apart for their deities was spent for other purposes, then the portion which they had reserved for God was given away as charity in the name of their deities, but if the portion set apart for God was spent for other ends, then the portion set aside for the deities was not transferred to God.
وَكَذَٰلِكَ زَيَّنَ لِكَثِيرٍ مِّنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ قَتْلَ أَوْلَٰدِهِمْ شُرَكَآؤُهُمْ لِيُرْدُوهُمْ وَلِيَلْبِسُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ دِينَهُمْ ۖ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَا فَعَلُوهُ ۖ فَذَرْهُمْ وَمَا يَفْتَرُونَ
The "associate-gods" here referred to are divines, soothsayers and astrologers, etc.
The reference is to the most atrocious practice among some Arab tribes of slaying or burying alive their female children or offering them as sacrifice at the altar of their deities to avert natural calamities. Or it may be to their superstitious vow that if they had a certain number of children they would offer one of them as sacrifice.
Commentary:
The "associate-gods" here referred to are divines, soothsayers and others. The "killing of children" happened in three ways: (1) some of the Arabs killed their female children and preserved the male ones; (2) some took the vow that if they had a certain number of children, whether male or female, one of them would be slaughtered in the name of God or in the name of one of their deities; and (3) sometimes they sacrificed their children to avert a calamity.
The word کثیر (many) in the expression, to many of the idolaters, shows that all Arabs did not indulge in this practice, nor even most of them, but only a considerable number. But, whatever the number, the practice provides one more instance of how men go astray when they begin to make laws for themselves with the sole aid of reason.
The particle ل (that) in لیـردوھم (that they may ruin them) is here used to express عاقبة (the result) and not the cause or motive. Thus, the sentence would mean that the result of the action of the associate-gods was that men who followed them were spiritually ruined. When a man goes so far as even to sacrifice his son in obedience to another person’s bidding, then he is entirely under the latter’s control, and is thus completely ruined in respect of religion.
877
Commentary:
The "associate-gods" here referred to are divines, soothsayers and others. The "killing of children" happened in three ways: (1) some of the Arabs killed their female children and preserved the male ones; (2) some took the vow that if they had a certain number of children, whether male or female, one of them would be slaughtered in the name of God or in the name of one of their deities; and (3) sometimes they sacrificed their children to avert a calamity.
The word کثیر (many) in the expression, to many of the idolaters, shows that all Arabs did not indulge in this practice, nor even most of them, but only a considerable number. But, whatever the number, the practice provides one more instance of how men go astray when they begin to make laws for themselves with the sole aid of reason.
The particle ل (that) in لیـردوھم (that they may ruin them) is here used to express عاقبة (the result) and not the cause or motive. Thus, the sentence would mean that the result of the action of the associate-gods was that men who followed them were spiritually ruined. When a man goes so far as even to sacrifice his son in obedience to another person’s bidding, then he is entirely under the latter’s control, and is thus completely ruined in respect of religion.
915
The "associate-gods" here referred to are divines, soothsayers and astrologers, etc.
916
The reference is to the most atrocious practice among some Arab tribes of slaying or burying alive their female children or offering them as sacrifice at the altar of their deities to avert natural calamities. Or it may be to their superstitious vow that if they had a certain number of children they would offer one of them as sacrifice.
وَقَالُوا۟ هَٰذِهِۦٓ أَنْعَٰمٌ وَحَرْثٌ حِجْرٌ لَّا يَطْعَمُهَآ إِلَّا مَن نَّشَآءُ بِزَعْمِهِمْ وَأَنْعَٰمٌ حُرِّمَتْ ظُهُورُهَا وَأَنْعَٰمٌ لَّا يَذْكُرُونَ ٱسْمَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهَا ٱفْتِرَآءً عَلَيْهِ ۚ سَيَجْزِيهِم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ
By "forbidden crops" are meant such cultivated fields as were dedicated to the idols. These could be used only by the priests that attended upon them.
The cattle mentioned in 5:104. They were not used for riding or as beasts of burden.
Cattle dedicated to the associate-gods of Meccan idolaters. There is no reference here to the mentioning of God’s name at the time of slaughtering.
Important Words:
حجر (forbidden). حجرہ (hajara-hu) means, he prevented or prohibited or forbade or interdicted him; or tie deprived him. حجر (hijr) means, forbidden or prohibited or unlawful; the faculty of reason or understanding because it prevents one from doing improper acts. The word also means custody or guardianship (Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse gives another instance of the absurdity of man-made laws.
By "forbidden crops" are meant such cultivated fields as were dedicated to idols. These could be used only by the priests that attended upon the idols. The cattle might eat of all crops except those that were dedicated to idols.
The cattle whose backs were forbidden are those mentioned in 5:104. Nobody was allowed to ride them or use them as beasts of burden.
The cattle over which they pronounce not the name of Allah are the cattle which they dedicated to their associate-gods. There is no reference here to the mentioning of God’s name at the time of slaughtering.
878
Important Words:
حجر (forbidden). حجرہ (hajara-hu) means, he prevented or prohibited or forbade or interdicted him; or tie deprived him. حجر (hijr) means, forbidden or prohibited or unlawful; the faculty of reason or understanding because it prevents one from doing improper acts. The word also means custody or guardianship (Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse gives another instance of the absurdity of man-made laws.
By "forbidden crops" are meant such cultivated fields as were dedicated to idols. These could be used only by the priests that attended upon the idols. The cattle might eat of all crops except those that were dedicated to idols.
The cattle whose backs were forbidden are those mentioned in 5:104. Nobody was allowed to ride them or use them as beasts of burden.
The cattle over which they pronounce not the name of Allah are the cattle which they dedicated to their associate-gods. There is no reference here to the mentioning of God’s name at the time of slaughtering.
917
By "forbidden crops" are meant such cultivated fields as were dedicated to the idols. These could be used only by the priests that attended upon them.
918
The cattle mentioned in 5:104. They were not used for riding or as beasts of burden.
919
Cattle dedicated to the associate-gods of Meccan idolaters. There is no reference here to the mentioning of God’s name at the time of slaughtering.
وَقَالُوا۟ مَا فِى بُطُونِ هَٰذِهِ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ خَالِصَةٌ لِّذُكُورِنَا وَمُحَرَّمٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَزْوَٰجِنَا ۖ وَإِن يَكُن مَّيْتَةً فَهُمْ فِيهِ شُرَكَآءُ ۚ سَيَجْزِيهِمْ وَصْفَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌ
Another absurd custom of the Arabs.
Commentary:
The verse refers to another absurd custom of the Arabs. The Divine attributes "Wise" and "All-Knowing" have been mentioned here to point out that the people got entangled in these foolish beliefs and practices because they turned away from the Wise and Knowing God and followed false deities and their foolish devotees.
879
Commentary:
The verse refers to another absurd custom of the Arabs. The Divine attributes "Wise" and "All-Knowing" have been mentioned here to point out that the people got entangled in these foolish beliefs and practices because they turned away from the Wise and Knowing God and followed false deities and their foolish devotees.
920
Another absurd custom of the Arabs.
قَدْ خَسِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَتَلُوٓا۟ أَوْلَٰدَهُمْ سَفَهًۢا بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ وَحَرَّمُوا۟ مَا رَزَقَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱفْتِرَآءً عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ۚ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُهْتَدِينَ
Commentary:
This verse recapitulates what has been said above about man-made laws. For the killing of children, see 6:138 above. The words, for lack of knowledge, signify that they do so because they do not possess revealed knowledge, which is the only source of true guidance.
880
Commentary:
This verse recapitulates what has been said above about man-made laws. For the killing of children, see 6:138 above. The words, for lack of knowledge, signify that they do so because they do not possess revealed knowledge, which is the only source of true guidance.
۞ وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَ جَنَّٰتٍ مَّعْرُوشَٰتٍ وَغَيْرَ مَعْرُوشَٰتٍ وَٱلنَّخْلَ وَٱلزَّرْعَ مُخْتَلِفًا أُكُلُهُۥ وَٱلزَّيْتُونَ وَٱلرُّمَّانَ مُتَشَٰبِهًا وَغَيْرَ مُتَشَٰبِهٍ ۚ كُلُوا۟ مِن ثَمَرِهِۦٓ إِذَآ أَثْمَرَ وَءَاتُوا۟ حَقَّهُۥ يَوْمَ حَصَادِهِۦ ۖ وَلَا تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ
6:100; 13:5; 16:12; 35:28; 36:35, 36.
یعنی غریبوں کی امداد کرو۔
6:100; 13:5; 16:12; 35:28; 36:35, 36.
In the foregoing verses reference was made to some of the idolatrous customs or foolish practices and laws which the pagan Arabs had devised for themselves. With this verse the Surah proceeds to give some of the Divine laws.
6:100; 13:5; 16:12; 35:28; 36:35-36.
Important Words:
معروشات (trellised) is the plural of معروشة and is derived from عرش which means, he built or constructed a frame work or a trellis for supporting grapevines; or he built a shed or an enclosure, etc. So معروشة means, furnished with or trained on trellises. They say کروم معروشات i.e. grapevines furnished with or trained on trellises which are a framework for supporting the vines. عریش means, structure or trellis made for supporting grapevines; an enclosure made for beasts to protect them from cold. عرش means, a shed or booth, etc. constructed for shade; a hut; a house or a dwelling; the roof of a house; a throne (Lane).
حصاد (harvest) is derived from حصد i.e. he reaped or cut a seed-produce or herbage, etc. حصید means, reaped produce; حصادmeans time or season of reaping; also fruit or produce (Lane).
Commentary:
In the foregoing verses the Quran referred to some of the laws which pagan Arabs, unaided by Divine revelation, haddevised for themselves. Now, the Quran proceeds to give some of its own laws, so that the reader may contrast them with the man-made laws alluded to above. One of the man-made laws pertained to the fruits of the earth (6:141 above). Therefore, the Quran gives here its laws about these. It declares them to be lawful and pure, subject only to the condition that in eating them we should "not exceed the bounds", i.e. we should only eat as much of them as is not injurious to our health and morals.
The pronoun in the words حقه (His due) may either refer to God, or to ثـمر (fruit). In the former case, the sentence would mean that on the day of reaping we should give what is due to God as alms. In the latter case, it would mean that on the day of reaping we should give as charity a portion of the fruit which is in the nature of something due against it in order to make it pure.
It may be noted here that there are two kinds of charity in Islam–– obligatory and optional. But as, according to the practice and sayings of the Holy Prophet, زکاة i.e. obligatory charity or legal alms, is not due from all the fruits named in the verse but only from the fruit of the palm tree, so if it is the obligatory charity that is meant here, then the commandment to "pay His due" will apply only to the fruit of palm trees. It is, however, better to take the verse as referring to optional charity which may be given from all kinds of fruits. The use of the imperative mood in the words "pay His due" does not necessarily make it an obligatory command, for this form of the verb is also freely used in the Quran for the purpose of exhortation. This interpretation is in keeping with the practice of the Holy Prophet’s Companions who were in the habit of setting apart a portion of their produce for the poor, and such is also the practice of pious Muslims today.
a
6:100; 13:5; 16:12; 35:28; 36:35, 36.
1
یعنی غریبوں کی امداد کرو۔
a
6:100; 13:5; 16:12; 35:28; 36:35-36.
881
Important Words:
معروشات (trellised) is the plural of معروشة and is derived from عرش which means, he built or constructed a frame work or a trellis for supporting grapevines; or he built a shed or an enclosure, etc. So معروشة means, furnished with or trained on trellises. They say کروم معروشات i.e. grapevines furnished with or trained on trellises which are a framework for supporting the vines. عریش means, structure or trellis made for supporting grapevines; an enclosure made for beasts to protect them from cold. عرش means, a shed or booth, etc. constructed for shade; a hut; a house or a dwelling; the roof of a house; a throne (Lane).
حصاد (harvest) is derived from حصد i.e. he reaped or cut a seed-produce or herbage, etc. حصید means, reaped produce; حصادmeans time or season of reaping; also fruit or produce (Lane).
Commentary:
In the foregoing verses the Quran referred to some of the laws which pagan Arabs, unaided by Divine revelation, haddevised for themselves. Now, the Quran proceeds to give some of its own laws, so that the reader may contrast them with the man-made laws alluded to above. One of the man-made laws pertained to the fruits of the earth (6:141 above). Therefore, the Quran gives here its laws about these. It declares them to be lawful and pure, subject only to the condition that in eating them we should "not exceed the bounds", i.e. we should only eat as much of them as is not injurious to our health and morals.
The pronoun in the words حقه (His due) may either refer to God, or to ثـمر (fruit). In the former case, the sentence would mean that on the day of reaping we should give what is due to God as alms. In the latter case, it would mean that on the day of reaping we should give as charity a portion of the fruit which is in the nature of something due against it in order to make it pure.
It may be noted here that there are two kinds of charity in Islam–– obligatory and optional. But as, according to the practice and sayings of the Holy Prophet, زکاة i.e. obligatory charity or legal alms, is not due from all the fruits named in the verse but only from the fruit of the palm tree, so if it is the obligatory charity that is meant here, then the commandment to "pay His due" will apply only to the fruit of palm trees. It is, however, better to take the verse as referring to optional charity which may be given from all kinds of fruits. The use of the imperative mood in the words "pay His due" does not necessarily make it an obligatory command, for this form of the verb is also freely used in the Quran for the purpose of exhortation. This interpretation is in keeping with the practice of the Holy Prophet’s Companions who were in the habit of setting apart a portion of their produce for the poor, and such is also the practice of pious Muslims today.
a
6:100; 13:5; 16:12; 35:28; 36:35, 36.
921
In the foregoing verses reference was made to some of the idolatrous customs or foolish practices and laws which the pagan Arabs had devised for themselves. With this verse the Surah proceeds to give some of the Divine laws.
وَمِنَ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ حَمُولَةً وَفَرْشًا ۚ كُلُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ خُطُوَٰتِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَكُمْ عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ
2:209.
See 2:209.
Apart from its primary meaning the verse also hints that the eating of lawful things is a means of safeguarding one against the attacks of Satan.
See 2:209.
Important Words:
فرشا (for slaughter) is derived from فرش. They say فرشه i.e. he spread it or expanded it; or he prostrated it; or he threw it down (for slaughter). فرش means, what is spread on the ground, etc.; a plain tract of land; a depressed tract of land; shrubs or small trees; such animals as are fit for slaughter, or such as are thrown down for slaughter (Lane).
Commentary:
Apart from its primary meaning the verse also hints that the eating of lawful things is a means of ensuring one against the attacks of Satan.
b
2:209.
a
See 2:209.
882
Important Words:
فرشا (for slaughter) is derived from فرش. They say فرشه i.e. he spread it or expanded it; or he prostrated it; or he threw it down (for slaughter). فرش means, what is spread on the ground, etc.; a plain tract of land; a depressed tract of land; shrubs or small trees; such animals as are fit for slaughter, or such as are thrown down for slaughter (Lane).
Commentary:
Apart from its primary meaning the verse also hints that the eating of lawful things is a means of ensuring one against the attacks of Satan.
a
See 2:209.
922
Apart from its primary meaning the verse also hints that the eating of lawful things is a means of safeguarding one against the attacks of Satan.
ثَمَٰنِيَةَ أَزْوَٰجٍ ۖ مِّنَ ٱلضَّأْنِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَمِنَ ٱلْمَعْزِ ٱثْنَيْنِ ۗ قُلْ ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِ حَرَّمَ أَمِ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ أَمَّا ٱشْتَمَلَتْ عَلَيْهِ أَرْحَامُ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۖ نَبِّـُٔونِى بِعِلْمٍ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ
39:7.
39:7.
Important Words:
ازواج (mates) is the plural of زوج (a mate). The word is used to signify, one of the pair, whether male or female and whether among human beings or among animals, or whether among plants or among any class of things.
الضأن (sheep is the plural of الضائن (one sheep). The word is applied to all animals of the class of غنم (which cover both sheep and goats) having wool (Aqrab & Lane).
المعز (goats) is he generic plural of الماعز (one goat). The word is applied to all animals of the class of غنم (for which see above) having hair (not wool) and small tails (Aqrab & Lane).
Commentary:
See note under the following verse.
c
39:7.
a
39:7.883
Important Words:
ازواج (mates) is the plural of زوج (a mate). The word is used to signify, one of the pair, whether male or female and whether among human beings or among animals, or whether among plants or among any class of things.
الضأن (sheep is the plural of الضائن (one sheep). The word is applied to all animals of the class of غنم (which cover both sheep and goats) having wool (Aqrab & Lane).
المعز (goats) is he generic plural of الماعز (one goat). The word is applied to all animals of the class of غنم (for which see above) having hair (not wool) and small tails (Aqrab & Lane).
Commentary:
See note under the following verse.
b
39:7.
وَمِنَ ٱلْإِبِلِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَمِنَ ٱلْبَقَرِ ٱثْنَيْنِ ۗ قُلْ ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِ حَرَّمَ أَمِ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ أَمَّا ٱشْتَمَلَتْ عَلَيْهِ أَرْحَامُ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۖ أَمْ كُنتُمْ شُهَدَآءَ إِذْ وَصَّىٰكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِهَٰذَا ۚ فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا لِّيُضِلَّ ٱلنَّاسَ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
6:22; 7:38; 11:19.
6:22; 7:38; 11:19.
The idolaters are asked whether they were present when Allah forbade the eating of oxen and camels. They are called upon to produce a Divine authority showing that the cow and the camel were really forbidden. This is so because eating of the flesh of cows and the camel is regarded as forbidden by some people on Scriptural authority—the cow by the Hindus and the camel by some Jews.
6:22; 7:38; 11:19.
Commentary:
Speaking of the laws devised by man, the Quran had referred to some pagan customs with regard to animals (6:140, 141). Now it gives its own laws with regard to them.
While speaking of sheep and goats in 6:144 above, the Holy Prophet is made here to ask the idolaters to inform him if these animals were unlawful, i.e. not fit for eating, and to bring forward (as hinted in the words نبٔونی بعلم i.e. inform me with knowledge) some rational argument or scientific reason to show that they should not be eaten. When, however, it speaks of oxen and camels in the present verse, the Quran asks idolaters whether they were witnesses when Allah forbade the eating of these animals. In other words, the verse here calls upon them to produce a religious authority showing that the cow and the camel were really forbidden. This is so because the cow and the camel are looked upon as forbidden by some on religious authority. For instance, the Hindus think it unlawful to eat beef for religious reasons and the Jews look upon the camel as forbidden by their scriptures.
This restriction is, however, unjustified; for, as regards beef, it is clearly allowed by the Vedas and was freely used in ancient India not only as ordinary food but also as an essential part of many religious ceremonies (Indo-Aryans by R. Mitra, LL.D., C.I.E.; The Review of Religions for 1923). As regards the camel, it is indeed forbidden by the Bible, but that prohibition is not meant for all time, for the Bible announces the advent of another Lawgiver whose Law was to abrogate the Law of the Bible (Deut. 18:18).
The words, Were you present when Allah enjoined, signify that when pagans do not believe in any revelation, they cannot possibly know that anything was forbidden by God.
d
6:22; 7:38; 11:19.
b
6:22; 7:38; 11:19.
884
Commentary:
Speaking of the laws devised by man, the Quran had referred to some pagan customs with regard to animals (6:140, 141). Now it gives its own laws with regard to them.
While speaking of sheep and goats in 6:144 above, the Holy Prophet is made here to ask the idolaters to inform him if these animals were unlawful, i.e. not fit for eating, and to bring forward (as hinted in the words نبٔونی بعلم i.e. inform me with knowledge) some rational argument or scientific reason to show that they should not be eaten. When, however, it speaks of oxen and camels in the present verse, the Quran asks idolaters whether they were witnesses when Allah forbade the eating of these animals. In other words, the verse here calls upon them to produce a religious authority showing that the cow and the camel were really forbidden. This is so because the cow and the camel are looked upon as forbidden by some on religious authority. For instance, the Hindus think it unlawful to eat beef for religious reasons and the Jews look upon the camel as forbidden by their scriptures.
This restriction is, however, unjustified; for, as regards beef, it is clearly allowed by the Vedas and was freely used in ancient India not only as ordinary food but also as an essential part of many religious ceremonies (Indo-Aryans by R. Mitra, LL.D., C.I.E.; The Review of Religions for 1923). As regards the camel, it is indeed forbidden by the Bible, but that prohibition is not meant for all time, for the Bible announces the advent of another Lawgiver whose Law was to abrogate the Law of the Bible (Deut. 18:18).
The words, Were you present when Allah enjoined, signify that when pagans do not believe in any revelation, they cannot possibly know that anything was forbidden by God.
a
6:22; 7:38; 11:19.
923
The idolaters are asked whether they were present when Allah forbade the eating of oxen and camels. They are called upon to produce a Divine authority showing that the cow and the camel were really forbidden. This is so because eating of the flesh of cows and the camel is regarded as forbidden by some people on Scriptural authority—the cow by the Hindus and the camel by some Jews.
قُل لَّآ أَجِدُ فِى مَآ أُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ مُحَرَّمًا عَلَىٰ طَاعِمٍ يَطْعَمُهُۥٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَكُونَ مَيْتَةً أَوْ دَمًا مَّسْفُوحًا أَوْ لَحْمَ خِنزِيرٍ فَإِنَّهُۥ رِجْسٌ أَوْ فِسْقًا أُهِلَّ لِغَيْرِ ٱللَّهِ بِهِۦ ۚ فَمَنِ ٱضْطُرَّ غَيْرَ بَاغٍ وَلَا عَادٍ فَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ
یعنی جو کچھ اسلام میں حلال ہے وہ ملک میں نہ ملے اور پھر یہ اتنا ہی کھائے جس سے موت ٹل جائے۔
یعنی اس پر کوئی گرفت نہ ہوگی۔
2:174; 5:4; 16:116.
6:122.
The verse points out that the laws made by pagan Arabs with regard to permissible and forbidden foods were arbitrary, without any wisdom underlying them; while the food-laws prescribed by Islam are based on reason and wisdom. Basically speaking, Islam forbids four things—three on the basis of their being Rijs, i.e. unclean and impure; and one on the basis of its being Fisq, i.e. profane and irreligious. The first-mentioned three things are carrion, the blood which pours out when an animal is slaughtered or wounded and the flesh of swine. All these are, as the verse says, Rijs (unclean and impure), i.e. they are harmful both to the physical and moral health of man. The word Rijs, it must be noted, is to be read with each of the three first-mentioned forbidden things. The fourth thing forbidden is that on which the name of anything other than Allah, is pronounced. It is Fisq (profane), i.e. a source of disobedience or rebellion against God. The eating of such food is calc
2:174; 5:4; 16:116.
6:122.
Commentary:
The verse points out that the laws made by pagan Arabs with regard to permissible and forbidden foods were arbitrary, without any wisdom underlying them; while the food-laws made by Islam were based on reason and deep wisdom. Fundamentally speaking, Islam forbids four things__ three on the basis of their being رجس i.e. unclean and impure, and one on the basis of its being فسق i.e. profane and irreligious. The three first-mentioned things are (1) carrion, (2) the blood which pours out when an animal is slaughtered or wounded and (3) the flesh of swine. All these are, as the verse says, رجسi.e. unclean and impure, i.e. they are harmful to the physical and moral health of man. The word رجس it must be noted, is to be read with each of the three first-mentioned forbidden things.
The fourth thing forbidden is that on which the name of one other than Allah is pronounced. The reason for the prohibition of this kind of food lies in the fact that such food is, as the verse calls it, فسق i.e. profane, viz. a source of disobedience or rebellion against God. The eating of such food will injure the spiritual health of man and will crush his feelings of love and jealousy for God. See also 2:174.
a
2:174; 5:4; 16:116.
b
6:122.
1
یعنی جو کچھ اسلام میں حلال ہے وہ ملک میں نہ ملے اور پھر یہ اتنا ہی کھائے جس سے موت ٹل جائے۔
2
یعنی اس پر کوئی گرفت نہ ہوگی۔
a
2:174; 5:4; 16:116.
b
6:122.
885
Commentary:
The verse points out that the laws made by pagan Arabs with regard to permissible and forbidden foods were arbitrary, without any wisdom underlying them; while the food-laws made by Islam were based on reason and deep wisdom. Fundamentally speaking, Islam forbids four things__ three on the basis of their being رجس i.e. unclean and impure, and one on the basis of its being فسق i.e. profane and irreligious. The three first-mentioned things are (1) carrion, (2) the blood which pours out when an animal is slaughtered or wounded and (3) the flesh of swine. All these are, as the verse says, رجسi.e. unclean and impure, i.e. they are harmful to the physical and moral health of man. The word رجس it must be noted, is to be read with each of the three first-mentioned forbidden things.
The fourth thing forbidden is that on which the name of one other than Allah is pronounced. The reason for the prohibition of this kind of food lies in the fact that such food is, as the verse calls it, فسق i.e. profane, viz. a source of disobedience or rebellion against God. The eating of such food will injure the spiritual health of man and will crush his feelings of love and jealousy for God. See also 2:174.
b
2:174; 5:4; 16:116.
c
6:122.
924
The verse points out that the laws made by pagan Arabs with regard to permissible and forbidden foods were arbitrary, without any wisdom underlying them; while the food-laws prescribed by Islam are based on reason and wisdom. Basically speaking, Islam forbids four things—three on the basis of their being Rijs, i.e. unclean and impure; and one on the basis of its being Fisq, i.e. profane and irreligious. The first-mentioned three things are carrion, the blood which pours out when an animal is slaughtered or wounded and the flesh of swine. All these are, as the verse says, Rijs (unclean and impure), i.e. they are harmful both to the physical and moral health of man. The word Rijs, it must be noted, is to be read with each of the three first-mentioned forbidden things. The fourth thing forbidden is that on which the name of anything other than Allah, is pronounced. It is Fisq (profane), i.e. a source of disobedience or rebellion against God. The eating of such food is calc
وَعَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ حَرَّمْنَا كُلَّ ذِى ظُفُرٍ ۖ وَمِنَ ٱلْبَقَرِ وَٱلْغَنَمِ حَرَّمْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ شُحُومَهُمَآ إِلَّا مَا حَمَلَتْ ظُهُورُهُمَآ أَوِ ٱلْحَوَايَآ أَوْ مَا ٱخْتَلَطَ بِعَظْمٍ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ جَزَيْنَٰهُم بِبَغْيِهِمْ ۖ وَإِنَّا لَصَٰدِقُونَ
16:119.
یعنی شکاری جانور۔
دیکھیئے احبار باب۳ آیت ۱۴ تا ۱۷
16:119.
See Lev. 3: 17 and 7: 23. In the Talmud, exception is made of the fat that sticks to the ribs.
These things were forbidden to the Jews as a punishment for their transgression.
16:119.
Commentary:
The reader is referred to the Bible (Lev. 3:17) where it is said, "Ye eat neither fat nor blood." Again, in Lev. 7:23 it is said "Ye shall eat no manner of fat of ox or of sheep or of goat." In the Talmud, exception is made of the fat that sticks to the ribs. Similarly, the Jews regard as lawful any fat that cannot be separated from the intestines and the flesh (Enc. Bib., cols. 1544-45). This corroborates the Quran which says, and of the oxen and the sheep and goats did We forbid them their fats, save that which their backs bear or the intestines, or that which is mixed with a bone.
It is declared in the previous verse that the only things forbidden in Islam are (1) carrion, (2) blood poured forth, (3) flesh of swine, and (4) the slaughtered animal on which the name of anyone other than God is pronounced. The Jews might, however, say that there are other things beside the above which are also forbidden them by God. The Quran, therefore, adds that it is true that there are other foods which are forbidden to Jews, but they have not been included in the prohibited things here enumerated; for, these things had been forbidden them not because they were unclean but as a punishment for their transgression. So the declaration of the previous verse still remains true.
c
16:119.
2
یعنی شکاری جانور۔
3
دیکھیئے احبار باب۳ آیت ۱۴ تا ۱۷
a
16:119.
886
Commentary:
The reader is referred to the Bible (Lev. 3:17) where it is said, "Ye eat neither fat nor blood." Again, in Lev. 7:23 it is said "Ye shall eat no manner of fat of ox or of sheep or of goat." In the Talmud, exception is made of the fat that sticks to the ribs. Similarly, the Jews regard as lawful any fat that cannot be separated from the intestines and the flesh (Enc. Bib., cols. 1544-45). This corroborates the Quran which says, and of the oxen and the sheep and goats did We forbid them their fats, save that which their backs bear or the intestines, or that which is mixed with a bone.
It is declared in the previous verse that the only things forbidden in Islam are (1) carrion, (2) blood poured forth, (3) flesh of swine, and (4) the slaughtered animal on which the name of anyone other than God is pronounced. The Jews might, however, say that there are other things beside the above which are also forbidden them by God. The Quran, therefore, adds that it is true that there are other foods which are forbidden to Jews, but they have not been included in the prohibited things here enumerated; for, these things had been forbidden them not because they were unclean but as a punishment for their transgression. So the declaration of the previous verse still remains true.
a
16:119.
925
See Lev. 3: 17 and 7: 23. In the Talmud, exception is made of the fat that sticks to the ribs.
926
These things were forbidden to the Jews as a punishment for their transgression.
فَإِن كَذَّبُوكَ فَقُل رَّبُّكُمْ ذُو رَحْمَةٍ وَٰسِعَةٍ وَلَا يُرَدُّ بَأْسُهُۥ عَنِ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ
6:134; 7:157.
6:134; 7:157.
6:134; 7:157.
Commentary:
The verse answers an implied objection of the Jews, viz. if God had forbidden them certain extra things, why was not the prohibition continued in Islam? The verse answers this objection by saying that whereas the divine law of punishment demanded that Jews should be punished, the law of mercy demanded that Muslims should be shown mercy. It was unfair to continue a special prohibition that had been imposed by way of punishment under a new dispensation.
d
6:134; 7:157.
a
6:134; 7:157.
887
Commentary:
The verse answers an implied objection of the Jews, viz. if God had forbidden them certain extra things, why was not the prohibition continued in Islam? The verse answers this objection by saying that whereas the divine law of punishment demanded that Jews should be punished, the law of mercy demanded that Muslims should be shown mercy. It was unfair to continue a special prohibition that had been imposed by way of punishment under a new dispensation.
b
6:134; 7:157.
سَيَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوا۟ لَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَآ أَشْرَكْنَا وَلَآ ءَابَآؤُنَا وَلَا حَرَّمْنَا مِن شَىْءٍ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ كَذَّبَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ حَتَّىٰ ذَاقُوا۟ بَأْسَنَا ۗ قُلْ هَلْ عِندَكُم مِّنْ عِلْمٍ فَتُخْرِجُوهُ لَنَآ ۖ إِن تَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا ٱلظَّنَّ وَإِنْ أَنتُمْ إِلَّا تَخْرُصُونَ
16:36; 43:21.
حَتّٰی کا لفظ آیت میں ہے اور اردو میں اس کا ترجمہ لفظ ’’نہ‘‘ کی زیادتی سے ہوا کرتا ہے اس لئے ہم نے اسے بڑھا دیا ہے۔
16:36; 43:21.
16:36; 43:21
Commentary:
Being unable to answer the arguments given against idolatry and man-made laws in the foregoing passage, idolatrous Arabs had recourse to the trite plea in support of idol-worship: If Allah had pleased, we could not have joined gods with Him. From this they inferred that attributing co-partners to God was in accordance with God’s will. The Quran gives four answers to this plea, two in the present verse and two in the next. The first answer is contained in the words: In like manner did those who were before them accuse God’s Messengers of falsehood, until they tasted of Our wrath. These words signify that this plea of theirs is not a new one. The same plea was brought forward by those gone before. If this plea was true, and the act of setting up associate with God was in accordance with God’s will, why should He have punished the previous peoples? The very fact that God punished them for their associating gods with Him shows that this act of theirs was not in accordance with His will. The second answer is contained in the words: Have you any knowledge? Then produce it for us. You follow nothing but mere conjecture. And you do nothing but lie, i.e. you possess no argument based on true knowledge to support your assertion; what you say is mere conjecture. The remaining two answers are given in the next verse.
e
16:36; 43:21.
4
حَتّٰی کا لفظ آیت میں ہے اور اردو میں اس کا ترجمہ لفظ ’’نہ‘‘ کی زیادتی سے ہوا کرتا ہے اس لئے ہم نے اسے بڑھا دیا ہے۔
b
16:36; 43:21
888
Commentary:
Being unable to answer the arguments given against idolatry and man-made laws in the foregoing passage, idolatrous Arabs had recourse to the trite plea in support of idol-worship: If Allah had pleased, we could not have joined gods with Him. From this they inferred that attributing co-partners to God was in accordance with God’s will. The Quran gives four answers to this plea, two in the present verse and two in the next. The first answer is contained in the words: In like manner did those who were before them accuse God’s Messengers of falsehood, until they tasted of Our wrath. These words signify that this plea of theirs is not a new one. The same plea was brought forward by those gone before. If this plea was true, and the act of setting up associate with God was in accordance with God’s will, why should He have punished the previous peoples? The very fact that God punished them for their associating gods with Him shows that this act of theirs was not in accordance with His will. The second answer is contained in the words: Have you any knowledge? Then produce it for us. You follow nothing but mere conjecture. And you do nothing but lie, i.e. you possess no argument based on true knowledge to support your assertion; what you say is mere conjecture. The remaining two answers are given in the next verse.
c
16:36; 43:21.
قُلْ فَلِلَّهِ ٱلْحُجَّةُ ٱلْبَٰلِغَةُ ۖ فَلَوْ شَآءَ لَهَدَىٰكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ
5:49; 11:119; 13:32; 16:10.
5:49; 11:119; 13:32; 16:10.
If God had decided to force men to do His Will, He would certainly have made them do things which are right and not the things which are wrong. But in His infinite wisdom He has made man a free agent. He has explained to him what is right and what is wrong, and then has left him free to follow whichever course he may like to choose.
5:49; 11:119; 13:32; 16:10.
Commentary:
The third answer to the objection mentioned in the preceding verse is given here. The words contained in the previous verse, i.e. If Allah had pleased, we could not have joined gods with Him (6:149), implied that it was under a sort of compulsion that they had set up associates with God; it was God’s own will and they could not go against His will; they were helpless against Him. So, in the present verse the Quran says that God has no need to resort to compulsion, for Allah’s is the argument that reaches home. He has arguments which reach the hearts of men. He can bring home to men the wisdom of His commandments; so He is not under the necessity of forcing men to do His will. The fourth answer is contained in the words, if He had enforced His will, He could have surely guided you all. The words mean that if God had resorted to compulsion and had decided to force men to do His will, He would certainly have made them do things that are right and not the things that are wrong. But in His infinite wisdom He has made man a free agent. He has explained to him what is right and what is wrong, and then has left him free to follow whichever course he may choose; and everyone will reap as he sows.
a
5:49; 11:119; 13:32; 16:10.
a
5:49; 11:119; 13:32; 16:10.
889
Commentary:
The third answer to the objection mentioned in the preceding verse is given here. The words contained in the previous verse, i.e. If Allah had pleased, we could not have joined gods with Him (6:149), implied that it was under a sort of compulsion that they had set up associates with God; it was God’s own will and they could not go against His will; they were helpless against Him. So, in the present verse the Quran says that God has no need to resort to compulsion, for Allah’s is the argument that reaches home. He has arguments which reach the hearts of men. He can bring home to men the wisdom of His commandments; so He is not under the necessity of forcing men to do His will. The fourth answer is contained in the words, if He had enforced His will, He could have surely guided you all. The words mean that if God had resorted to compulsion and had decided to force men to do His will, He would certainly have made them do things that are right and not the things that are wrong. But in His infinite wisdom He has made man a free agent. He has explained to him what is right and what is wrong, and then has left him free to follow whichever course he may choose; and everyone will reap as he sows.
a
5:49; 11:119; 13:32; 16:10.
927
If God had decided to force men to do His Will, He would certainly have made them do things which are right and not the things which are wrong. But in His infinite wisdom He has made man a free agent. He has explained to him what is right and what is wrong, and then has left him free to follow whichever course he may like to choose.
قُلْ هَلُمَّ شُهَدَآءَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَشْهَدُونَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ حَرَّمَ هَٰذَا ۖ فَإِن شَهِدُوا۟ فَلَا تَشْهَدْ مَعَهُمْ ۚ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْءَاخِرَةِ وَهُم بِرَبِّهِمْ يَعْدِلُونَ
5:49; 45:19.
6:2; 27:61.
4:37; 17:24.
5:49; 45:19.
6:2; 27:61.
Important Words:
ھلم (bring forward) is both intransitive and transitive, meaning (1) come; or (2) cause to come, i.e. bring forth or produce (Lane). ھلم (halumma) is, according to the people of the Hijaz, one of the words known as اسماء الفعل and is thus used by them in the fixed form whether the number is singular or plural and whether the gender is masculine or feminine; but others differ from this view (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The Quran now returns to the subject of man-made laws about prohibitions. The verse signifies that disbelievers should declare that they do not agree with the Quran and find its teachings inferior to their own and then God Himself will decide between the two parties. Indirectly the words also hint that everybody should express his opinion freely when he disagrees with others and should refrain from dissimulation.
b
6:2; 27:61.
c
5:49; 45:19.
a
5:49; 45:19.
b
6:2; 27:61.
890
Important Words:
ھلم (bring forward) is both intransitive and transitive, meaning (1) come; or (2) cause to come, i.e. bring forth or produce (Lane). ھلم (halumma) is, according to the people of the Hijaz, one of the words known as اسماء الفعل and is thus used by them in the fixed form whether the number is singular or plural and whether the gender is masculine or feminine; but others differ from this view (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The Quran now returns to the subject of man-made laws about prohibitions. The verse signifies that disbelievers should declare that they do not agree with the Quran and find its teachings inferior to their own and then God Himself will decide between the two parties. Indirectly the words also hint that everybody should express his opinion freely when he disagrees with others and should refrain from dissimulation.
b
5:49; 45:19.
c
6:2; 27:61.
d
4:37; 17:24.
۞ قُلْ تَعَالَوْا۟ أَتْلُ مَا حَرَّمَ رَبُّكُمْ عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ أَلَّا تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِهِۦ شَيْـًٔا ۖ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَٰنًا ۖ وَلَا تَقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَوْلَٰدَكُم مِّنْ إِمْلَٰقٍ ۖ نَّحْنُ نَرْزُقُكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ ۖ وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَ مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا وَمَا بَطَنَ ۖ وَلَا تَقْتُلُوا۟ ٱلنَّفْسَ ٱلَّتِى حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ
6:121; 7:34.
17:32.
The injunctions which follow the word "forbidden" are what God commands us to carry out. The injunctions are expressly mentioned but the converse of them which is forbidden is implied. Thus, on the one hand, by using the word "forbidden" and, on the other, by following it up with positive commandments, the verse combines in itself both the direct injunctions and their converse. The verse may be construed in another way also. The first sentence should be taken as having ended with the words what your Lord has forbidden, and the next sentence as beginning with the word ‘Alaikum which would in this case mean, "It is enjoined on you." The verse will then read as follows: "Come, I will rehearse to you what your Lord has forbidden. It is enjoined on you that you associate not anything as partner with Him..."
4:37; 17:24.
17:32.
6:121; 7:34.
Important Words:
املاق (poverty) is derived from ملق. They say ملق الشیء i.e. he erased the thing. ملقه بالعصا means, he beat him with a stick. ملق الولد امه means, the child sucked from the breasts of his mother. املق الرجل means, the man spent all his money and became poor. املاق means, poverty or destitution (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The Quran has already given the commandments and prohibitions of the Islamic Law with regard to the fruits of the earth and the flesh of animals, in opposition to the laws devised by men. Now it gives general commandments and prohibitions.
It should be noted that the injunctions which follow the word "forbidden" are what God requires us to do, and not what He forbids us to do. Thus, it is the contrary of the injunctions given in the verse that is forbidden. The injunctions have been expressly mentioned and the converse of them which is forbidden is implied. Thus, on the one hand, by using the word "forbidden" and, on the other, by following it up with positive commandments, the verse combines in itself both the direct injunctions and their converse, and the attention of the reader has been drawn to both.
The verse may also be construed in another way. The first sentence should be taken as having finished with the words ما حرم ربکم i.e. what your Lord has forbidden, and the next sentence should be taken as beginning with the words علیکمwhich would in this case mean, "it is enjoined upon you or it is incumbent on you." The verse will then read as follows:"Come, I will rehearse to you what your Lord has forbidden. It is incumbent on you that you associate not anything as partner with Him…"
The order in which the injunctions are given in this verse is noteworthy. The injunctions begin with the words, Come, I will rehearse to you what your Lord has forbidden. The Arabic word for "Lord" is رب which means "Creator, Sustainer, and Nourisher" (see 1:2), and it is the very idea of "sustaining and nourishing" that governs the order of the injunctions here given. The first injunction, i.e. associate not anything as partner with Him, pertains to the Great Nourisher, Allah. The second injunction pertains to the lesser nourishers, viz. parents. The word احسان (doing good) expresses the idea that the service of the parents enjoined in the words, do good to parents, is to be performed in the best way possible, for احسان literally signifies "doing a thing very well." Next come those who are nourished and sustained by the "lesser nourishers", viz. children. Parents are bidden to nourish and bring up their children well, as implied in the words, kill not your children for fear of poverty. Indeed, he who neglects to bring up his children properly for fear of poverty virtually "kills" them. If it is the duty of the children to serve their parents well, it is equally the duty of the parents to bring up their children well.
The pronoun "you" in the clause, it is We Who provide for you and for them, refers to parents and the pronoun "them" refers to children, the former being put before the latter in order to draw our attention to the fact that God’s providing for the parents is a proof of the fact that He will also provide for the children.
The next injunction is contained in the words, approach not foul deeds. The word فواحش (foul deeds) is the plural of فاحشه one meaning of which is "fornication or adultery" (see 4:16), which is another form of killing one’s children; for the man who forms immoral connection with a woman other than his wife, not only destroys his seed but also neglects his own wife, which cannot but affect his begetting children in lawful wedlock. Similarly, illegitimate children born of a woman other than one’s wife are not one’s own children, nor are they properly looked after.
The words, whether open or secret, used in connection with فواحش (foul deeds) refer respectively to openly going in to prostitutes and to forming secret connections with women other than one’s wife.
Next to the relations between parents and children come brotherly and friendly relations which are referred to in the words, kill not the life which Allah has made sacred. This injunction requires us to treat our brethren and friends as well as members of our society with fairness and justice. The word "killing," it will be noted, pertains not only to actually killing but to an attempt at killing as well as causing serious injury and boycotting etc. (see meaning of قتل i.e. killing under 2:62; 3:155 & 4:158). The expression, save by right, used with regard to "killing" means "except when a man has made himself deserving of the treatment to be meted out to him." For instance, in case of murder a person will be put to death only by order of proper authority. Similarly, in case of "boycotting" a person will be boycotted only under the orders of the person or the body that possesses that power. It will not be right for any man to take the law in his own hands.
d
4:37; 17:24.
e
17:32.
f
6:121; 7:34.
a
4:37; 17:24.
b
17:32.
c
6:121; 7:34.
891
Important Words:
املاق (poverty) is derived from ملق. They say ملق الشیء i.e. he erased the thing. ملقه بالعصا means, he beat him with a stick. ملق الولد امه means, the child sucked from the breasts of his mother. املق الرجل means, the man spent all his money and became poor. املاق means, poverty or destitution (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The Quran has already given the commandments and prohibitions of the Islamic Law with regard to the fruits of the earth and the flesh of animals, in opposition to the laws devised by men. Now it gives general commandments and prohibitions.
It should be noted that the injunctions which follow the word "forbidden" are what God requires us to do, and not what He forbids us to do. Thus, it is the contrary of the injunctions given in the verse that is forbidden. The injunctions have been expressly mentioned and the converse of them which is forbidden is implied. Thus, on the one hand, by using the word "forbidden" and, on the other, by following it up with positive commandments, the verse combines in itself both the direct injunctions and their converse, and the attention of the reader has been drawn to both.
The verse may also be construed in another way. The first sentence should be taken as having finished with the words ما حرم ربکم i.e. what your Lord has forbidden, and the next sentence should be taken as beginning with the words علیکمwhich would in this case mean, "it is enjoined upon you or it is incumbent on you." The verse will then read as follows:"Come, I will rehearse to you what your Lord has forbidden. It is incumbent on you that you associate not anything as partner with Him…"
The order in which the injunctions are given in this verse is noteworthy. The injunctions begin with the words, Come, I will rehearse to you what your Lord has forbidden. The Arabic word for "Lord" is رب which means "Creator, Sustainer, and Nourisher" (see 1:2), and it is the very idea of "sustaining and nourishing" that governs the order of the injunctions here given. The first injunction, i.e. associate not anything as partner with Him, pertains to the Great Nourisher, Allah. The second injunction pertains to the lesser nourishers, viz. parents. The word احسان (doing good) expresses the idea that the service of the parents enjoined in the words, do good to parents, is to be performed in the best way possible, for احسان literally signifies "doing a thing very well." Next come those who are nourished and sustained by the "lesser nourishers", viz. children. Parents are bidden to nourish and bring up their children well, as implied in the words, kill not your children for fear of poverty. Indeed, he who neglects to bring up his children properly for fear of poverty virtually "kills" them. If it is the duty of the children to serve their parents well, it is equally the duty of the parents to bring up their children well.
The pronoun "you" in the clause, it is We Who provide for you and for them, refers to parents and the pronoun "them" refers to children, the former being put before the latter in order to draw our attention to the fact that God’s providing for the parents is a proof of the fact that He will also provide for the children.
The next injunction is contained in the words, approach not foul deeds. The word فواحش (foul deeds) is the plural of فاحشه one meaning of which is "fornication or adultery" (see 4:16), which is another form of killing one’s children; for the man who forms immoral connection with a woman other than his wife, not only destroys his seed but also neglects his own wife, which cannot but affect his begetting children in lawful wedlock. Similarly, illegitimate children born of a woman other than one’s wife are not one’s own children, nor are they properly looked after.
The words, whether open or secret, used in connection with فواحش (foul deeds) refer respectively to openly going in to prostitutes and to forming secret connections with women other than one’s wife.
Next to the relations between parents and children come brotherly and friendly relations which are referred to in the words, kill not the life which Allah has made sacred. This injunction requires us to treat our brethren and friends as well as members of our society with fairness and justice. The word "killing," it will be noted, pertains not only to actually killing but to an attempt at killing as well as causing serious injury and boycotting etc. (see meaning of قتل i.e. killing under 2:62; 3:155 & 4:158). The expression, save by right, used with regard to "killing" means "except when a man has made himself deserving of the treatment to be meted out to him." For instance, in case of murder a person will be put to death only by order of proper authority. Similarly, in case of "boycotting" a person will be boycotted only under the orders of the person or the body that possesses that power. It will not be right for any man to take the law in his own hands.
a
6:121; 7:34.
e
17:32.
928
The injunctions which follow the word "forbidden" are what God commands us to carry out. The injunctions are expressly mentioned but the converse of them which is forbidden is implied. Thus, on the one hand, by using the word "forbidden" and, on the other, by following it up with positive commandments, the verse combines in itself both the direct injunctions and their converse. The verse may be construed in another way also. The first sentence should be taken as having ended with the words what your Lord has forbidden, and the next sentence as beginning with the word ‘Alaikum which would in this case mean, "It is enjoined on you." The verse will then read as follows: "Come, I will rehearse to you what your Lord has forbidden. It is enjoined on you that you associate not anything as partner with Him..."
وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ مَالَ ٱلْيَتِيمِ إِلَّا بِٱلَّتِى هِىَ أَحْسَنُ حَتَّىٰ يَبْلُغَ أَشُدَّهُۥ ۖ وَأَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖ لَا نُكَلِّفُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَا ۖ وَإِذَا قُلْتُمْ فَٱعْدِلُوا۟ وَلَوْ كَانَ ذَا قُرْبَىٰ ۖ وَبِعَهْدِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْفُوا۟ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ
4:11; 17:35.
17:36; 26:182, 183; 55:10.
2:287; 7:43.
5:2; 16:92; 17:35.
Next to the injunctions about the protection of life is mentioned the commandment to protect property.
After the injunction to guard the tongue comes the injunction to guard the heart, implied in the words and fulfil the covenant of Allah; for whereas the previous injunctions pertained to the covenant with men, the present one relates to the covenant with God.
4:11; 17:35.
17:36; 26:182-183; 55:10.
2:287; 7:43.
5:2; 16:92; 17:35.
Commentary:
Next to the injunction to protect the lives of our brethren (see preceding verse) comes the injunction to protect their property. Of those the Quran takes first those who cannot take care of their own property, viz. orphans. The verse says:And approach not the property of the orphan, except in a way which is best. In these words we are bidden to take due care of the property of those whose parents are dead and who are too young to take care of their property. We are to act as trustees for their property and we are strongly forbidden to misappropriate it. The injunction not to "approach" the property, however, does not mean that we should not even make such use of their property as may be to the advantage of the orphans themselves, e.g. investing it in some profitable business which may bring gain to our wards. The Quran allows such profitable investment by saying, except in a way which is best. Again by using the words, till he attains his maturity, the Quran reminds us that we are to be the custodians of the property of orphans not for a month or a year, but until the time when they are old enough to take charge of it and look after their own affairs.
Next to orphans come those of our brethren who, though able to take care of their property, may sometimes become the dupes of others. So the next injunction is of general application and is to the effect: And give full measure and weight with equity. In these words we are bidden not to cheat or defraud others of their property in any way, even if the other party is not intelligent or watchful enough to look after his or her interests.
After the injunctions pertaining to the protecting of property, comes the injunction to guard our tongues. Says the Quran: And when you speak, observe justice even if a relation be concerned. This signifies that when we are called upon to bear witness, we should speak the truth, even if our testimony may prove harmful to one near and dear to us. On the other hand, we should not unjustly harm our relations either. We must be true to them also, for they too are our brethren and come under the general injunction.
After the injunction to guard the tongue comes the injunction to guard the heart. Says the verse, and fulfil the covenant of Allah. Obviously this injunction pertains to the heart, for whereas the previous injunctions pertained to the covenant with men, the present one relates to the covenant with God.
It should also be noted that the injunctions contained in 6:152 pertained to outward evils, hence they were followed by the words, that you may understand, i.e. if you will act upon these injunctions, your power of understanding will be strengthened. But the injunction contained in the latter portion of the present verse pertains to the heart; it has, therefore, been aptly followed by the words, that you may remember.
a
4:11; 17:35.
b
17:36; 26:182, 183; 55:10.
c
2:287; 7:43.
d
5:2; 16:92; 17:35.
a
4:11; 17:35.
b
17:36; 26:182-183; 55:10.
c
2:287; 7:43.
d
5:2; 16:92; 17:35.
892
Commentary:
Next to the injunction to protect the lives of our brethren (see preceding verse) comes the injunction to protect their property. Of those the Quran takes first those who cannot take care of their own property, viz. orphans. The verse says:And approach not the property of the orphan, except in a way which is best. In these words we are bidden to take due care of the property of those whose parents are dead and who are too young to take care of their property. We are to act as trustees for their property and we are strongly forbidden to misappropriate it. The injunction not to "approach" the property, however, does not mean that we should not even make such use of their property as may be to the advantage of the orphans themselves, e.g. investing it in some profitable business which may bring gain to our wards. The Quran allows such profitable investment by saying, except in a way which is best. Again by using the words, till he attains his maturity, the Quran reminds us that we are to be the custodians of the property of orphans not for a month or a year, but until the time when they are old enough to take charge of it and look after their own affairs.
Next to orphans come those of our brethren who, though able to take care of their property, may sometimes become the dupes of others. So the next injunction is of general application and is to the effect: And give full measure and weight with equity. In these words we are bidden not to cheat or defraud others of their property in any way, even if the other party is not intelligent or watchful enough to look after his or her interests.
After the injunctions pertaining to the protecting of property, comes the injunction to guard our tongues. Says the Quran: And when you speak, observe justice even if a relation be concerned. This signifies that when we are called upon to bear witness, we should speak the truth, even if our testimony may prove harmful to one near and dear to us. On the other hand, we should not unjustly harm our relations either. We must be true to them also, for they too are our brethren and come under the general injunction.
After the injunction to guard the tongue comes the injunction to guard the heart. Says the verse, and fulfil the covenant of Allah. Obviously this injunction pertains to the heart, for whereas the previous injunctions pertained to the covenant with men, the present one relates to the covenant with God.
It should also be noted that the injunctions contained in 6:152 pertained to outward evils, hence they were followed by the words, that you may understand, i.e. if you will act upon these injunctions, your power of understanding will be strengthened. But the injunction contained in the latter portion of the present verse pertains to the heart; it has, therefore, been aptly followed by the words, that you may remember.
b
4:11; 17:35.
c
17:36; 26:182, 183; 55:10.
d
2:287; 7:43.
e
5:2; 16:92; 17:35.
929
Next to the injunctions about the protection of life is mentioned the commandment to protect property.
930
After the injunction to guard the tongue comes the injunction to guard the heart, implied in the words and fulfil the covenant of Allah; for whereas the previous injunctions pertained to the covenant with men, the present one relates to the covenant with God.
وَأَنَّ هَٰذَا صِرَٰطِى مُسْتَقِيمًا فَٱتَّبِعُوهُ ۖ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ ٱلسُّبُلَ فَتَفَرَّقَ بِكُمْ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ
6:127.
6:127.
6:127.
Commentary:
All the above injunctions have been jointly referred to here and we are told that if we act upon these teachings, we shall come under the protection of God, Who will enable us to guard ourselves against all evil.
e
6:127.
a
6:127.
893
Commentary:
All the above injunctions have been jointly referred to here and we are told that if we act upon these teachings, we shall come under the protection of God, Who will enable us to guard ourselves against all evil.
f
6:127.
ثُمَّ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَٰبَ تَمَامًا عَلَى ٱلَّذِىٓ أَحْسَنَ وَتَفْصِيلًا لِّكُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةً لَّعَلَّهُم بِلِقَآءِ رَبِّهِمْ يُؤْمِنُونَ
2:54; 5:45.
7:146.
The words "all things" signify all those things which satisfied the moral and spiritual needs of the Jews. The Torah fulfilled all those needs.
2:54; 5:45.
7:146.
Important Words:
تماما (completing) is the noun-infinitive from تم. They say تم الشیء i.e. the thing was or became complete or entire or full or perfect or free from deficiency. تم الی کذا means, he reached or repaired to or came to such a thing. تم علیه means, he performed or executed it; or he accomplished it. اتم from which the infinitive is اتمام means, he made (a thing) complete or entire or full, etc. (Lane). For the sake of convenience the word تماما has been rendered in the verse as "completing".
Commentary:
In some of the previous verses the Quran referred to the diverse paths which, when followed, lead away from God’s way. Here we are told that when there come into existence diverse paths, then God sends a Messenger to remove differences and appoints one way for all. Then it becomes incumbent on all to follow that path. This is what is meant by the words, We gave Moses the Book.
The expression الذی احسن (him who did good) refers to Moses. Thus, the sentence means that the Book was revealed to Moses to complete divine favours upon him. The words احسن الذی (him who did good) may also be taken in the general sense, meaning "any person who did good." In that case the sentence would mean that the Book was revealed so that those who were righteous and did good, might have divine favours completed upon them.
The words کل شیء (all things) are not absolute but refer to the things the explanation of which was needed in the days of Moses, the words meaning that the Book given to Moses fulfilled all the needs of the time.
The verse mentions four things as the objects of a revealed Book: (1) That God desires to complete His favour by means of it. (2) That it embodies all the commandments that are needed for the period of time for which it is meant, (3) That it contains the means for guiding men to the right path. (4) That it is a mercy, i.e. those who follow it receive blessings from God.
f
2:54; 5:45.
g
7:146.
b
2:54; 5:45.
c
7:146.
894
Important Words:
تماما (completing) is the noun-infinitive from تم. They say تم الشیء i.e. the thing was or became complete or entire or full or perfect or free from deficiency. تم الی کذا means, he reached or repaired to or came to such a thing. تم علیه means, he performed or executed it; or he accomplished it. اتم from which the infinitive is اتمام means, he made (a thing) complete or entire or full, etc. (Lane). For the sake of convenience the word تماما has been rendered in the verse as "completing".
Commentary:
In some of the previous verses the Quran referred to the diverse paths which, when followed, lead away from God’s way. Here we are told that when there come into existence diverse paths, then God sends a Messenger to remove differences and appoints one way for all. Then it becomes incumbent on all to follow that path. This is what is meant by the words, We gave Moses the Book.
The expression الذی احسن (him who did good) refers to Moses. Thus, the sentence means that the Book was revealed to Moses to complete divine favours upon him. The words احسن الذی (him who did good) may also be taken in the general sense, meaning "any person who did good." In that case the sentence would mean that the Book was revealed so that those who were righteous and did good, might have divine favours completed upon them.
The words کل شیء (all things) are not absolute but refer to the things the explanation of which was needed in the days of Moses, the words meaning that the Book given to Moses fulfilled all the needs of the time.
The verse mentions four things as the objects of a revealed Book: (1) That God desires to complete His favour by means of it. (2) That it embodies all the commandments that are needed for the period of time for which it is meant, (3) That it contains the means for guiding men to the right path. (4) That it is a mercy, i.e. those who follow it receive blessings from God.
a
2:54; 5:45.
b
7:146.
931
The words "all things" signify all those things which satisfied the moral and spiritual needs of the Jews. The Torah fulfilled all those needs.
وَهَٰذَا كِتَٰبٌ أَنزَلْنَٰهُ مُبَارَكٌ فَٱتَّبِعُوهُ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ
6:93; 21:51.
6:93; 21:51.
The verse signifies that the Qur’an is a revealed Book which contains all the imperishable teachings and eternal truths which were contained in the former Scriptures, this being the meaning of the word Mubarak (Lane). Thus by following the Qur’an Muslims are relieved of the necessity of seeking guidance from them.
6:93; 21:51.
Commentary:
The words, this is a Book, refer to the Quran. Before giving the command to follow the Quran, this verse gives the reasons thereof. The first reason is that it is a revealed Book, being sent down by God. The second reason is that it is مبارك(full of blessings) which, as the root meaning of the word implies, shows that it comprises in itself the blissful teachings of all the other Scriptures (for an explanation of the word مبارك see note on 6:93 above).
The verse purports to say (1) that as the Quran is a revealed Book, so you should accept it and thereby become recipients of all the favours attached to revealed Books; (2) that as it comprises in itself the teachings of all other revealed Scriptures, so you should leave all other Books and follow it alone.
h
6:93; 21:51.
a
6:93; 21:51.
895
Commentary:
The words, this is a Book, refer to the Quran. Before giving the command to follow the Quran, this verse gives the reasons thereof. The first reason is that it is a revealed Book, being sent down by God. The second reason is that it is مبارك(full of blessings) which, as the root meaning of the word implies, shows that it comprises in itself the blissful teachings of all the other Scriptures (for an explanation of the word مبارك see note on 6:93 above).
The verse purports to say (1) that as the Quran is a revealed Book, so you should accept it and thereby become recipients of all the favours attached to revealed Books; (2) that as it comprises in itself the teachings of all other revealed Scriptures, so you should leave all other Books and follow it alone.
c
6:93; 21:51.
932
The verse signifies that the Qur’an is a revealed Book which contains all the imperishable teachings and eternal truths which were contained in the former Scriptures, this being the meaning of the word Mubarak (Lane). Thus by following the Qur’an Muslims are relieved of the necessity of seeking guidance from them.
أَن تَقُولُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أُنزِلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبُ عَلَىٰ طَآئِفَتَيْنِ مِن قَبْلِنَا وَإِن كُنَّا عَن دِرَاسَتِهِمْ لَغَٰفِلِينَ
یعنی یہود اور نصاریٰ پر۔ یہ جاہل مشرکوں کا خیال تھا۔ ورنہ مسیحؑ خود کہتا ہے کہ وہ تورات کو قائم کرنے کے لئے آیا ہے اور کوئی نئی شریعت نہیں لایا (متی باب۵ آیت۱۷) یعنی انجیل کوئی شریعت کی کتاب نہیں۔
The "two peoples" mentioned in the verse may be the Jews to whom was given the Torah and whose religion originated in the region in the north of Arabia, and the Zoroastrians to whom was given the Zend-Avesta and who lived on the east side of Arabia. Or the words may refer to Jews and Christians, the two peoples who lived in Arabia and with whom the Arabs had come into contact.
Important Words:
غافلین (unaware) is the plural of غافل which also means wanting in requisite knowledge (Lane).
Commentary:
This and the succeeding verses are addressed to the pagan tribes of Arabia and give the reason why the Quran has been revealed to a Prophet of that country. If the Quran had not been sent down to the pagan Arabs, they might have justly offered the excuse that Books had been sent down to two other peoples (explained below) in tongues which the Arabs could not understand, and that if a Book had been sent down to them, they would have acted upon its teachings more faithfully. To meet this excuse the Quran has been revealed to a Prophet from among the Arabs in their own tongue; so now they cannot offer that excuse.
The "two peoples" mentioned in the verse are (1) the Jews to whom was given the Book of Moses and whose religion originated in the north of Arabia; and (2) the Zoroastrians to whom was given the Zend-Avesta and who lived on the east side of Arabia. The Christians were given no separate Law, for both Jesus and his disciples followed the Law of Moses; hence, so far as religious Laws are concerned, they do not form a separate people but must be classed with the Jews.
1
یعنی یہود اور نصاریٰ پر۔ یہ جاہل مشرکوں کا خیال تھا۔ ورنہ مسیحؑ خود کہتا ہے کہ وہ تورات کو قائم کرنے کے لئے آیا ہے اور کوئی نئی شریعت نہیں لایا (متی باب۵ آیت۱۷) یعنی انجیل کوئی شریعت کی کتاب نہیں۔
896
Important Words:
غافلین (unaware) is the plural of غافل which also means wanting in requisite knowledge (Lane).
Commentary:
This and the succeeding verses are addressed to the pagan tribes of Arabia and give the reason why the Quran has been revealed to a Prophet of that country. If the Quran had not been sent down to the pagan Arabs, they might have justly offered the excuse that Books had been sent down to two other peoples (explained below) in tongues which the Arabs could not understand, and that if a Book had been sent down to them, they would have acted upon its teachings more faithfully. To meet this excuse the Quran has been revealed to a Prophet from among the Arabs in their own tongue; so now they cannot offer that excuse.
The "two peoples" mentioned in the verse are (1) the Jews to whom was given the Book of Moses and whose religion originated in the north of Arabia; and (2) the Zoroastrians to whom was given the Zend-Avesta and who lived on the east side of Arabia. The Christians were given no separate Law, for both Jesus and his disciples followed the Law of Moses; hence, so far as religious Laws are concerned, they do not form a separate people but must be classed with the Jews.
933
The "two peoples" mentioned in the verse may be the Jews to whom was given the Torah and whose religion originated in the region in the north of Arabia, and the Zoroastrians to whom was given the Zend-Avesta and who lived on the east side of Arabia. Or the words may refer to Jews and Christians, the two peoples who lived in Arabia and with whom the Arabs had come into contact.
أَوْ تَقُولُوا۟ لَوْ أَنَّآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْنَا ٱلْكِتَٰبُ لَكُنَّآ أَهْدَىٰ مِنْهُمْ ۚ فَقَدْ جَآءَكُم بَيِّنَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَهُدًى وَرَحْمَةٌ ۚ فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّن كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَصَدَفَ عَنْهَا ۗ سَنَجْزِى ٱلَّذِينَ يَصْدِفُونَ عَنْ ءَايَٰتِنَا سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَصْدِفُونَ
35:43.
6:22; 7:38; 10:18.
35:43.
6:22; 7:38; 10:18.
Commentary:
The words, better guided, are either intended to express a possible idea on the part of the Arabs that the "two peoples" mentioned above did not faithfully act on Divine teachings or they merely express a possible feeling of regret that whereas others were granted Divine guidance, they were not. It must be said to the credit of the Arabs that when the Quran was revealed to the Holy Prophet, those of them that accepted it did follow it much more faithfully than the "two peoples" referred to above or for that matter any other people. Thus, when the Holy Prophet was attacked by the Quraish of Mecca at Badr and he summoned a council of his followers to consult them, the latter told him without demur that they would not, like the companions of Moses, say to him, Go, thou and thy Lord, and fight and here we sit (5:25), but would fight in his front and fight at his back and fight on his right and fight on his left, meaning that the enemy would not be permitted to reach him except over their dead bodies (Bukhari, ch. on Maghazi).
a
35:43.
b
6:22; 7:38; 10:18.
a
35:43.
b
6:22; 7:38; 10:18.
897
Commentary:
The words, better guided, are either intended to express a possible idea on the part of the Arabs that the "two peoples" mentioned above did not faithfully act on Divine teachings or they merely express a possible feeling of regret that whereas others were granted Divine guidance, they were not. It must be said to the credit of the Arabs that when the Quran was revealed to the Holy Prophet, those of them that accepted it did follow it much more faithfully than the "two peoples" referred to above or for that matter any other people. Thus, when the Holy Prophet was attacked by the Quraish of Mecca at Badr and he summoned a council of his followers to consult them, the latter told him without demur that they would not, like the companions of Moses, say to him, Go, thou and thy Lord, and fight and here we sit (5:25), but would fight in his front and fight at his back and fight on his right and fight on his left, meaning that the enemy would not be permitted to reach him except over their dead bodies (Bukhari, ch. on Maghazi).
a
35:43.
b
6:22; 7:38; 10:18.
هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّآ أَن تَأْتِيَهُمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ أَوْ يَأْتِىَ رَبُّكَ أَوْ يَأْتِىَ بَعْضُ ءَايَٰتِ رَبِّكَ ۗ يَوْمَ يَأْتِى بَعْضُ ءَايَٰتِ رَبِّكَ لَا يَنفَعُ نَفْسًا إِيمَٰنُهَا لَمْ تَكُنْ ءَامَنَتْ مِن قَبْلُ أَوْ كَسَبَتْ فِىٓ إِيمَٰنِهَا خَيْرًا ۗ قُلِ ٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟ إِنَّا مُنتَظِرُونَ
2:211; 16:34.
The "coming of angels" here refers to the punishment of the people through wars; because the coming of angels has been mentioned in connection with the battles that took place between Muslims and their enemies (3:125, 126 & 8:10).
The term "coming of the Lord" expresses complete destruction of the enemies of truth (2:211).
"The coming of the Signs" refers to earthly punishments such as famines, pestilences, calamities, etc.
2:211; 16:34.
Commentary:
The "coming of angels" here refers to the punishment of the people through wars; for, in the Quran the coming of angels has been mentioned in connection with the battles that took place between Muslims and their enemies (3:125, 126 & 8:10).
The term "coming of the Lord" with regard to disbelievers has been used in the Quran to express death and destruction (2:211). The words thus refer to the punishment of death that was to overtake the enemies of Islam in other ways than by war. In fact, when an offender is spoken of as having been summoned before God, it is only for punishment.
The "coming of the Signs" refers to punishments such as famines, pestilences, etc.
Finally, the verse makes it clear that believing at the time when a man is visited by punishment can do him no good. The verse mentions two conditions under which faith is of no avail: firstly, the faith of the man who believes at the time when he is overtaken by punishment; secondly, the faith of the man who has earned no good by his faith, i.e. he whose faith is not accompanied by good works and righteous deeds. The verse does not mean that faith will benefit nobody when the signs of God come. What it means is that at the time when the sign of punishment comes, faith will not avail those for whom this punishment is meant.
c
2:211; 16:34.
464
“天使的降临” 在这里指的是通过战争来惩罚民众; 因为谈到的天使与穆斯林对他们的敌人所进行的战役有关。(3:125, 126和8:10)。
465
“养主的光临” 这一用语表明真理的敌人被彻底毁灭。(2:211)
466
“一些迹象的降临” 指的是诸如饥馑、瘟疫、灾难、等现世的许多惩罚。
b
2:211; 16:34.
898
Commentary:
The "coming of angels" here refers to the punishment of the people through wars; for, in the Quran the coming of angels has been mentioned in connection with the battles that took place between Muslims and their enemies (3:125, 126 & 8:10).
The term "coming of the Lord" with regard to disbelievers has been used in the Quran to express death and destruction (2:211). The words thus refer to the punishment of death that was to overtake the enemies of Islam in other ways than by war. In fact, when an offender is spoken of as having been summoned before God, it is only for punishment.
The "coming of the Signs" refers to punishments such as famines, pestilences, etc.
Finally, the verse makes it clear that believing at the time when a man is visited by punishment can do him no good. The verse mentions two conditions under which faith is of no avail: firstly, the faith of the man who believes at the time when he is overtaken by punishment; secondly, the faith of the man who has earned no good by his faith, i.e. he whose faith is not accompanied by good works and righteous deeds. The verse does not mean that faith will benefit nobody when the signs of God come. What it means is that at the time when the sign of punishment comes, faith will not avail those for whom this punishment is meant.
c
2:211; 16:34.
934
The "coming of angels" here refers to the punishment of the people through wars; because the coming of angels has been mentioned in connection with the battles that took place between Muslims and their enemies (3:125, 126 & 8:10).
935
The term "coming of the Lord" expresses complete destruction of the enemies of truth (2:211).
936
"The coming of the Signs" refers to earthly punishments such as famines, pestilences, calamities, etc.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ فَرَّقُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ وَكَانُوا۟ شِيَعًا لَّسْتَ مِنْهُمْ فِى شَىْءٍ ۚ إِنَّمَآ أَمْرُهُمْ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ يُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْعَلُونَ
30:33.
The words, "split up their religion" signify that when people begin to follow their own caprices and fancies, differences arise among them and unanimity of views disappears.
30:33.
Important Words:
شیعا (sects) is the plural of شیعة which means, a separate or distinct party or sect of men; any people that have combined in or for an affair. The word is derived from شاع, which means, it became spread, published, divulged or made known; it became scattered or dispersed. شاع also means, he or it followed (him). شیع ابله means, he called out to his (straying or lingering) camels, whereupon they went along and followed one another. شیعة also means, he encouraged and strengthened him. تشایعت الابل means, the camels became separate parties; or they went together (Lane).
Commentary:
The words, split up their religion, signify that when all and sundry begin to follow their own judgement, there are sure to be differences among them and there remains no unity of opinion.
d
30:33.
467
“使他们的宗教分裂” 这些字, 意指当人们开始按照各自的奇怪和空幻的想法办事, 他们之间就会产生分歧, 意见就会不一致。
a
30:33.
899
Important Words:
شیعا (sects) is the plural of شیعة which means, a separate or distinct party or sect of men; any people that have combined in or for an affair. The word is derived from شاع, which means, it became spread, published, divulged or made known; it became scattered or dispersed. شاع also means, he or it followed (him). شیع ابله means, he called out to his (straying or lingering) camels, whereupon they went along and followed one another. شیعة also means, he encouraged and strengthened him. تشایعت الابل means, the camels became separate parties; or they went together (Lane).
Commentary:
The words, split up their religion, signify that when all and sundry begin to follow their own judgement, there are sure to be differences among them and there remains no unity of opinion.
d
30:33.
937
The words, "split up their religion" signify that when people begin to follow their own caprices and fancies, differences arise among them and unanimity of views disappears.
مَن جَآءَ بِٱلْحَسَنَةِ فَلَهُۥ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا ۖ وَمَن جَآءَ بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِ فَلَا يُجْزَىٰٓ إِلَّا مِثْلَهَا وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ
4:41; 27:90; 28:85.
4:41; 27:90; 28:85.
A good deed is like a good seed that multiplies tenfold and even more (2:262; 4:41; 10:27, 28; also Tirmidhi, ch. on Fasting) whereas an evil deed is counted as only one.
4:41; 27:90; 28:85.
Commentary:
The verse beautifully illustrates how the mercy of God transcends and predominates over His wrath or punishment. A good deed is like a good seed that brings forth a produce ten times its number and even more, (2:262; 4:41; 10:27-28; also Tirmidhi, ch. on, Fasting), whereas an evil deed is counted as only one deed. The verse also throws light on the fact that where there are to be rewards and punishments, there must be a law and a system. There can be no rewarding or punishing without a law.
a
4:41; 27:90; 28:85.
a
4:41; 27:90; 28:85.
900
Commentary:
The verse beautifully illustrates how the mercy of God transcends and predominates over His wrath or punishment. A good deed is like a good seed that brings forth a produce ten times its number and even more, (2:262; 4:41; 10:27-28; also Tirmidhi, ch. on, Fasting), whereas an evil deed is counted as only one deed. The verse also throws light on the fact that where there are to be rewards and punishments, there must be a law and a system. There can be no rewarding or punishing without a law.
a
4:41; 27:90; 28:85.
938
A good deed is like a good seed that multiplies tenfold and even more (2:262; 4:41; 10:27, 28; also Tirmidhi, ch. on Fasting) whereas an evil deed is counted as only one.
قُلْ إِنَّنِى هَدَىٰنِى رَبِّىٓ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ دِينًا قِيَمًا مِّلَّةَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ حَنِيفًا ۚ وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ
3:96; 16:124.
3:96; 16:124.
3:96; 16:124.
Important Words:
قیم (right) is derived from قام which means, he stood still or he stood up. قیم الامر means, he undertook the affair; he managed or conducted it. قیم means, right, correct or true. قیم الامر means, manager, conductor or superintendent of the affair (Lane). See also 4:6, 35, 163.
Commentary:
The previous verse proved the need of a revealed religion. In the present verse we are told that now the revealed religion was the one which the Holy Prophet of Islam was following and which in principle was also the religion of Abraham, the upright. The word حنیف means (1) upright and (2) one who is ever inclined to God; and such a one can only be he who believes in all the Prophets of God.
b
3:96; 16:124.
b
3:96; 16:124.
901
Important Words:
قیم (right) is derived from قام which means, he stood still or he stood up. قیم الامر means, he undertook the affair; he managed or conducted it. قیم means, right, correct or true. قیم الامر means, manager, conductor or superintendent of the affair (Lane). See also 4:6, 35, 163.
Commentary:
The previous verse proved the need of a revealed religion. In the present verse we are told that now the revealed religion was the one which the Holy Prophet of Islam was following and which in principle was also the religion of Abraham, the upright. The word حنیف means (1) upright and (2) one who is ever inclined to God; and such a one can only be he who believes in all the Prophets of God.
b
3:96; 16:124.
قُلْ إِنَّ صَلَاتِى وَنُسُكِى وَمَحْيَاىَ وَمَمَاتِى لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
拜功、牺牲、生和死, 包括了人类各种行动的整个领域, 安拉要穆圣宣告: 今世生命的一切方面只是献给安拉的。他的所有拜功都是为安拉的; 他的一切牺牲都是为安拉而作出的; 他的一生都为安拉服务; 如果他们为宗教的事业去死, 也是为了赢得安拉的喜悦。
Prayer, sacrifice, life and death, cover the entire field of man’s actions, and the Holy Prophet had been asked to declare that all phases of his life were devoted to God alone. All his prayers were offered to God; all his sacrifices were made to Him; all his life was devoted to His service; and if in the cause of religion he sought death, that was also to win His pleasure.
Important Words:
نسك (sacrifice) is derived from نسك. They say نسك الثوب i.e. he washed the cloth and rendered it clear and pure. نسك الذبیحةmeans, he slaughtered and sacrificed the animal. نسك البیت means, he repaired to the Ka‘bah for Pilgrimage. نسك الرجل means, the man worshipped God and devoted himself to His service. نسك لله means, he offered a sacrifice to win the pleasure of God and attain His nearness. Soنسك means, sacrifice; worship; a right due to God; blood of an animal shed by way of sacrifice or in fulfilment of a vow; animal of sacrifice (Aqrab).
Commentary:
This and the following verse beautifully describe the Holy Prophet’s religion, to which reference was made in the preceding verse. The two latter mentioned expressions, viz. "my life" and "my death" correspond respectively to the two former expressions viz. "my prayer" and "my sacrifice." As prayer imparts life to the worshipper, so it has been followed by the words, "my life." On the contrary, "sacrifice" kills the self of man, so it has been followed by the words, "my death." These four words, i.e. prayer, sacrifice, life and death, thus cover the entire field of man’s actions, and the Holy Prophet has been asked to declare that all phases of his life were devoted to God alone. All his prayers were offered to God; all his sacrifices were made to Him; all his life was devoted to His service; and if in the cause of religion he sought death, that was also to win His pleasure. He lived for God and would not die but in harness.
With regard to Prayer particularly, the Holy Prophet is reported to have said, جعلت قرة عینی فی الصلوة i.e. "the coolness or delight of my eyes lies in Prayer" (Nasa’i).
468
拜功、牺牲、生和死, 包括了人类各种行动的整个领域, 安拉要穆圣宣告: 今世生命的一切方面只是献给安拉的。他的所有拜功都是为安拉的; 他的一切牺牲都是为安拉而作出的; 他的一生都为安拉服务; 如果他们为宗教的事业去死, 也是为了赢得安拉的喜悦。
902
Important Words:
نسك (sacrifice) is derived from نسك. They say نسك الثوب i.e. he washed the cloth and rendered it clear and pure. نسك الذبیحةmeans, he slaughtered and sacrificed the animal. نسك البیت means, he repaired to the Ka‘bah for Pilgrimage. نسك الرجل means, the man worshipped God and devoted himself to His service. نسك لله means, he offered a sacrifice to win the pleasure of God and attain His nearness. Soنسك means, sacrifice; worship; a right due to God; blood of an animal shed by way of sacrifice or in fulfilment of a vow; animal of sacrifice (Aqrab).
Commentary:
This and the following verse beautifully describe the Holy Prophet’s religion, to which reference was made in the preceding verse. The two latter mentioned expressions, viz. "my life" and "my death" correspond respectively to the two former expressions viz. "my prayer" and "my sacrifice." As prayer imparts life to the worshipper, so it has been followed by the words, "my life." On the contrary, "sacrifice" kills the self of man, so it has been followed by the words, "my death." These four words, i.e. prayer, sacrifice, life and death, thus cover the entire field of man’s actions, and the Holy Prophet has been asked to declare that all phases of his life were devoted to God alone. All his prayers were offered to God; all his sacrifices were made to Him; all his life was devoted to His service; and if in the cause of religion he sought death, that was also to win His pleasure. He lived for God and would not die but in harness.
With regard to Prayer particularly, the Holy Prophet is reported to have said, جعلت قرة عینی فی الصلوة i.e. "the coolness or delight of my eyes lies in Prayer" (Nasa’i).
939
Prayer, sacrifice, life and death, cover the entire field of man’s actions, and the Holy Prophet had been asked to declare that all phases of his life were devoted to God alone. All his prayers were offered to God; all his sacrifices were made to Him; all his life was devoted to His service; and if in the cause of religion he sought death, that was also to win His pleasure.
لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُۥ ۖ وَبِذَٰلِكَ أُمِرْتُ وَأَنَا۠ أَوَّلُ ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَ
6:15; 39:12, 13.
6:15; 39:12, 13.
6:15; 39:12-13.
Commentary:
Not only were all the energies of the Holy Prophet devoted to God, but he believed in no other deity, and his eyes were shut to every thing but his Lord and Maker to Whom alone he submitted. The Holy Prophet was indeed the First Muslim.
c
6:15; 39:12, 13.
a
6:15; 39:12-13.
903
Commentary:
Not only were all the energies of the Holy Prophet devoted to God, but he believed in no other deity, and his eyes were shut to every thing but his Lord and Maker to Whom alone he submitted. The Holy Prophet was indeed the First Muslim.
c
6:15; 39:12, 13.
قُلْ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْغِى رَبًّا وَهُوَ رَبُّ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ ۚ وَلَا تَكْسِبُ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ إِلَّا عَلَيْهَا ۚ وَلَا تَزِرُ وَازِرَةٌ وِزْرَ أُخْرَىٰ ۚ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكُم مَّرْجِعُكُمْ فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ فِيهِ تَخْتَلِفُونَ
عیسائی اس آیت سے استدلال کرتے ہیں کہ اس کا یہ مطلب ہے کہ کوئی گناہگار کفارہ نہیں ہو سکتا۔ اور اسلامی تعلیم کے مطابق صرف مسیحؑ بے گناہ تھا۔ لیکن بوجھ اٹھانے والی ہستی کے معنے گنہگار کے نہیں بلکہ یہ ہیں کہ جو خداتعالیٰ کے سامنے جواب دہ ہو۔ اور مسیحؑ خود مدعی ہے کہ وہ خداتعالیٰ کے سامنے جواب دہ ہے اور یہ بھی کہ وہ بے گناہ نہیں (نیا عہدنامہ لوقا باب۱۸ آیت۱۹۔ نیز دیکھو متی باب۱۹ آیت۱۷ و مرقس باب۱۰ آیت۱۸) پس وہ کفارہ نہیں ہو سکتا۔
7:141.
17:16; 35:19; 53:39.
This verse contains, as do vv. 17:16; 53:40, 41, a forceful repudiation of the doctrine of Atonement and emphatically draws attention to the fact that everyone has to carry his own cross and to account for his own actions. Nobody’s vicarious sacrifice can do one any good.
7:141.
17:16; 35:19; 53:39.
Commentary:
The verse supplies the reason why one should be devoted to God, for He alone is "the Lord of all things". The verse also makes it clear that on the day when man will be presented before God and will render an account of his deeds, nobody will be able to take upon himself a part of his burden. The word "burden" here signifies "sin". In the words, bearer of burden, it is also hinted that this principle applies only to human beings who are the bearers of burdens; but that if God so willed, He could Himself remove the burden of a soul, i.e. pardon it.
d
7:141.
e
17:16; 35:19; 53:39.
469
这节经文如17:16; 53:40-41节那些经文那样, 有力地驳斥了为世人赎罪而受难致使的这一教义, 而且使人们确实注意到每一个人必须背上他自己的十字架以及汇报他自己的行为。没有人能够在代替别人牺牲中对别人会有什么好处。
1
عیسائی اس آیت سے استدلال کرتے ہیں کہ اس کا یہ مطلب ہے کہ کوئی گناہگار کفارہ نہیں ہو سکتا۔ اور اسلامی تعلیم کے مطابق صرف مسیحؑ بے گناہ تھا۔ لیکن بوجھ اٹھانے والی ہستی کے معنے گنہگار کے نہیں بلکہ یہ ہیں کہ جو خداتعالیٰ کے سامنے جواب دہ ہو۔ اور مسیحؑ خود مدعی ہے کہ وہ خداتعالیٰ کے سامنے جواب دہ ہے اور یہ بھی کہ وہ بے گناہ نہیں (نیا عہدنامہ لوقا باب۱۸ آیت۱۹۔ نیز دیکھو متی باب۱۹ آیت۱۷ و مرقس باب۱۰ آیت۱۸) پس وہ کفارہ نہیں ہو سکتا۔
b
7:141.
c
17:16; 35:19; 53:39.
904
Commentary:
The verse supplies the reason why one should be devoted to God, for He alone is "the Lord of all things". The verse also makes it clear that on the day when man will be presented before God and will render an account of his deeds, nobody will be able to take upon himself a part of his burden. The word "burden" here signifies "sin". In the words, bearer of burden, it is also hinted that this principle applies only to human beings who are the bearers of burdens; but that if God so willed, He could Himself remove the burden of a soul, i.e. pardon it.
a
7:141.
b
17:16; 35:19; 53:39.
940
This verse contains, as do vv. 17:16; 53:40, 41, a forceful repudiation of the doctrine of Atonement and emphatically draws attention to the fact that everyone has to carry his own cross and to account for his own actions. Nobody’s vicarious sacrifice can do one any good.
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَكُمْ خَلَٰٓئِفَ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَرَفَعَ بَعْضَكُمْ فَوْقَ بَعْضٍ دَرَجَٰتٍ لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْ فِى مَآ ءَاتَىٰكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْعِقَابِ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَغَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌۢ
5:49; 11:8; 67:3.
The verse constitutes at once an exhortation and a warning to the Muslims. They are told that they are going to be granted power and authority, and the duty of regulating the affairs of nations is about to devolve on them. They should discharge their responsibilities with equity and justice as they shall have to give account of their charge to their Creator.
5:49; 11:8; 67:3.
Commentary:
This Surah began with a reference to "darkness" and "light", and in its concluding verse also reference has been made to the same subject, though in different words. The verse purports to say that the people of darkness and the people of light will get their respective rewards at the hands of God. The words, quick in punishment, refer to the punishment of those who are in darkness, while the words, Most Forgiving, Merciful, refer to the good reward of those who are endowed with light. The words, that He may try you by that which He has given you, are intended to point to the great purpose for which "darkness" and "light" have been created, the expression, given you, hinting that both light and darkness have been created for the ultimate good of man. Indeed if there had been no darkness, there would have been no progress. See also 6:2.
a
5:49; 11:8; 67:3.
470
这节经文既勉励又警告穆斯林。他们被告知即将给他们权利和权威, 而且管理各国事务的职责就要移交给他们。他们必须公正的履行他们的各种职责, 因为他们必须向创造主汇报他们所掌管的职责。
a
5:49; 11:8; 67:3.
905
Commentary:
This Surah began with a reference to "darkness" and "light", and in its concluding verse also reference has been made to the same subject, though in different words. The verse purports to say that the people of darkness and the people of light will get their respective rewards at the hands of God. The words, quick in punishment, refer to the punishment of those who are in darkness, while the words, Most Forgiving, Merciful, refer to the good reward of those who are endowed with light. The words, that He may try you by that which He has given you, are intended to point to the great purpose for which "darkness" and "light" have been created, the expression, given you, hinting that both light and darkness have been created for the ultimate good of man. Indeed if there had been no darkness, there would have been no progress. See also 6:2.
c
5:49; 11:8; 67:3.
941
The verse constitutes at once an exhortation and a warning to the Muslims. They are told that they are going to be granted power and authority, and the duty of regulating the affairs of nations is about to devolve on them. They should discharge their responsibilities with equity and justice as they shall have to give account of their charge to their Creator.
الأعراف
Al-A'raf
The Heights • makkah • 206 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
906
Commentary:
See under 1:1.
a
1:1.
الٓمٓصٓ
الٓـمّٓ قائم مقام ہے اَ نَا اللّٰہُ اَعْلَمُ کا جس کے معنے ہیں ’’میں اللہ سب سے زیادہ جاننے والا ہوں‘‘ اور صٓ قائم مقام ہے صادق کا‘ یعنی میں صادق ہوں۔ جو تعلیم میری طرف سے آئے وہ سچ پر مشتمل ہوتی ہے۔ یہ حروف مقطعات کہلاتے ہیں۔ مقطعات کے لئے دیکھیئے نوٹ سورۃبقرۃ آیت۲۔
2:2; 3:2; 29:2; 30:2; 31:2; 32:2.
According to Ibn-e-‘Abbas, the combined four letters Alif Lam Mim Sad signify "I am Allah, the All-Knowing and I explain." For the first three letters see note {16}, and the letter Sad stands for Ufassilu, i.e. I explain. The contents of this Surah justify this interpretation, because the Surah not only embodies Divine knowledge of, but explains at greater length and with a greater wealth of illustrations, the subject dealt with in the preceding Surah. The letter Sad has also been understood to mean, "Most Truthful."
2:2; 3:2; 29:2; 30:2; 31: 2; 32:2.
Commentary:
According to Ibn ‘Abbas, the combined four letters المص are the abbreviations of the words انا الله اعلم وافصل i.e. "I am Allah, I know and I explain". The contents of this Surah justify this interpretation, because the Surah not only embodies Divine knowledge but "explains" at a greater length and with a greater wealth of illustrations the subject dealt with in the previous Surah. See also note on الم in 2:2.
b
2:2; 3:2; 29:2; 30:2; 31:2; 32:2.
471
按照伊本•阿巴斯的意见, الٓـمّٓصٓ Alif Lam Mim Sad 四个字母合起来的意思是, “我是最知的安拉,我解释。” 开始三个字母的意思见注释16, 而字母 ص Sªd 代表 اُفَصِّلُ Ufassilu, 即 “我解释”。本章内容证明这解释是恰当的, 因为本章不仅体现了前一章所述及的那一主题的有关安拉的知识, 而且以更丰富的实例更详细地阐明了它。Sad 这一字母的意思也可以理解为 “最诚实的。”
1
الٓـمّٓ قائم مقام ہے اَ نَا اللّٰہُ اَعْلَمُ کا جس کے معنے ہیں ’’میں اللہ سب سے زیادہ جاننے والا ہوں‘‘ اور صٓ قائم مقام ہے صادق کا‘ یعنی میں صادق ہوں۔ جو تعلیم میری طرف سے آئے وہ سچ پر مشتمل ہوتی ہے۔ یہ حروف مقطعات کہلاتے ہیں۔ مقطعات کے لئے دیکھیئے نوٹ سورۃبقرۃ آیت۲۔
b
2:2; 3:2; 29:2; 30:2; 31: 2; 32:2.
906A
Commentary:
According to Ibn ‘Abbas, the combined four letters المص are the abbreviations of the words انا الله اعلم وافصل i.e. "I am Allah, I know and I explain". The contents of this Surah justify this interpretation, because the Surah not only embodies Divine knowledge but "explains" at a greater length and with a greater wealth of illustrations the subject dealt with in the previous Surah. See also note on الم in 2:2.
b
2:2; 3:2; 29:2; 30:2; 31:2; 32:2.
942
According to Ibn-e-‘Abbas, the combined four letters Alif Lam Mim Sad signify "I am Allah, the All-Knowing and I explain." For the first three letters see note {16}, and the letter Sad stands for Ufassilu, i.e. I explain. The contents of this Surah justify this interpretation, because the Surah not only embodies Divine knowledge of, but explains at greater length and with a greater wealth of illustrations, the subject dealt with in the preceding Surah. The letter Sad has also been understood to mean, "Most Truthful."
كِتَٰبٌ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ فَلَا يَكُن فِى صَدْرِكَ حَرَجٌ مِّنْهُ لِتُنذِرَ بِهِۦ وَذِكْرَىٰ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
6:52; 19:98; 25:2.
6:52; 19:98; 25:2.
Commentary:
This verse is addressed to each and every believer, and not particularly to the Holy Prophet. The believers are told that the Quran is God’s own revelation and not the outcome of the Prophet’s mind, and since it is the revealed Word of the All-Knowing God, they should feel no straitness or hesitance in acting upon its injunctions and preaching them to others.
c
6:52; 19:98; 25:2.
c
6:52; 19:98; 25:2.
907
Commentary:
This verse is addressed to each and every believer, and not particularly to the Holy Prophet. The believers are told that the Quran is God’s own revelation and not the outcome of the Prophet’s mind, and since it is the revealed Word of the All-Knowing God, they should feel no straitness or hesitance in acting upon its injunctions and preaching them to others.
c
6:52; 19:98; 25:2.
943
This verse is addressed to every believer, and not particularly to the Holy Prophet.
ٱتَّبِعُوا۟ مَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۗ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَذَكَّرُونَ
33:3; 39:56.
قَلِیْـلًا کے لفظی معنے تو تھوڑے کے ہیں۔ مگر محاورہ میں اس کے معنے بالکل نہ ہونے کے ہوتے ہیں۔
33:3; 39:56.
33:3; 39:56.
Commentary:
No patronage or help from any quarter can be of avail to a people in opposition to God and His Messengers. This is a lesson writ large on the pages of history and is well worth remembering.
d
33:3; 39:56.
2
قَلِیْـلًا کے لفظی معنے تو تھوڑے کے ہیں۔ مگر محاورہ میں اس کے معنے بالکل نہ ہونے کے ہوتے ہیں۔
d
33:3; 39:56.
908
Commentary:
No patronage or help from any quarter can be of avail to a people in opposition to God and His Messengers. This is a lesson writ large on the pages of history and is well worth remembering.
d
33:3; 39:56.
وَكَم مِّن قَرْيَةٍ أَهْلَكْنَٰهَا فَجَآءَهَا بَأْسُنَا بَيَٰتًا أَوْ هُمْ قَآئِلُونَ
7:98; 21:12; 28:59.
7:98; 21:12; 28:59.
Latter part of the night and also midday are here mentioned as particularly the two times when Divine visitations generally come upon a people. These are the hours when they are often asleep or are in a state of negligence.
7:98; 21:12; 28:59.
Important Words:
بیاتا (by night) is the noun-infinitive from بات i.e. he passed the night. بات یفعل کذا means, he did such a thing by or at night; or he passed the night doing such a thing; or he entered upon the night doing such a thing. اتاھم الامربیاتا means, the thing or event happened to them at night, or in the latter part of the night (Aqrab). See also 4:82.
قائلون (slept at noon) is derived from قال (of which the aorist is یقیل and not یقول) i.e. he slept or rested during mid-day; or he drank water, etc. at mid-day. So قائل means, one sleeping or resting during mid-day. قیلولة means, the act of sleeping or resting during mid-day. قائلة means, mid-day (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The particle فا in فجاءھا here means "and". If, however, it be taken to mean "then" and the words that follow be translated as "then Our punishment came upon them", then the verb اھلکنا (have We destroyed) will have to be rendered as "We had decreed to destroy". Two separate and distinct hours, viz. (1) the latter part of the night and (2) mid-day are here mentioned as the two times when divine visitations generally come upon men. These are the times when people are often in a state of sleep or negligence.
e
7:98; 21:12; 28:59.
a
7:98; 21:12; 28:59.
909
Important Words:
بیاتا (by night) is the noun-infinitive from بات i.e. he passed the night. بات یفعل کذا means, he did such a thing by or at night; or he passed the night doing such a thing; or he entered upon the night doing such a thing. اتاھم الامربیاتا means, the thing or event happened to them at night, or in the latter part of the night (Aqrab). See also 4:82.
قائلون (slept at noon) is derived from قال (of which the aorist is یقیل and not یقول) i.e. he slept or rested during mid-day; or he drank water, etc. at mid-day. So قائل means, one sleeping or resting during mid-day. قیلولة means, the act of sleeping or resting during mid-day. قائلة means, mid-day (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The particle فا in فجاءھا here means "and". If, however, it be taken to mean "then" and the words that follow be translated as "then Our punishment came upon them", then the verb اھلکنا (have We destroyed) will have to be rendered as "We had decreed to destroy". Two separate and distinct hours, viz. (1) the latter part of the night and (2) mid-day are here mentioned as the two times when divine visitations generally come upon men. These are the times when people are often in a state of sleep or negligence.
e
7:98; 21:12; 28:59.
944
Latter part of the night and also midday are here mentioned as particularly the two times when Divine visitations generally come upon a people. These are the hours when they are often asleep or are in a state of negligence.
فَمَا كَانَ دَعْوَىٰهُمْ إِذْ جَآءَهُم بَأْسُنَآ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا كُنَّا ظَٰلِمِينَ
21:15.
The reason, why even confirmed atheists have sometimes been found to cry to God for help when punishment overtakes them, is that at such a dreadful time realization comes to man not only of his own utter helplessness but also of the might and power of a Higher Being.
21:15.
Commentary:
The reason why even confirmed atheists have been found to cry to God for help when Divine punishment overtakes them, is that at such a dreadful time, man becomes not only conscious of his own utter helplessness but also of the might and power of a Higher Being.
f
21:15.
472
即使是最坚定的无神论者, 当遭受到惩罚时, 有时也会看到他们呼求安拉的帮助。其理由是, 在这样一种可怕的时刻, 人类才认识到他们自己是完全无能为力的, 而且也开始认识到安拉是大力和全能的。
b
21:15.
910
Commentary:
The reason why even confirmed atheists have been found to cry to God for help when Divine punishment overtakes them, is that at such a dreadful time, man becomes not only conscious of his own utter helplessness but also of the might and power of a Higher Being.
a
21:15.
945
The reason, why even confirmed atheists have sometimes been found to cry to God for help when punishment overtakes them, is that at such a dreadful time realization comes to man not only of his own utter helplessness but also of the might and power of a Higher Being.
فَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ أُرْسِلَ إِلَيْهِمْ وَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
28:66.
5:110.
The verse embodies the important principle that in one form or another all are responsible to God. All people will be questioned how they received God’s Messengers, and the Messengers will be questioned how they delivered the Divine Message and what response was made by the people to it.
28:66.
5:110.
Commentary:
The verse embodies the important principle that in one way or another all are responsible to God. The people will be questioned as to how they received God’s Messengers, and the Messengers will be questioned as to how they delivered the Divine Message and what response the people gave them.
a
28:66.
b
5:110.
473
这节经文体现了这样一个重要原则: 所有的人都是以各种形式向安拉负责的。所有的人都将受质问, 他们是如何接待安拉的使者的; 而使者们将受到质问, 他们是如何传送安拉的使命的以及人们对使命作出什么反应。
c
28:66.
d
5:110.
911
Commentary:
The verse embodies the important principle that in one way or another all are responsible to God. The people will be questioned as to how they received God’s Messengers, and the Messengers will be questioned as to how they delivered the Divine Message and what response the people gave them.
b
28:66.
c
5:110.
946
The verse embodies the important principle that in one form or another all are responsible to God. All people will be questioned how they received God’s Messengers, and the Messengers will be questioned how they delivered the Divine Message and what response was made by the people to it.
فَلَنَقُصَّنَّ عَلَيْهِم بِعِلْمٍ ۖ وَمَا كُنَّا غَآئِبِينَ
Commentary:
God’s purpose in questioning the Messengers and the people (7:7 above) would not be to gain information or supplement His knowledge,––for He is All-Knowing—but, on the contrary, to impress upon both parties the extent and perfection of His own knowledge. After the people and the Prophets will have said what they will have to say, God Himself will tell them in detail what they did and what they should have done but failed to do, and thus the all-comprehensiveness of God’s knowledge will be fully brought home to them.
912
Commentary:
God’s purpose in questioning the Messengers and the people (7:7 above) would not be to gain information or supplement His knowledge,––for He is All-Knowing—but, on the contrary, to impress upon both parties the extent and perfection of His own knowledge. After the people and the Prophets will have said what they will have to say, God Himself will tell them in detail what they did and what they should have done but failed to do, and thus the all-comprehensiveness of God’s knowledge will be fully brought home to them.
وَٱلْوَزْنُ يَوْمَئِذٍ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ فَمَن ثَقُلَتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ
عربی میں فَاء ہے جس کے معنے پس کے ہیں لیکن اردو میں اس کی ضرورت نہیں۔ مضمون فقرہ کی بناوٹ سے معلوم ہوجاتا ہے کہ یہ بات پہلی بات کا نتیجہ ہے۔
21:48; 23:103; 101:9-10.
The language used here is figurative. Material things are weighed in scales made of metal or wood, but the weighing of things which are not material signifies determining their real value, worth or importance.
21:48; 23:103; 101:9-10.
Important Words:
موازینه (whose scales). موازین is the plural of میزان which is derived from وزن. They say وزن الشیء i.e. he weighed the thing, or he determined or estimated the weight of the thing. وزن الشعر means, he composed verses according to the fixed measure. وزن الشیء (with different vowel point at the central root letter) means, the thing became heavy and weighty. وزن which is noun-infinitive means, the act of weighing; or the weight of a thing; or weightiness. وزن الرجل means, he was a person of weighty opinion. میزان means, a weighing instrument; a balance; a pair of scales; the weight of a thing; the measure of a verse (Lane & Aqrab)
Commentary:
The verse does not mean that pairs of scale will actually be set up and human actions and deeds weighed like material things. The language used is figurative. Material things are indeed weighed in scales made of metal or wood, but the weighing of things which are not material means determining their real value or worth or importance.
The verse also throws interesting side-light on the fact that on the Day of Reckoning it is only good works that will carry weight. In the following verse, the Quran makes the point further clear by saying, those whose scales are light, (i.e. those who have no good works to their credit or who have only evil works which carry no weight), it is they who shall have ruined their souls.
c
21:48; 23:103; 101:9-10.
474
这里使用的语言是比喻性的。物质的东西可以在金属或木制的称秤上称重量, 可是不是物质的东西权衡的意思是, 决定它们的真正价值或重要性。
1
عربی میں فَاء ہے جس کے معنے پس کے ہیں لیکن اردو میں اس کی ضرورت نہیں۔ مضمون فقرہ کی بناوٹ سے معلوم ہوجاتا ہے کہ یہ بات پہلی بات کا نتیجہ ہے۔
a
21:48; 23:103; 101:9-10.
913
Important Words:
موازینه (whose scales). موازین is the plural of میزان which is derived from وزن. They say وزن الشیء i.e. he weighed the thing, or he determined or estimated the weight of the thing. وزن الشعر means, he composed verses according to the fixed measure. وزن الشیء (with different vowel point at the central root letter) means, the thing became heavy and weighty. وزن which is noun-infinitive means, the act of weighing; or the weight of a thing; or weightiness. وزن الرجل means, he was a person of weighty opinion. میزان means, a weighing instrument; a balance; a pair of scales; the weight of a thing; the measure of a verse (Lane & Aqrab)
Commentary:
The verse does not mean that pairs of scale will actually be set up and human actions and deeds weighed like material things. The language used is figurative. Material things are indeed weighed in scales made of metal or wood, but the weighing of things which are not material means determining their real value or worth or importance.
The verse also throws interesting side-light on the fact that on the Day of Reckoning it is only good works that will carry weight. In the following verse, the Quran makes the point further clear by saying, those whose scales are light, (i.e. those who have no good works to their credit or who have only evil works which carry no weight), it is they who shall have ruined their souls.
d
21:48; 23:103; 101:9-10.
947
The language used here is figurative. Material things are weighed in scales made of metal or wood, but the weighing of things which are not material signifies determining their real value, worth or importance.
وَمَنْ خَفَّتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا يَظْلِمُونَ
23:104; 101:7-8.
The word Zulm, literally meaning 'to put a thing in the wrong place' (Lane), is here used to signify that the disbelievers did not treat the Signs of God in the manner in which they should have been treated. The Signs were meant to instil fear of God and humility into their minds, but instead they became all the more arrogant and insolent and rejected them with mockery and derision.
23:104; 101:9-10.
Commentary:
The words, whose scales are light, mean, those whose good deeds are few and evil deeds many. The word ظلم (rendered as being unjust to) literally means, to put a thing in the wrong place, and is here used to signify that the disbelievers did not treat the signs of God in the manner in which they should have been treated. They were meant to instil fear of God and humility in the minds of the people; but, on the contrary, disbelievers became all the more arrogant and insolent and received the signs of God with mockery and derision.
d
23:104; 101:7-8.
475
ظُلْم (Zulm) 这个单词的字义是 “把一件东西放错了位置” (Lane), 这里用以意指不信的人没有像他们应该那样去对待安拉的迹象。这些迹象原来是想逐渐灌输对安拉的敬畏以及谦恭到他们的心中去的, 可是相反地他们变得越发地傲慢并且以嘲笑的态度来拒绝这些迹象。
a
23:104; 101:9-10.
914
Commentary:
The words, whose scales are light, mean, those whose good deeds are few and evil deeds many. The word ظلم (rendered as being unjust to) literally means, to put a thing in the wrong place, and is here used to signify that the disbelievers did not treat the signs of God in the manner in which they should have been treated. They were meant to instil fear of God and humility in the minds of the people; but, on the contrary, disbelievers became all the more arrogant and insolent and received the signs of God with mockery and derision.
e
23:104; 101:7-8.
948
The word Zulm, literally meaning 'to put a thing in the wrong place' (Lane), is here used to signify that the disbelievers did not treat the Signs of God in the manner in which they should have been treated. The Signs were meant to instil fear of God and humility into their minds, but instead they became all the more arrogant and insolent and rejected them with mockery and derision.
وَلَقَدْ مَكَّنَّٰكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَجَعَلْنَا لَكُمْ فِيهَا مَعَٰيِشَ ۗ قَلِيلًا مَّا تَشْكُرُونَ
15:21; 46:27.
15:21; 46:27.
15:21; 46:27.
Commentary:
The verse purports to tell the people that in spite of the fact that God has given them all necessary things, yet they are not grateful to Him. This is intended to warn men to be prepared to reap the fruits of their evil actions.
e
15:21; 46:27.
b
15:21; 46:27.
915
Commentary:
The verse purports to tell the people that in spite of the fact that God has given them all necessary things, yet they are not grateful to Him. This is intended to warn men to be prepared to reap the fruits of their evil actions.
a
15:21; 46:27.
وَلَقَدْ خَلَقْنَٰكُمْ ثُمَّ صَوَّرْنَٰكُمْ ثُمَّ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِءَادَمَ فَسَجَدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِبْلِيسَ لَمْ يَكُن مِّنَ ٱلسَّٰجِدِينَ
23:15; 39:7; 40:65.
2:35; 15:30-31; 17:62; 18:51; 20:117; 38:73-75.
人类能够塑造他们的道德形象, 成为各种形状, 正如粘土可以被塑造的那样。
اِبْلِيْس (Iblis, 伊布利司) 不是天使。(18:51) 他是邪恶的精神物实在的头目, 犹如 جِبْرِيْل (Gabriel, 吉布里尔) 是天使首领。这里所谈到的事情并不和人类第一个祖先 (可称为第一个阿丹) 有关。现在述及的事情只是和后一个阿丹 (即大约住在这个地球上六千年以前的那个阿丹, 从他那里直接传下努哈和伊布拉欣以及他们的后代) 有关。
23:15; 39:7; 40:65.
2:35; 15:30-31; 17:62; 18:51; 20:117; 38:73-75.
Man can mould his moral being into various shapes, as clay can be moulded.
Whereas the command to submit to Adam was addressed to the angels, it applied to all creation, as angels are Divine agents to give effect to God’s commands.
Iblis was not an angel (18:51). He is the chief of the evil spirits as Gabriel is the chief of angels. The incident mentioned here is in no way connected with the first progenitor of the human race, who may be called the first Adam. It is only with the latter Adam (who dwelt in this earth about six thousand years ago and from whom Noah and Abraham and their posterity were directly descended) that the present account deals.
23:15; 39:7; 40:65.
2:35; 15:30-31; 17:62; 18:51; 20:117; 38:73-75.
Commentary:
The story of Adam has already been partly related in 2:3-40. Another part of the same story with some additional details is given here with a different purpose. In the former Surah, the narration was meant to show that God had been sending down revelation from the beginning of the world and so the revelation sent to the Holy Prophet of Islam was not an innovation. Here it is given to show that there have always been enemies of the Prophets of God and so the hostility of the people towards the Holy Prophet was, in fact, a sign of his truth. The story of Adam is incapable of being fully understood without our first being acquainted with the scene of its occurrence. Was Adam first placed in Paradise and was it in Paradise that the scene described in this and the following few verses was enacted? All doubts on this score are set at rest by the plain words of the Quran, I am about to place a vicegerent in the earth (2:31). It was indeed in this very earth that the creation of Adam and all that followed it took place. The Bible as well as Zoroastrian and Hindu religious writings also lend support to this view. The Holy Prophet is reported to have described the Nile and the Euphrates as the two rivers of جنة (the garden); referring to the place where Adam lived (Muslim, ch. on Jannat); and the Hadith, too, places Adam in Mesopotamia which is watered by the waters of the Tigris and the Euphrates. It was, therefore, here that the garden of Adam was situated and all the different incidents mentioned about him in the Quran also took place here; and if there be any incident which cannot be proved to have literally occurred on this earth, then that incident will have to be taken in a figurative sense.
Another fact worth remembering is that 2:31, according to which Adam was created on this earth, also tells us that he was not the first man to live on this planet, and that other men lived even before he was brought into existence. In 2:31 Adam has been called Khalifah which word, meaning a successor, shows that he had predecessors whom he succeeded. The verse under comment also clearly points to the same conclusion. Addressing the people, it says, And We did create you and then We gave you shape; then said We to the angles, Submit to Adam. The plural pronoun "you" in the clause, We did create you, having preceded the words containing the command to angels to submit to Adam, which is preceded by the conjunction "then" shows that it was after the creation of men, and not only Adam, that God ordered angels to submit to Adam and that, therefore, human beings were already living on this earth when angels received this command. It is, thus, wrong to conclude that the human race began with Adam, that its whole life is only a little more than 6,000 years and that the different races now living on this earth are all necessarily descended from Adam.
The aborigines of Australia or the Red Indians of America or the Negroes of Africa may not be the descendants of the Adam about whom the Quran speaks in the verse under comment. See also 2:31.
As already pointed out, events which cannot be literally shown to have occurred on this earth must be regarded as having taken place in a figurative sense. That figurative language has actually been used in this narrative is clear from the following facts:
1. The angels were bidden to perform سجدة (falling prostrate before Adam) which is not permissible for any being other than God. So God could not command the angels to fall prostrate before Adam in the literal sense of the words. These words must, therefore, be taken only in the figurative sense, i.e. that of submitting and rendering every kind of help. This is why the Arabic expression اسجدوا has here been translated as "submit to", which is a perfectly correct rendering according to the figurative idiom of the Arabic language.
2. The command to fall prostrate before Adam was given to the angels only; but Iblis who is not an angel, is also apparently included in it; which proves this inclusion also to be a figurative one.
3. Iblis is represented in the Quran as having been created from fire (7:13), and he is also described as being one of the جن (jinn), which signifies an invisible creation (18:51). So he must have been invisible to Adam who was in all respects like other human beings. But he is here represented as having appeared to Adam in a visible form and having talked to him face to face. This shows that the word شیطان (Satan) has been used in the following verses in a figurative sense, and that it does not refer to the Evil One which tempts men.
4. It is said that when Adam and his wife tasted of the forbidden tree, their nakedness became manifest to them. But we know of no tree on this earth the tasting of which has the property of making a person realize his nakedness. So we will have to take 'the tree' and 'the nakedness' also in a figurative sense.
5. We are told in 20:119 that when God placed Adam in the garden, He told him that he would not become naked therein. But in 7:23 we are told that he did, in fact, become naked. So one of the two statements will have to be taken figuratively.
The straight and simple meaning of the verse is only this: the angels are bidden to submit to Adam and to help him in his work. This commandment was given to the angels when Adam was made a Prophet. As one of the functions of the angels is to exhort men to do virtuous deeds, they were commanded to help Adam by instilling good ideas into the minds of men and exhorting them to accept Adam as a Messenger of God. The chief angel is Gabriel. Similarly, there are evil spirits whose chief is Iblis. The evil spirits make evil suggestions to men and incite them to disobey God. So, while the angels in obedience to God’s command submitted to Adam, Iblis, chief of the evil spirits, refused to submit to him and to help him in his work.
It should be remembered that the incident mentioned here is in no way connected with the first progenitor of the human race, who may be called the first Adam. It is only with the later Adam (who lived on this earth about 6,000 years ago and from whom Noah and Abraham and their posterity were directly descended) that the present story is connected. See also notes on 2:31 & 2:35.
a
23:15; 39:7; 40:65.
b
2:35; 15:30-31; 17:62; 18:51; 20:117; 38:73-75.
476
人类能够塑造他们的道德形象, 成为各种形状, 正如粘土可以被塑造的那样。
477
اِبْلِيْس (Iblis, 伊布利司) 不是天使。(18:51) 他是邪恶的精神物实在的头目, 犹如 جِبْرِيْل (Gabriel, 吉布里尔) 是天使首领。这里所谈到的事情并不和人类第一个祖先 (可称为第一个阿丹) 有关。现在述及的事情只是和后一个阿丹 (即大约住在这个地球上六千年以前的那个阿丹, 从他那里直接传下努哈和伊布拉欣以及他们的后代) 有关。
c
23:15; 39:7; 40:65.
d
2:35; 15:30-31; 17:62; 18:51; 20:117; 38:73-75.
916
Commentary:
The story of Adam has already been partly related in 2:3-40. Another part of the same story with some additional details is given here with a different purpose. In the former Surah, the narration was meant to show that God had been sending down revelation from the beginning of the world and so the revelation sent to the Holy Prophet of Islam was not an innovation. Here it is given to show that there have always been enemies of the Prophets of God and so the hostility of the people towards the Holy Prophet was, in fact, a sign of his truth. The story of Adam is incapable of being fully understood without our first being acquainted with the scene of its occurrence. Was Adam first placed in Paradise and was it in Paradise that the scene described in this and the following few verses was enacted? All doubts on this score are set at rest by the plain words of the Quran, I am about to place a vicegerent in the earth (2:31). It was indeed in this very earth that the creation of Adam and all that followed it took place. The Bible as well as Zoroastrian and Hindu religious writings also lend support to this view. The Holy Prophet is reported to have described the Nile and the Euphrates as the two rivers of جنة (the garden); referring to the place where Adam lived (Muslim, ch. on Jannat); and the Hadith, too, places Adam in Mesopotamia which is watered by the waters of the Tigris and the Euphrates. It was, therefore, here that the garden of Adam was situated and all the different incidents mentioned about him in the Quran also took place here; and if there be any incident which cannot be proved to have literally occurred on this earth, then that incident will have to be taken in a figurative sense.
Another fact worth remembering is that 2:31, according to which Adam was created on this earth, also tells us that he was not the first man to live on this planet, and that other men lived even before he was brought into existence. In 2:31 Adam has been called Khalifah which word, meaning a successor, shows that he had predecessors whom he succeeded. The verse under comment also clearly points to the same conclusion. Addressing the people, it says, And We did create you and then We gave you shape; then said We to the angles, Submit to Adam. The plural pronoun "you" in the clause, We did create you, having preceded the words containing the command to angels to submit to Adam, which is preceded by the conjunction "then" shows that it was after the creation of men, and not only Adam, that God ordered angels to submit to Adam and that, therefore, human beings were already living on this earth when angels received this command. It is, thus, wrong to conclude that the human race began with Adam, that its whole life is only a little more than 6,000 years and that the different races now living on this earth are all necessarily descended from Adam.
The aborigines of Australia or the Red Indians of America or the Negroes of Africa may not be the descendants of the Adam about whom the Quran speaks in the verse under comment. See also 2:31.
As already pointed out, events which cannot be literally shown to have occurred on this earth must be regarded as having taken place in a figurative sense. That figurative language has actually been used in this narrative is clear from the following facts:
1. The angels were bidden to perform سجدة (falling prostrate before Adam) which is not permissible for any being other than God. So God could not command the angels to fall prostrate before Adam in the literal sense of the words. These words must, therefore, be taken only in the figurative sense, i.e. that of submitting and rendering every kind of help. This is why the Arabic expression اسجدوا has here been translated as "submit to", which is a perfectly correct rendering according to the figurative idiom of the Arabic language.
2. The command to fall prostrate before Adam was given to the angels only; but Iblis who is not an angel, is also apparently included in it; which proves this inclusion also to be a figurative one.
3. Iblis is represented in the Quran as having been created from fire (7:13), and he is also described as being one of the جن (jinn), which signifies an invisible creation (18:51). So he must have been invisible to Adam who was in all respects like other human beings. But he is here represented as having appeared to Adam in a visible form and having talked to him face to face. This shows that the word شیطان (Satan) has been used in the following verses in a figurative sense, and that it does not refer to the Evil One which tempts men.
4. It is said that when Adam and his wife tasted of the forbidden tree, their nakedness became manifest to them. But we know of no tree on this earth the tasting of which has the property of making a person realize his nakedness. So we will have to take 'the tree' and 'the nakedness' also in a figurative sense.
5. We are told in 20:119 that when God placed Adam in the garden, He told him that he would not become naked therein. But in 7:23 we are told that he did, in fact, become naked. So one of the two statements will have to be taken figuratively.
The straight and simple meaning of the verse is only this: the angels are bidden to submit to Adam and to help him in his work. This commandment was given to the angels when Adam was made a Prophet. As one of the functions of the angels is to exhort men to do virtuous deeds, they were commanded to help Adam by instilling good ideas into the minds of men and exhorting them to accept Adam as a Messenger of God. The chief angel is Gabriel. Similarly, there are evil spirits whose chief is Iblis. The evil spirits make evil suggestions to men and incite them to disobey God. So, while the angels in obedience to God’s command submitted to Adam, Iblis, chief of the evil spirits, refused to submit to him and to help him in his work.
It should be remembered that the incident mentioned here is in no way connected with the first progenitor of the human race, who may be called the first Adam. It is only with the later Adam (who lived on this earth about 6,000 years ago and from whom Noah and Abraham and their posterity were directly descended) that the present story is connected. See also notes on 2:31 & 2:35.
b
23:15; 39:7; 40:65.
c
2:35; 15:30-31; 17:62; 18:51; 20:117; 38:73-75.
949
Man can mould his moral being into various shapes, as clay can be moulded.
950
Whereas the command to submit to Adam was addressed to the angels, it applied to all creation, as angels are Divine agents to give effect to God’s commands.
951
Iblis was not an angel (18:51). He is the chief of the evil spirits as Gabriel is the chief of angels. The incident mentioned here is in no way connected with the first progenitor of the human race, who may be called the first Adam. It is only with the latter Adam (who dwelt in this earth about six thousand years ago and from whom Noah and Abraham and their posterity were directly descended) that the present account deals.
قَالَ مَا مَنَعَكَ أَلَّا تَسْجُدَ إِذْ أَمَرْتُكَ ۖ قَالَ أَنَا۠ خَيْرٌ مِّنْهُ خَلَقْتَنِى مِن نَّارٍ وَخَلَقْتَهُۥ مِن طِينٍ
حکم براہِ راست فرشتوں کو تھا۔ مگر جب آفیسر کو حکم دیا جائے تو ماتحت اس میں شامل ہوتے ہیں۔ قرآن کریم میں بہت دفعہ ذکر رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کا ہوتا ہے مگر مراد آپ کے اتباع ہوتے ہیں‘ جیسا کہ فرمایا کہ جب تیری زندگی میں تیرے ماں باپ بوڑھے ہو جائیں تو انہیں اُف تک نہ کہو۔ حالانکہ آپ یتیم تھے۔ پس مراد آپ کے اتباع ہیں آپ نہیں۔
عربی زبان میں کبھی لا زائدہ بھی ہوتا ہے۔
یعنی گیلی مٹی کی طرح آدمی مختلف اخلاق میں ڈھالا جا سکتا ہے۔ اور چاہے تو بالا طاقت کا مطیع بھی ہو سکتا ہے مگر میری فطرت میں تو نے ناری صفت رکھی ہے‘ اس لئے میں کسی کا مطیع نہیں بن سکتا۔ عربی کا محاورہ ہے خُلِقَ مِنْ عَجَلٍ جس کے معنے یہ نہیں کہ جلدی کوئی مادہ ہے جس سے انسان پیدا کیا گیا ہے۔ بلکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ انسان کی فطرت میں جلد بازی کا مادہ ہے۔ اسی طرح اس آیت سے یہ مرادنہیں کہ آدمی مٹی سے پیدا کیے گئے ہیں اور شیطان آگ سے‘ بلکہ یہ مراد ہے کہ انسان کی فطرت میں یہ بات پائی جاتی ہے کہ وہ مختلف حالات میں ان کے مطابق ڈھل جاتا ہے اور شیطان کی فطرت میں آگ جیسا مادہ ہے اور و
15:33-34; 38:76-77.
What is represented in the present verse as a dialogue between God and Iblis does not necessarily mean that an exchange of words did actually take place. The words may only depict a state of things, a picture of the conditions that came into existence as a result of the refusal of Iblis to submit to Adam. See also {61}.
For an explanation of the word "clay" see {420A}.
15:33-34; 38:76-77.
Commentary:
What is represented in the present verse as a dialogue between God and Iblis does not necessarily show that an exchange of words actually took place between the two. The words may only depict a state of things, a picture of the conditions that came into existence as a result of the refusal of Iblis to submit to Adam. The verb قال (said) as shown under 2:31 and 2:34 does not always signify the actual uttering of words, being sometimes used to represent only a state of affairs.
For an explanation of the words "fire" and "clay" see 2:81 and 3:50.
c
15:33-34; 38:76-77.
478
这节经文所叙述的是安拉与伊布利司之间的一次对话, 但它并不一定意味着真的发生一次交谈。这些话可能只是描写事情的一种状态, 说明一种情况, 其结果是伊布利司拒绝顺从阿丹。(请参考脚注34A)
1
حکم براہِ راست فرشتوں کو تھا۔ مگر جب آفیسر کو حکم دیا جائے تو ماتحت اس میں شامل ہوتے ہیں۔ قرآن کریم میں بہت دفعہ ذکر رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کا ہوتا ہے مگر مراد آپ کے اتباع ہوتے ہیں‘ جیسا کہ فرمایا کہ جب تیری زندگی میں تیرے ماں باپ بوڑھے ہو جائیں تو انہیں اُف تک نہ کہو۔ حالانکہ آپ یتیم تھے۔ پس مراد آپ کے اتباع ہیں آپ نہیں۔
2
عربی زبان میں کبھی لا زائدہ بھی ہوتا ہے۔
3
یعنی گیلی مٹی کی طرح آدمی مختلف اخلاق میں ڈھالا جا سکتا ہے۔ اور چاہے تو بالا طاقت کا مطیع بھی ہو سکتا ہے مگر میری فطرت میں تو نے ناری صفت رکھی ہے‘ اس لئے میں کسی کا مطیع نہیں بن سکتا۔ عربی کا محاورہ ہے خُلِقَ مِنْ عَجَلٍ جس کے معنے یہ نہیں کہ جلدی کوئی مادہ ہے جس سے انسان پیدا کیا گیا ہے۔ بلکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ انسان کی فطرت میں جلد بازی کا مادہ ہے۔ اسی طرح اس آیت سے یہ مرادنہیں کہ آدمی مٹی سے پیدا کیے گئے ہیں اور شیطان آگ سے‘ بلکہ یہ مراد ہے کہ انسان کی فطرت میں یہ بات پائی جاتی ہے کہ وہ مختلف حالات میں ان کے مطابق ڈھل جاتا ہے اور شیطان کی فطرت میں آگ جیسا مادہ ہے اور و
a
15:33-34; 38:76-77.
917
Commentary:
What is represented in the present verse as a dialogue between God and Iblis does not necessarily show that an exchange of words actually took place between the two. The words may only depict a state of things, a picture of the conditions that came into existence as a result of the refusal of Iblis to submit to Adam. The verb قال (said) as shown under 2:31 and 2:34 does not always signify the actual uttering of words, being sometimes used to represent only a state of affairs.
For an explanation of the words "fire" and "clay" see 2:81 and 3:50.
d
15:33-34; 38:76-77.
952
What is represented in the present verse as a dialogue between God and Iblis does not necessarily mean that an exchange of words did actually take place. The words may only depict a state of things, a picture of the conditions that came into existence as a result of the refusal of Iblis to submit to Adam. See also {61}.
953
For an explanation of the word "clay" see {420A}.
قَالَ فَٱهْبِطْ مِنْهَا فَمَا يَكُونُ لَكَ أَن تَتَكَبَّرَ فِيهَا فَٱخْرُجْ إِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰغِرِينَ
15:35; 38:78.
15:35; 38:78.
There being no noun mentioned in the verse to which the pronoun ha (it) implied in the expression Minha (hence) refers, it may be taken to denote the condition or state in which Iblis was, before he refused to submit to Adam.
15:35; 38:78.
Commentary:
There being no noun mentioned in the verse to which the pronoun ھا (it) implied in the expression منھا (hence) refers, it may be taken to denote the condition or state or position in which Iblis was before he refused to submit to Adam. Thus the expression, go down hence, signifies, "be thou degraded from thy present position".
d
15:35; 38:78.
b
15:35; 38:78.
918
Commentary:
There being no noun mentioned in the verse to which the pronoun ھا (it) implied in the expression منھا (hence) refers, it may be taken to denote the condition or state or position in which Iblis was before he refused to submit to Adam. Thus the expression, go down hence, signifies, "be thou degraded from thy present position".
a
15:35; 38:78.
954
There being no noun mentioned in the verse to which the pronoun ha (it) implied in the expression Minha (hence) refers, it may be taken to denote the condition or state in which Iblis was, before he refused to submit to Adam.
قَالَ أَنظِرْنِىٓ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ يُبْعَثُونَ
یہ مطلب نہیں کہ قیامت تک مہلت دے بلکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ روحانی بیداری پیدا ہونے تک مجھے مہلت دے۔
15:37; 38:80.
The resurrection referred to in this verse is not the great Resurrection of mankind decreed for the Hereafter, but the spiritual resurrection of man, or the state when his spiritual consciousness becomes fully developed. Iblis can lead him astray only so long as he is not spiritually resurrected. But once he attains that high spiritual stage which is known by the term Baqa’ (rebirth), Iblis can do him no harm (17:66).
15:37; 38:80.
Commentary:
The resurrection to which the words, when they will be raised up, refer is not the general resurrection of mankind decreed for the Hereafter but the spiritual resurrection of man that comes into being whenever a Prophet is raised. Iblis can lead man astray only so long as he is not spiritually resurrected. But once a man attains the spiritual stage which is designated by the term بقا (rebirth), Iblis can do him no harm. It is indeed a similar spiritual stage which is mentioned in the words, As to My servants, thou (Satan) shalt certainly have no power over them (17:66).
e
15:37; 38:80.
479
这节经文所讲的复生并不是为后世规定的人类总的复生, 而是今世人类精神上的复生, 或者他们的精神觉悟的情况已达到完全发展的地步。伊布利司只能在人类精神尚未复生之时将他们引入邪道。但是, 他们的精神一旦达到了高的阶段, 即称为 بَقَا (Baqa’, 重新诞生) 的阶段, 伊布利司就不能危害他们(17:66)。
4
یہ مطلب نہیں کہ قیامت تک مہلت دے بلکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ روحانی بیداری پیدا ہونے تک مجھے مہلت دے۔
c
15:37; 38:80.
919
Commentary:
The resurrection to which the words, when they will be raised up, refer is not the general resurrection of mankind decreed for the Hereafter but the spiritual resurrection of man that comes into being whenever a Prophet is raised. Iblis can lead man astray only so long as he is not spiritually resurrected. But once a man attains the spiritual stage which is designated by the term بقا (rebirth), Iblis can do him no harm. It is indeed a similar spiritual stage which is mentioned in the words, As to My servants, thou (Satan) shalt certainly have no power over them (17:66).
b
15:37; 38:80.
954A
The resurrection referred to in this verse is not the great Resurrection of mankind decreed for the Hereafter, but the spiritual resurrection of man, or the state when his spiritual consciousness becomes fully developed. Iblis can lead him astray only so long as he is not spiritually resurrected. But once he attains that high spiritual stage which is known by the term Baqa’ (rebirth), Iblis can do him no harm (17:66).
قَالَ إِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلْمُنظَرِينَ
قَالَ فَبِمَآ أَغْوَيْتَنِى لَأَقْعُدَنَّ لَهُمْ صِرَٰطَكَ ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمَ
15:40; 38:83.
اس کا یہ مطلب نہیں خدا نے شیطان کو ہلاک کیا تھا۔ شیطان نے تو خود اپنے عمل سے اپنے آپ کو ہلاک کیا تھا۔ عربی کا محاورہ ہے کہ جو نتیجہ پیدا کرے فعل کو بھی اس کی طرف منسوب کر دیا جاتا ہے۔
15:40; 38:83.
15:40; 38:83.
Important Words:
اغویتنی (Thou hast adjudged me as lost). اغویت is derived from اغوی which again is derived from غوی which means, he erred; he deviated from the right way; he acted ignorantly; he failed in his object and was disappointed; he was lost; he perished; his life became unpleasant. اغواہ means, he caused him to err; or he caused him to deviate from the right course; he caused him to be disappointed, or to fail in attaining his desire; he seduced him, or misled him; or he caused him to be lost or to perish; he declared or adjudged him to be lost; he destroyed him; or he punished him for erring; or he called upon him to do a thing as a result of which he deviated from the right course and was lost (Lane, Lisan, Aqrab & Mufradat).
Commentary:
Iblis here declares that as God had adjudged him as lost, he would now tempt and waylay men and cause them to be lost even as he himself was lost. This work becomes his life’s function. See also 2:35.
The particle با (since) in the clause فبما اغویتنی may also be taken in the sense of "swearing", in which case the clause would mean, "I swear by Thy having adjudged me as lost."
a
15:40; 38:83.
5
اس کا یہ مطلب نہیں خدا نے شیطان کو ہلاک کیا تھا۔ شیطان نے تو خود اپنے عمل سے اپنے آپ کو ہلاک کیا تھا۔ عربی کا محاورہ ہے کہ جو نتیجہ پیدا کرے فعل کو بھی اس کی طرف منسوب کر دیا جاتا ہے۔
a
15:40; 38:83.
920
Important Words:
اغویتنی (Thou hast adjudged me as lost). اغویت is derived from اغوی which again is derived from غوی which means, he erred; he deviated from the right way; he acted ignorantly; he failed in his object and was disappointed; he was lost; he perished; his life became unpleasant. اغواہ means, he caused him to err; or he caused him to deviate from the right course; he caused him to be disappointed, or to fail in attaining his desire; he seduced him, or misled him; or he caused him to be lost or to perish; he declared or adjudged him to be lost; he destroyed him; or he punished him for erring; or he called upon him to do a thing as a result of which he deviated from the right course and was lost (Lane, Lisan, Aqrab & Mufradat).
Commentary:
Iblis here declares that as God had adjudged him as lost, he would now tempt and waylay men and cause them to be lost even as he himself was lost. This work becomes his life’s function. See also 2:35.
The particle با (since) in the clause فبما اغویتنی may also be taken in the sense of "swearing", in which case the clause would mean, "I swear by Thy having adjudged me as lost."
c
15:40; 38:83.
ثُمَّ لَءَاتِيَنَّهُم مِّنۢ بَيْنِ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَمِنْ خَلْفِهِمْ وَعَنْ أَيْمَٰنِهِمْ وَعَن شَمَآئِلِهِمْ ۖ وَلَا تَجِدُ أَكْثَرَهُمْ شَٰكِرِينَ
Note the network of seductions threatened by Satan.
Commentary:
Note the network of seductions created by Satan. But the great truth still stands and shalt ever stand: As to My servants, thou (Satan) shalt certainly have no power over them (17:66). The refuge certainly lies in God only, the Lord of man and the Lord of Satan and indeed the Lord of the worlds.
921
Commentary:
Note the network of seductions created by Satan. But the great truth still stands and shalt ever stand: As to My servants, thou (Satan) shalt certainly have no power over them (17:66). The refuge certainly lies in God only, the Lord of man and the Lord of Satan and indeed the Lord of the worlds.
955
Note the network of seductions threatened by Satan.
قَالَ ٱخْرُجْ مِنْهَا مَذْءُومًا مَّدْحُورًا ۖ لَّمَن تَبِعَكَ مِنْهُمْ لَأَمْلَأَنَّ جَهَنَّمَ مِنكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ
11:20; 15:43-44; 32:14; 38:86.
11:20; 15:43-44; 32:14; 38:86.
11:120; 15:43-44; 32:14; 38:86.
Commentary:
The verse makes it clear that Iblis will not be allowed to waylay those chosen servants of God who would have attained to the exalted stage of spiritual rebirth. He will not also be able to force men to disobey God; for, as the verse clearly points out, only those will come under his influence who themselves choose to 'follow' him.
b
11:20; 15:43-44; 32:14; 38:86.
a
11:120; 15:43-44; 32:14; 38:86.
922
Commentary:
The verse makes it clear that Iblis will not be allowed to waylay those chosen servants of God who would have attained to the exalted stage of spiritual rebirth. He will not also be able to force men to disobey God; for, as the verse clearly points out, only those will come under his influence who themselves choose to 'follow' him.
a
11:20; 15:43-44; 32:14; 38:86.
وَيَٰٓـَٔادَمُ ٱسْكُنْ أَنتَ وَزَوْجُكَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ فَكُلَا مِنْ حَيْثُ شِئْتُمَا وَلَا تَقْرَبَا هَٰذِهِ ٱلشَّجَرَةَ فَتَكُونَا مِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
اِس فقرہ سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ شریعت کی اصل بنیاد حلّت پر ہے‘ صرف ان چیزوں سے منع کیا جاتا ہے جو روحانی اور جسمانی طور پر مضر ہوتی ہے۔
ممنوع درخت سے مراد وہ احکام ہیں جن میں بعض باتوں سے آدم کو روکا گیا تھا۔ خصوصاً ابلیس اور اس کی ذر ّیت سے تعلق رکھنے سے۔ قرآن کریم میں لکھا ہے کہ شجرئہ طیبہ سے مراد اچھے احکام ہوتے ہیں جیسے فرماتا ہے۔ اَلَمْ تَرَکَیْفَ ضَرَبَ اللّٰہُ مَثَـلًا کَلِمَۃً طَیِّبَۃً کَشَجَرَۃٍ طَیِّبَۃٍ (ابراہیم: ۲۵) یعنی کیا تجھے معلوم نہیں کہ اللہ تعالیٰ نے کس طرح پاک بات کی کیفیت ایک پاک درخت کی مثال سے بیان فرمائی ہے اور شجرئہ خبیثہ سے مراد برے احکام ہوتے ہیں‘ جیسے فرماتا ہے وَ مَثَلُ کَلِمَۃٍ خَبِیْثَۃٍ کَشَجَرَۃٍ خَبِیْثَۃٍ (ابراہیم: ۲۷) یعنی بُری بات کی کیفیت بُرے در
2:38; 20:118.
See {68}.
This shows that every thing is lawful, except what may be forbidden as being harmful physically or spiritually.
"Forbidden tree" may also signify commandments whereby certain things were forbidden to Adam and his wife. "Good word" has been likened to "good tree" in the Qur’an (14:25) and evil word to "evil tree" (14:27).
c
2:38; 20:118.
480
见注释42。
481
“受禁的树”也可以意指禁止阿丹和他的妻子做某些事的戒律。«古兰经»中, “好话” 比作 “好树”, (14:25) 而 “恶话”比作“恶树”。(14:27)
1
اِس فقرہ سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ شریعت کی اصل بنیاد حلّت پر ہے‘ صرف ان چیزوں سے منع کیا جاتا ہے جو روحانی اور جسمانی طور پر مضر ہوتی ہے۔
2
ممنوع درخت سے مراد وہ احکام ہیں جن میں بعض باتوں سے آدم کو روکا گیا تھا۔ خصوصاً ابلیس اور اس کی ذر ّیت سے تعلق رکھنے سے۔ قرآن کریم میں لکھا ہے کہ شجرئہ طیبہ سے مراد اچھے احکام ہوتے ہیں جیسے فرماتا ہے۔ اَلَمْ تَرَکَیْفَ ضَرَبَ اللّٰہُ مَثَـلًا کَلِمَۃً طَیِّبَۃً کَشَجَرَۃٍ طَیِّبَۃٍ (ابراہیم: ۲۵) یعنی کیا تجھے معلوم نہیں کہ اللہ تعالیٰ نے کس طرح پاک بات کی کیفیت ایک پاک درخت کی مثال سے بیان فرمائی ہے اور شجرئہ خبیثہ سے مراد برے احکام ہوتے ہیں‘ جیسے فرماتا ہے وَ مَثَلُ کَلِمَۃٍ خَبِیْثَۃٍ کَشَجَرَۃٍ خَبِیْثَۃٍ (ابراہیم: ۲۷) یعنی بُری بات کی کیفیت بُرے در
b
2:38; 20:118.
922A
Commentary:
See 2:36.
b
2:38; 20:118.
955A
See {68}.
956
This shows that every thing is lawful, except what may be forbidden as being harmful physically or spiritually.
957
"Forbidden tree" may also signify commandments whereby certain things were forbidden to Adam and his wife. "Good word" has been likened to "good tree" in the Qur’an (14:25) and evil word to "evil tree" (14:27).
فَوَسْوَسَ لَهُمَا ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ لِيُبْدِىَ لَهُمَا مَا وُۥرِىَ عَنْهُمَا مِن سَوْءَٰتِهِمَا وَقَالَ مَا نَهَىٰكُمَا رَبُّكُمَا عَنْ هَٰذِهِ ٱلشَّجَرَةِ إِلَّآ أَن تَكُونَا مَلَكَيْنِ أَوْ تَكُونَا مِنَ ٱلْخَٰلِدِينَ
بُرے خیالات جہاں انسان کو تباہی میں ڈالتے ہیں وہاں ان کے ذریعہ سے اس پر اس کی کمزوریاں بھی کھلتی ہیں۔
بُرے وساوس انسان کو یہ بتاتے ہیں کہ جن چیزوں سے خداتعالیٰ نے انسان کو روکا ہے اسی میں اس کی ترقی ہے اور ہمیشگی ہے۔ چور چوری کرتا ہے تو یہی سمجھتا ہے کہ بغیر دوسرے کا مال لینے کے میں آرام سے نہیں رہ سکتا۔ رشوت لینے والا رشوت لیتا ہے تو یہی سمجھتا ہے کہ بغیر رشوت لینے کے مجھے ترقی نصیب نہیں ہو سکتی اور میں بڑا نہیں بن سکتا۔ اور لوگوں کا مال کھانے سے ہی مجھے دیر تک دنیا میں رہنے کا موقعہ ملے گا۔
2:37; 20:121.
While evil thoughts ultimately lead a person to his ruin, they also make manifest to him his weaknesses.
As the place where Adam was made to reside has been metaphorically described in the Qur’an as a "Garden", therefore in the description that follows the metaphor is continued and Adam is represented as having been forbidden to approach a certain 'tree' which was not a tree in its literal and physical sense, but a certain family or tribe from which he was bidden to keep aloof, because the members of that family were his enemies and they would have spared no pains to do him harm.
2:37; 20:121.
Important Words:
وسوس (whispered evil suggestions) literally means, he spoke in a low voice; he whispered. They say وسوس له الشیطان i.e. Satan spoke to him something evil in which there is no good. وسوس الرجل means, the man’s reason was affected and he spoke in a disorderly manner. وسواس (wiswas) means, the act of whispering; evil suggestion. وسواس (waswas) with different vowel point means melancholia; Satan (Aqrab).
سوآتھما (their shame). سوآت is the plural of سوءة which is derived from ساء which means, it was or became evil, foul or abominable. سوءة means, any evil, foul, unseemly or abominable saying or action or habit or practice; any saying or action of which one is ashamed when it appears, and which one would like to hide; any disgracing action or thing; the external portion of the organs of generation of a man or of a woman; the anus; corpse or dead body; nakedness (Lane & Aqrab). The word is also sometimes figuratively applied to such weaknesses of a man as lie concealed within him.
Commentary:
As the place where Adam was made to reside has been metaphorically described in the Quran as a garden, therefore in the description that follows the metaphor is continued and Adam is represented as forbidden to approach a certain 'tree', which was not a tree in its literal sense but a certain family or tribe from which he was bidden to keep aloof, because the members of that family were his enemies and they would have spared no pains to do him harm. For the meaning of the word شجرة (tree) see 2:36.
Another reading of the word ملکین (malakain), i.e. two angels, is (malikain) ملکین i.e. two kings or rulers. This reading is corroborated by 20:121, i.e. Shall I lead thee to the tree of eternity, and to a kingdom which shall never become decayed.
The wicked man who is here represented as Satan worked his mischievous plan as follows: He came to Adam and said that the reason why God had forbidden him to have anything to do with the family referred to was none other than this that its members were inimically disposed to him and that they would have conspired to bring about his downfall, if he had then contracted intimate relations with them. But as the family had subsequently become friendly towards him, the danger no longer existed; nay, the family would now even prove a source of strength for him, God’s prohibition, he pleaded, was not meant for all time, and the condition attached to it having come to an end, the prohibition also ceased to operate. In this way, this Satan succeeded in deceiving Adam and he assured him on oath that he was his well-wisher (7:22). Adam wavered and was led into thinking that as the reasons for the prohibition had indeed ceased to exist, the prohibition itself was no longer operative. That was an error of judgement on Adam’s part. He did not wilfully disobey God’s commandment. Elsewhere the Quran says, He (Adam) forgot to observe Our commandment and We found in him no determination to do evil (20:116).
d
2:37; 20:121.
482
当邪恶的念头最终把一个人引向毁灭时, 这些念头也向他显示了他的弱点。
3
بُرے خیالات جہاں انسان کو تباہی میں ڈالتے ہیں وہاں ان کے ذریعہ سے اس پر اس کی کمزوریاں بھی کھلتی ہیں۔
4
بُرے وساوس انسان کو یہ بتاتے ہیں کہ جن چیزوں سے خداتعالیٰ نے انسان کو روکا ہے اسی میں اس کی ترقی ہے اور ہمیشگی ہے۔ چور چوری کرتا ہے تو یہی سمجھتا ہے کہ بغیر دوسرے کا مال لینے کے میں آرام سے نہیں رہ سکتا۔ رشوت لینے والا رشوت لیتا ہے تو یہی سمجھتا ہے کہ بغیر رشوت لینے کے مجھے ترقی نصیب نہیں ہو سکتی اور میں بڑا نہیں بن سکتا۔ اور لوگوں کا مال کھانے سے ہی مجھے دیر تک دنیا میں رہنے کا موقعہ ملے گا۔
c
2:37; 20:121.
923
Important Words:
وسوس (whispered evil suggestions) literally means, he spoke in a low voice; he whispered. They say وسوس له الشیطان i.e. Satan spoke to him something evil in which there is no good. وسوس الرجل means, the man’s reason was affected and he spoke in a disorderly manner. وسواس (wiswas) means, the act of whispering; evil suggestion. وسواس (waswas) with different vowel point means melancholia; Satan (Aqrab).
سوآتھما (their shame). سوآت is the plural of سوءة which is derived from ساء which means, it was or became evil, foul or abominable. سوءة means, any evil, foul, unseemly or abominable saying or action or habit or practice; any saying or action of which one is ashamed when it appears, and which one would like to hide; any disgracing action or thing; the external portion of the organs of generation of a man or of a woman; the anus; corpse or dead body; nakedness (Lane & Aqrab). The word is also sometimes figuratively applied to such weaknesses of a man as lie concealed within him.
Commentary:
As the place where Adam was made to reside has been metaphorically described in the Quran as a garden, therefore in the description that follows the metaphor is continued and Adam is represented as forbidden to approach a certain 'tree', which was not a tree in its literal sense but a certain family or tribe from which he was bidden to keep aloof, because the members of that family were his enemies and they would have spared no pains to do him harm. For the meaning of the word شجرة (tree) see 2:36.
Another reading of the word ملکین (malakain), i.e. two angels, is (malikain) ملکین i.e. two kings or rulers. This reading is corroborated by 20:121, i.e. Shall I lead thee to the tree of eternity, and to a kingdom which shall never become decayed.
The wicked man who is here represented as Satan worked his mischievous plan as follows: He came to Adam and said that the reason why God had forbidden him to have anything to do with the family referred to was none other than this that its members were inimically disposed to him and that they would have conspired to bring about his downfall, if he had then contracted intimate relations with them. But as the family had subsequently become friendly towards him, the danger no longer existed; nay, the family would now even prove a source of strength for him, God’s prohibition, he pleaded, was not meant for all time, and the condition attached to it having come to an end, the prohibition also ceased to operate. In this way, this Satan succeeded in deceiving Adam and he assured him on oath that he was his well-wisher (7:22). Adam wavered and was led into thinking that as the reasons for the prohibition had indeed ceased to exist, the prohibition itself was no longer operative. That was an error of judgement on Adam’s part. He did not wilfully disobey God’s commandment. Elsewhere the Quran says, He (Adam) forgot to observe Our commandment and We found in him no determination to do evil (20:116).
c
2:37; 20:121.
957A
While evil thoughts ultimately lead a person to his ruin, they also make manifest to him his weaknesses.
As the place where Adam was made to reside has been metaphorically described in the Qur’an as a "Garden", therefore in the description that follows the metaphor is continued and Adam is represented as having been forbidden to approach a certain 'tree' which was not a tree in its literal and physical sense, but a certain family or tribe from which he was bidden to keep aloof, because the members of that family were his enemies and they would have spared no pains to do him harm.
وَقَاسَمَهُمَآ إِنِّى لَكُمَا لَمِنَ ٱلنَّٰصِحِينَ
فَدَلَّىٰهُمَا بِغُرُورٍ ۚ فَلَمَّا ذَاقَا ٱلشَّجَرَةَ بَدَتْ لَهُمَا سَوْءَٰتُهُمَا وَطَفِقَا يَخْصِفَانِ عَلَيْهِمَا مِن وَرَقِ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ وَنَادَىٰهُمَا رَبُّهُمَآ أَلَمْ أَنْهَكُمَا عَن تِلْكُمَا ٱلشَّجَرَةِ وَأَقُل لَّكُمَآ إِنَّ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنَ لَكُمَا عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ
2:37; 20:122.
2:169, 209; 6:143; 12:6; 20:118; 28:16; 35:7; 36:61.
سَوْءَة (Sau’ah) 这一单词的意思是, 一个人想把它遮掩起来的任何邪恶、卑鄙、不体面或讨厌的话、习惯或行为; 赤身裸体 (Lane)。这里, 这一单词的意思是 “隐私之物” 或 “弱点”, 因为没有人不知道自己的赤身裸体的状态。阿丹确实不知道他的某些弱点。当他的敌人引诱他离开安全位置的时候, 他开始认识到他的弱点。每个人都有某些弱点, 连他自己也不知道, 只有在严峻考验的时候, 或他在受诱惑和考验的时候, 这些弱点才会暴露出来。因此, 阿丹正是在恶魔引诱和欺骗他时, 他才感觉到他的某些天性上的弱点。«古兰经» 并没有说其它人开始知道阿丹和他妻子的弱点, 而是说他们自己觉悟到自己的弱点。
یعنی جب انسان بدی کا ارتکاب کر چکتا ہے تو اس کی ضمیر اس کو بتاتی ہے کہ دیکھ تو کتنا کمزور تھا اس کام نے تجھے کوئی فائدہ نہیں پہنچایا۔ اور اگر تو یہ کام نہ کرتا‘ تو تیرا کوئی خاص نقصان نہیں تھا۔ تب انسان کو ہوش آتی ہے اور جنت کی زینت کے سامانوں یعنی ان اعمال سے جن کی وجہ سے انسان جنت میں جاتا ہے وہ اپنی بدیوں کو ڈھانپنے کی کوشش کرتا ہے اور توبہ سے اپنے گناہوں کو دھوتا ہے۔ قرآن کریم میں وَرَقِ الْجَنَّۃ کے لفظ ہیں جس کے معنے مفسرین نے غلطی سے پتہ کے کیے ہیں حالانکہ اس کے معنے زینت کے بھی ہیں اور یہی ہم نے کیے ہیں۔ مطلب یہ کہ جن کاموں سے جنت میں زینت ملتی ہے۔ وہ کام آد
یہ مرادنہیں کہ بدی کرنے والے لوگوں کو واقعہ میں کوئی لفظی الہام ہوتا ہے۔ بلکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ جب انسان کے دل میں شرم اور ندامت پیدا ہوتی ہے تو اس کی فطرت صحیحہ اس کو بتاتی ہے کہ جو کچھ خداتعالیٰ نے کہا تھا وہ سچ تھا۔ اور جو کچھ اس نے کیا ہے وہ غلط تھا۔ تب وہ دعاؤں اور استغفار میں لگ جاتا ہے اور خدا کا فضل حاصل کر لیتا ہے۔
2:37; 20:122.
2:169, 209; 6:143; 12:6; 20:118; 28:16; 35:7; 36:61.
The word Sayyi’ah which means, any evil, foul, unseemly or abominable saying or habit or action which one would like to hide; shame; nakedness (Lane), is used here in the sense of "object of shame" or "weakness," because no man’s nakedness is hidden from him. Some of Adam’s weaknesses were indeed hidden from him and he came to realize them when his enemy lured him away from his position of security. Every person has certain weaknesses which are hidden even from himself, but which become exposed at time of strain and stress, or when he is tempted and tried. So it was when Adam was tempted and deceived by Satan that he became aware of some of his natural weaknesses. The Qur’an does not say that the weaknesses of Adam and his wife became known to other people, but that they only themselves became conscious of them.
Waraq, meaning, the prime and freshness of a thing; the young lads of a community (Lisan) signifies that when Satan succeeded in causing a split in Adam’s community and some of its weaker members had gone out of its fold, he gathered together the Auraq (leaves) of the Garden, i.e. the youth of the community, and began to reunite and reorganize his people with their help. It is generally the youth who, being mostly free from preconceived ideas and prejudices, follow and help the Prophets of God (10:84). The being whom the Qur’an has represented as having refused to submit to Adam is called Iblis, while the person who tempted him is called Satan. This distinction is observed not only in the verse under comment, but in all the relevant verses throughout the Qur’an. This shows that, so far as this narrative is concerned, Satan and Iblis were two different persons. In fact, the word Shaitan (Satan) is applied not only to evil spirits but also to those human beings who, on account of t
2:37; 20:122.
2:169, 209; 6:143; 12:6; 20:118; 28:16; 35:7; 36:61.
Important Words:
دلھما (caused them to fall into disobedience) is derived from دلی or دلا. They say دلاالدلو i.e. he pulled or drew the bucket (of water) out of the well. دلاحاجته means, he sought or demanded the object of his want. ادلی الدلو means, he let down the bucket into the well to draw out water with it. دلی الشیء means, he let down the thing or he let it fall or he made it hang down. It also means, he brought or drew the thing near to another. دلاه بغرور means, he caused him to fall into disobedience by deceit; or he excited his cupidity with deceit and guile; or he caused him to fall into that which he desired without his knowledge and so exposed him to loss or injury (Lane). The expression, as used in this verse, shows that Satan deceived Adam and drew him and his wife to himself or to the forbidden tree by deceitful talk and thus caused them to fall into disobedience, while they knew not.
ورق (leaves) is both singular and plural and is noun from the verb ورق. They say ورق الشجر i.e. the tree put forth its leaves. اورق الرجل means, the man became rich; his wealth and money increased. ورق, therefore, means, leaves, foliage, parchment; sheet of paper; thin plate of metal; minted silver coins; the prime and freshness of a thing; the young lads of a community; any animal having life (Aqrab, Lane & Lisan).
Commentary:
Every person has certain weaknesses which are hidden even from himself but which become exposed at a time of strain and stress or when he is tempted and tried. For instance, some men are cowardly, but they are not generally conscious of their cowardice. When however, they encounter a danger, and their heart fails them, they realize their weakness. So it was when Adam was tempted and deceived by Satan that he became aware of his natural weaknesses. The Quran does not say that the weaknesses of Adam and his wife became known to other people, but that they became known to themselves.
The word سوأة (treated under 7:21 above) is not used here in the sense of "nakedness" but rather of "objects of shame" or "weakness", because no man’s nakedness is hidden from him. Some of Adam’s weaknesses were indeed hidden from him and he came to realize them when his enemy lured him away from his position of security. Before this he did his work, aided and helped by Divine grace which kept covered his failings and weaknesses; but when he allied himself with the family against which he had been warned, he was exposed and he realized, to his sorrow, how weak he was.
As Satan had succeeded in causing a split in the community and some of the weaker members had gone out of its fold, Adam gathered together the اوراق (leaves) of the garden, i.e. the youth of the community and began to reunite and reorganize his people with their help. It is generally the young men who, being mostly free from bias and regardless of dangers, follow and help the Prophets of God. Speaking of Moses, the Quran says: And none obeyed Moses, save some youths from among his people, because of the fear of Pharaoh and their chiefs (10:84).
It must be noted here that the being whom the Quran has represented as having refused to submit to Adam is called Iblis, while the person who tempted him is called Satan. This distinction is observed not only in the verse under comment, but in all the relevant verses throughout the Quran. This shows that, so far as this narrative is concerned, Satan and Iblis were two different persons. In fact, the word Shaitan (Satan) is applied not only to evil spirits but to certain human beings also who, on account of their evil nature and wicked deeds, become, as it were, fiends incarnate. Just as a man can advance in virtue and piety so as to become like an angel, similarly he may become morally so depraved and degenerate as to be called a devil. Thus the Shaitan, who tempted Adam and caused him to slip, was not an invisible evil spirit but a wicked man of flesh and blood, a devil from among human beings, a manifestation of Satan, and an agent of Iblis. He was a member of the family which Adam had been bidden to avoid. The Holy Prophet tells us that his name was Harith, literally meaning a farmer, (Tirmidhi, ch. on Tafsir) which is further evidence of his being a human being and not an evil spirit. See also 2:15 & 2:37.
Adam’s error lay in taking this man-devil for a well-wisher, although God had warned him against having anything to do with him.
a
2:37; 20:122.
b
2:169, 209; 6:143; 12:6; 20:118; 28:16; 35:7; 36:61.
483
سَوْءَة (Sau’ah) 这一单词的意思是, 一个人想把它遮掩起来的任何邪恶、卑鄙、不体面或讨厌的话、习惯或行为; 赤身裸体 (Lane)。这里, 这一单词的意思是 “隐私之物” 或 “弱点”, 因为没有人不知道自己的赤身裸体的状态。阿丹确实不知道他的某些弱点。当他的敌人引诱他离开安全位置的时候, 他开始认识到他的弱点。每个人都有某些弱点, 连他自己也不知道, 只有在严峻考验的时候, 或他在受诱惑和考验的时候, 这些弱点才会暴露出来。因此, 阿丹正是在恶魔引诱和欺骗他时, 他才感觉到他的某些天性上的弱点。«古兰经» 并没有说其它人开始知道阿丹和他妻子的弱点, 而是说他们自己觉悟到自己的弱点。
1
یعنی جب انسان بدی کا ارتکاب کر چکتا ہے تو اس کی ضمیر اس کو بتاتی ہے کہ دیکھ تو کتنا کمزور تھا اس کام نے تجھے کوئی فائدہ نہیں پہنچایا۔ اور اگر تو یہ کام نہ کرتا‘ تو تیرا کوئی خاص نقصان نہیں تھا۔ تب انسان کو ہوش آتی ہے اور جنت کی زینت کے سامانوں یعنی ان اعمال سے جن کی وجہ سے انسان جنت میں جاتا ہے وہ اپنی بدیوں کو ڈھانپنے کی کوشش کرتا ہے اور توبہ سے اپنے گناہوں کو دھوتا ہے۔ قرآن کریم میں وَرَقِ الْجَنَّۃ کے لفظ ہیں جس کے معنے مفسرین نے غلطی سے پتہ کے کیے ہیں حالانکہ اس کے معنے زینت کے بھی ہیں اور یہی ہم نے کیے ہیں۔ مطلب یہ کہ جن کاموں سے جنت میں زینت ملتی ہے۔ وہ کام آد
2
یہ مرادنہیں کہ بدی کرنے والے لوگوں کو واقعہ میں کوئی لفظی الہام ہوتا ہے۔ بلکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ جب انسان کے دل میں شرم اور ندامت پیدا ہوتی ہے تو اس کی فطرت صحیحہ اس کو بتاتی ہے کہ جو کچھ خداتعالیٰ نے کہا تھا وہ سچ تھا۔ اور جو کچھ اس نے کیا ہے وہ غلط تھا۔ تب وہ دعاؤں اور استغفار میں لگ جاتا ہے اور خدا کا فضل حاصل کر لیتا ہے۔
a
2:37; 20:122.
b
2:169, 209; 6:143; 12:6; 20:118; 28:16; 35:7; 36:61.
924
Important Words:
دلھما (caused them to fall into disobedience) is derived from دلی or دلا. They say دلاالدلو i.e. he pulled or drew the bucket (of water) out of the well. دلاحاجته means, he sought or demanded the object of his want. ادلی الدلو means, he let down the bucket into the well to draw out water with it. دلی الشیء means, he let down the thing or he let it fall or he made it hang down. It also means, he brought or drew the thing near to another. دلاه بغرور means, he caused him to fall into disobedience by deceit; or he excited his cupidity with deceit and guile; or he caused him to fall into that which he desired without his knowledge and so exposed him to loss or injury (Lane). The expression, as used in this verse, shows that Satan deceived Adam and drew him and his wife to himself or to the forbidden tree by deceitful talk and thus caused them to fall into disobedience, while they knew not.
ورق (leaves) is both singular and plural and is noun from the verb ورق. They say ورق الشجر i.e. the tree put forth its leaves. اورق الرجل means, the man became rich; his wealth and money increased. ورق, therefore, means, leaves, foliage, parchment; sheet of paper; thin plate of metal; minted silver coins; the prime and freshness of a thing; the young lads of a community; any animal having life (Aqrab, Lane & Lisan).
Commentary:
Every person has certain weaknesses which are hidden even from himself but which become exposed at a time of strain and stress or when he is tempted and tried. For instance, some men are cowardly, but they are not generally conscious of their cowardice. When however, they encounter a danger, and their heart fails them, they realize their weakness. So it was when Adam was tempted and deceived by Satan that he became aware of his natural weaknesses. The Quran does not say that the weaknesses of Adam and his wife became known to other people, but that they became known to themselves.
The word سوأة (treated under 7:21 above) is not used here in the sense of "nakedness" but rather of "objects of shame" or "weakness", because no man’s nakedness is hidden from him. Some of Adam’s weaknesses were indeed hidden from him and he came to realize them when his enemy lured him away from his position of security. Before this he did his work, aided and helped by Divine grace which kept covered his failings and weaknesses; but when he allied himself with the family against which he had been warned, he was exposed and he realized, to his sorrow, how weak he was.
As Satan had succeeded in causing a split in the community and some of the weaker members had gone out of its fold, Adam gathered together the اوراق (leaves) of the garden, i.e. the youth of the community and began to reunite and reorganize his people with their help. It is generally the young men who, being mostly free from bias and regardless of dangers, follow and help the Prophets of God. Speaking of Moses, the Quran says: And none obeyed Moses, save some youths from among his people, because of the fear of Pharaoh and their chiefs (10:84).
It must be noted here that the being whom the Quran has represented as having refused to submit to Adam is called Iblis, while the person who tempted him is called Satan. This distinction is observed not only in the verse under comment, but in all the relevant verses throughout the Quran. This shows that, so far as this narrative is concerned, Satan and Iblis were two different persons. In fact, the word Shaitan (Satan) is applied not only to evil spirits but to certain human beings also who, on account of their evil nature and wicked deeds, become, as it were, fiends incarnate. Just as a man can advance in virtue and piety so as to become like an angel, similarly he may become morally so depraved and degenerate as to be called a devil. Thus the Shaitan, who tempted Adam and caused him to slip, was not an invisible evil spirit but a wicked man of flesh and blood, a devil from among human beings, a manifestation of Satan, and an agent of Iblis. He was a member of the family which Adam had been bidden to avoid. The Holy Prophet tells us that his name was Harith, literally meaning a farmer, (Tirmidhi, ch. on Tafsir) which is further evidence of his being a human being and not an evil spirit. See also 2:15 & 2:37.
Adam’s error lay in taking this man-devil for a well-wisher, although God had warned him against having anything to do with him.
a
2:37; 20:122.
b
2:169, 209; 6:143; 12:6; 20:118; 28:16; 35:7; 36:61.
958
The word Sayyi’ah which means, any evil, foul, unseemly or abominable saying or habit or action which one would like to hide; shame; nakedness (Lane), is used here in the sense of "object of shame" or "weakness," because no man’s nakedness is hidden from him. Some of Adam’s weaknesses were indeed hidden from him and he came to realize them when his enemy lured him away from his position of security. Every person has certain weaknesses which are hidden even from himself, but which become exposed at time of strain and stress, or when he is tempted and tried. So it was when Adam was tempted and deceived by Satan that he became aware of some of his natural weaknesses. The Qur’an does not say that the weaknesses of Adam and his wife became known to other people, but that they only themselves became conscious of them.
959
Waraq, meaning, the prime and freshness of a thing; the young lads of a community (Lisan) signifies that when Satan succeeded in causing a split in Adam’s community and some of its weaker members had gone out of its fold, he gathered together the Auraq (leaves) of the Garden, i.e. the youth of the community, and began to reunite and reorganize his people with their help. It is generally the youth who, being mostly free from preconceived ideas and prejudices, follow and help the Prophets of God (10:84). The being whom the Qur’an has represented as having refused to submit to Adam is called Iblis, while the person who tempted him is called Satan. This distinction is observed not only in the verse under comment, but in all the relevant verses throughout the Qur’an. This shows that, so far as this narrative is concerned, Satan and Iblis were two different persons. In fact, the word Shaitan (Satan) is applied not only to evil spirits but also to those human beings who, on account of t
قَالَا رَبَّنَا ظَلَمْنَآ أَنفُسَنَا وَإِن لَّمْ تَغْفِرْ لَنَا وَتَرْحَمْنَا لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ
2:38.
2:38.
Adam soon realized his error and hastened to turn to God in repentance. In fact, Adam’s error lay in taking this man-devil for a well-wisher, although God had warned him against having anything to do with him.
c
2:38.
a
2:38.
925
Commentary:
Adam did not long remain in error. He soon realized his mistake and hastened to turn to God in repentance.
b
2:38.
960
Adam soon realized his error and hastened to turn to God in repentance. In fact, Adam’s error lay in taking this man-devil for a well-wisher, although God had warned him against having anything to do with him.
قَالَ ٱهْبِطُوا۟ بَعْضُكُمْ لِبَعْضٍ عَدُوٌّ ۖ وَلَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمَتَٰعٌ إِلَىٰ حِينٍ
اس آیت سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ پہلے جن شیطانوں کا ذکر ہے وہ انسان ہی تھے کیونکہ اس آیت سے ثابت ہے کہ انسانوں اور شیطانوں کو اکٹھے نکلنے کا حکم تھا اور یہ خبر دی گئی تھی کہ وہ ایک دوسرے کی دشمنی کرتے رہیں گے۔ ہم دیکھتے ہیں کہ اس دنیا میں انسان ہی نظر آتے ہیں شیطان تو ہم کو نظر نہیں آتے۔ پھر اس دنیا میں انسان ہی انسانوں سے دشمنیاں کر رہے ہیں‘ شیطانوں کا کوئی الگ گروہ نظر نہیں آتا جو انسانوں سے دشمنیاں کرتا ہو۔
یہ آیت بھی بتاتی ہے کہ یہاں انسانوں ہی کا ذکر ہے اور ابلیس اور اس کے اتباع سے مراد بھی بعض قسم کے انسان ہیں کیونکہ فرماتا ہے کہ انسان ابلیس اور اس کے اتباع اسی دنیا میں رہیں گے اور اسی دنیا میں کام کریں گے اور اس دنیا میں رہنے والے اور کام کرنے والے آدمی ہی آدمی نظر آتے ہیں۔
2:37, 39; 20:124.
The verse shows that Adam was commanded to emigrate from the land of his birth because enmity and hatred had sprung up between different members of his community. This constitutes a further evidence of the fact that the "Garden" which Adam was commanded to leave was not Paradise. It appears that Adam emigrated from Mesopotamia, the land of his birth, to a neighbouring land. The emigration was perhaps a temporary one and he may have returned to his native land not long after. Indeed, the words, a provision for a time, contain a veiled hint at the emigration being a temporary one. Adam is warned in this verse to be careful in future; for it was in his native land that he was now to live forever.
2:37, 39; 20:124.
Commentary:
The verse shows that Adam was commanded to migrate from the land of his birth because enmity and hatred had sprung up between different members of his community. This constitutes a further evidence of the fact that "the garden" which Adam was bidden to leave was not the Heaven or Paradise of the Quran, because, as the Quran itself tells us, Paradise is a place from which nobody is ever turned out (15:49), nor can Satan deceive or even approach anyone there. It appears that Adam migrated from Mesopotamia, the land of his birth, to a neighbouring land. The migration was perhaps a temporary one, and Adam may have returned to his native land not long after. Indeed, the words, a provision for a time, contain a veiled hint at the migration being a temporary one.
d
2:37, 39; 20:124.
484
这节经文表明, 阿丹受命迁离他出生的地方, 因为他的社团不同成员之间产生了敌意和仇恨。这就进一步证明阿丹受命离开的那个 “天园” 不是天堂。看来阿丹迁离了他的出生地, 美索不达米亚, 移居邻国。他的移居他处可能是暂时的, 可能不久以后回到故土来。真的, “一个时期的供应品” 暗示这一移居是暂时的。这节经文中说阿丹得到警告, 要他以后当心些; 因为现在他将永远居住的正是他的故乡。
3
اس آیت سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ پہلے جن شیطانوں کا ذکر ہے وہ انسان ہی تھے کیونکہ اس آیت سے ثابت ہے کہ انسانوں اور شیطانوں کو اکٹھے نکلنے کا حکم تھا اور یہ خبر دی گئی تھی کہ وہ ایک دوسرے کی دشمنی کرتے رہیں گے۔ ہم دیکھتے ہیں کہ اس دنیا میں انسان ہی نظر آتے ہیں شیطان تو ہم کو نظر نہیں آتے۔ پھر اس دنیا میں انسان ہی انسانوں سے دشمنیاں کر رہے ہیں‘ شیطانوں کا کوئی الگ گروہ نظر نہیں آتا جو انسانوں سے دشمنیاں کرتا ہو۔
4
یہ آیت بھی بتاتی ہے کہ یہاں انسانوں ہی کا ذکر ہے اور ابلیس اور اس کے اتباع سے مراد بھی بعض قسم کے انسان ہیں کیونکہ فرماتا ہے کہ انسان ابلیس اور اس کے اتباع اسی دنیا میں رہیں گے اور اسی دنیا میں کام کریں گے اور اس دنیا میں رہنے والے اور کام کرنے والے آدمی ہی آدمی نظر آتے ہیں۔
b
2:37, 39; 20:124.
926
Commentary:
The verse shows that Adam was commanded to migrate from the land of his birth because enmity and hatred had sprung up between different members of his community. This constitutes a further evidence of the fact that "the garden" which Adam was bidden to leave was not the Heaven or Paradise of the Quran, because, as the Quran itself tells us, Paradise is a place from which nobody is ever turned out (15:49), nor can Satan deceive or even approach anyone there. It appears that Adam migrated from Mesopotamia, the land of his birth, to a neighbouring land. The migration was perhaps a temporary one, and Adam may have returned to his native land not long after. Indeed, the words, a provision for a time, contain a veiled hint at the migration being a temporary one.
c
2:37, 39; 20:124.
961
The verse shows that Adam was commanded to emigrate from the land of his birth because enmity and hatred had sprung up between different members of his community. This constitutes a further evidence of the fact that the "Garden" which Adam was commanded to leave was not Paradise. It appears that Adam emigrated from Mesopotamia, the land of his birth, to a neighbouring land. The emigration was perhaps a temporary one and he may have returned to his native land not long after. Indeed, the words, a provision for a time, contain a veiled hint at the emigration being a temporary one. Adam is warned in this verse to be careful in future; for it was in his native land that he was now to live forever.
قَالَ فِيهَا تَحْيَوْنَ وَفِيهَا تَمُوتُونَ وَمِنْهَا تُخْرَجُونَ
اس آیت سے ثابت ہوتا ہے کہ کوئی انسان اس زمین سے باہر نہیں جا سکتا اور نہ آسمان پر جا سکتا ہے۔ جیسا کہ غلطی سے لوگ حضرت عیسیٰ علیہ السلام اور حضرت ادریس علیہ السلام کے متعلق یہ عقیدہ رکھتے ہیں کہ وہ آسمان پر چلے گئے۔ اگر وہ دونوں آسمان پر بیٹھے ہیں تو یا تو یہ آیت غلط ہے کہ تم اسی زمین میں زندہ رہو گے یا پھر عیسیٰ اور ادریس انسان نہیں تھے۔ اس آیت سے یہ بھی ثابت ہے کہ عیسیٰ اور ادریس اور تمام ایسے انسان جن کے متعلق کہا جاتا ہے کہ وہ آسمان پر ہیں‘ اسی زمین میں زندگی بسر کریں گے اسی میں دفن ہوں گے اور اس میں سے پھر زندہ ہو کر اٹھیں گے۔
20:56; 71:18-19.
Commentary:
Adam is warned in this verse to be careful in future; for it was in his native land that he was now to live forever.
Taken in the general sense, the verse also hints that no human being can ascend into the heavens with his physical body. Man must live and die on the earth.
a
20:56; 71:18-19.
485
以一般意思来理解, 这节经文意示没有人能够带着肉体升天。人类一定得生活并死在这地球上。
1
اس آیت سے ثابت ہوتا ہے کہ کوئی انسان اس زمین سے باہر نہیں جا سکتا اور نہ آسمان پر جا سکتا ہے۔ جیسا کہ غلطی سے لوگ حضرت عیسیٰ علیہ السلام اور حضرت ادریس علیہ السلام کے متعلق یہ عقیدہ رکھتے ہیں کہ وہ آسمان پر چلے گئے۔ اگر وہ دونوں آسمان پر بیٹھے ہیں تو یا تو یہ آیت غلط ہے کہ تم اسی زمین میں زندہ رہو گے یا پھر عیسیٰ اور ادریس انسان نہیں تھے۔ اس آیت سے یہ بھی ثابت ہے کہ عیسیٰ اور ادریس اور تمام ایسے انسان جن کے متعلق کہا جاتا ہے کہ وہ آسمان پر ہیں‘ اسی زمین میں زندگی بسر کریں گے اسی میں دفن ہوں گے اور اس میں سے پھر زندہ ہو کر اٹھیں گے۔
c
20:56; 71:18-19.
927
Commentary:
Adam is warned in this verse to be careful in future; for it was in his native land that he was now to live forever.
Taken in the general sense, the verse also hints that no human being can ascend into the heavens with his physical body. Man must live and die on the earth.
d
20:56; 71:18-19.
962
Taken in a general sense the verse hints that no human being can ascend to the heavens with his physical body. Man must live and die on this earth.
يَٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ قَدْ أَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْكُمْ لِبَاسًا يُوَٰرِى سَوْءَٰتِكُمْ وَرِيشًا ۖ وَلِبَاسُ ٱلتَّقْوَىٰ ذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ ءَايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَذَّكَّرُونَ
阿丹在 “园地” 中遮盖他 “隐私的地方” 的, 正是那敬畏的衣服。
اَنْزَلْنَا قرآن مجید میں پیدا کرنے کے معنے میں بھی استعمال ہوتا ہے۔ اس بات پر دلالت کرنے کے لئے کہ وہ چیز خداتعالیٰ کے حکم سے ظاہر ہوئی ہے جیسا کہ اس آیت میں فرماتا ہے۔ اَنْزَلْنَا الْحَدِیْدَ (سورۃ الحدید: ۲۹) اسی طرح فرماتا ہے قَدْ اَنْزَلَ اللّٰہُ اِلَیْکُمْ ذِکْرًا رَّسُوْلًا (طلاق: ۱۱‘۱۲) کہ اللہ نے تم پر رسول اتارا ہے۔ حالانکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ رسول پیدا کیا ہے۔
It was with the apparel of piety that Adam covered his "nakedness" in the "Garden".
Important Words:
ریش (elegant dress) is the substantive from راش. They say راشه i.e. he feathered it, namely an arrow; he fed him and gave him drink and clad him; he strengthened and aided him; he helped him to obtain his subsistence; He (God) restored him from a state of poverty to a state of wealth or competence; he did good to him. ریش means, feathers; plumage of birds; clothing; or superb or fine clothing; wealth; the means of subsistence; household goods or furniture (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse mentions two objects which our dress is meant to serve, viz. (1) to cover our nakedness and (2) to serve as a decoration and embellishment and make us look elegant. With these two objects of clothing before us it is indeed regrettable that clothing has continued to be progressively discarded by women in the west and this moral disease is now fast spreading in the east as well.
The words, the raiment of righteousness, explain the real significance of the words ریش (elegant dress). We are told that the apparel of piety is, in fact, the really fine raiment for man. Ordinary dress covers our physical nakedness, while the apparel of piety covers our spiritual and moral nakedness, and it was with this very apparel of piety that Adam covered his "nakedness" in the garden. He prayed to God Who heard his supplication and turned to him with mercy and forgiveness (7:24).
The verse beautifully reminds us that when we consider it to be so necessary to have good clothing to cover our physical nakedness and use elegant dress to look graceful, we should all the more be anxious to cover our moral and spiritual nakedness, which can only be done by prayer and by asking God’s forgiveness and mercy as Adam did.
486
阿丹在 “园地” 中遮盖他 “隐私的地方” 的, 正是那敬畏的衣服。
2
اَنْزَلْنَا قرآن مجید میں پیدا کرنے کے معنے میں بھی استعمال ہوتا ہے۔ اس بات پر دلالت کرنے کے لئے کہ وہ چیز خداتعالیٰ کے حکم سے ظاہر ہوئی ہے جیسا کہ اس آیت میں فرماتا ہے۔ اَنْزَلْنَا الْحَدِیْدَ (سورۃ الحدید: ۲۹) اسی طرح فرماتا ہے قَدْ اَنْزَلَ اللّٰہُ اِلَیْکُمْ ذِکْرًا رَّسُوْلًا (طلاق: ۱۱‘۱۲) کہ اللہ نے تم پر رسول اتارا ہے۔ حالانکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ رسول پیدا کیا ہے۔
928
Important Words:
ریش (elegant dress) is the substantive from راش. They say راشه i.e. he feathered it, namely an arrow; he fed him and gave him drink and clad him; he strengthened and aided him; he helped him to obtain his subsistence; He (God) restored him from a state of poverty to a state of wealth or competence; he did good to him. ریش means, feathers; plumage of birds; clothing; or superb or fine clothing; wealth; the means of subsistence; household goods or furniture (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse mentions two objects which our dress is meant to serve, viz. (1) to cover our nakedness and (2) to serve as a decoration and embellishment and make us look elegant. With these two objects of clothing before us it is indeed regrettable that clothing has continued to be progressively discarded by women in the west and this moral disease is now fast spreading in the east as well.
The words, the raiment of righteousness, explain the real significance of the words ریش (elegant dress). We are told that the apparel of piety is, in fact, the really fine raiment for man. Ordinary dress covers our physical nakedness, while the apparel of piety covers our spiritual and moral nakedness, and it was with this very apparel of piety that Adam covered his "nakedness" in the garden. He prayed to God Who heard his supplication and turned to him with mercy and forgiveness (7:24).
The verse beautifully reminds us that when we consider it to be so necessary to have good clothing to cover our physical nakedness and use elegant dress to look graceful, we should all the more be anxious to cover our moral and spiritual nakedness, which can only be done by prayer and by asking God’s forgiveness and mercy as Adam did.
963
It was with the apparel of piety that Adam covered his "nakedness" in the "Garden".
يَٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ لَا يَفْتِنَنَّكُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ كَمَآ أَخْرَجَ أَبَوَيْكُم مِّنَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ يَنزِعُ عَنْهُمَا لِبَاسَهُمَا لِيُرِيَهُمَا سَوْءَٰتِهِمَآ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ يَرَىٰكُمْ هُوَ وَقَبِيلُهُۥ مِنْ حَيْثُ لَا تَرَوْنَهُمْ ۗ إِنَّا جَعَلْنَا ٱلشَّيَٰطِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ لِلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ
2:258; 3:176; 16:101.
邪恶的精神称为 شَيْطَانْ (Shaitan, 恶魔)。这一类的那些东西一般是肉眼看不到的。他们不知不觉地对人类施加影响并寻找人类内藏的弱点, 为的是使人类进一步确定他们走上邪道。安拉创造恶魔只是为了考验人们——恶魔在人类参加的精神竞赛中起跳栏的作用。跳栏不是用来堵住而是要使赛跑中的竞争者更警惕和加倍努力。那些不小心和疏忽的人在跳栏上绊了脚, 在比赛中就输了。他们只能责怪自己而不能责怪在他们道上设置那些跳栏来试验和证实他们勇气的人。
یعنی شیطان کی ذریت اس دنیا میں بہت چالاکی سے کام لیتی ہے۔ اور مومنوں کو تاڑتی رہتی ہے۔ تا ان کے اعمال کو بگاڑ کر مشہور کرے اور لوگوں کو ان کا دشمن بنا دے۔
یعنی کافر تعلیم دیتے ہیں کہ باپ دادوں کی باتوں پر جمے رہو‘ عقل سے کام نہ لو۔
2:258; 3:176; 16:101.
The Evil Spirit, called Shaitan, and those of his kind are generally invisible to the eye. They exercise their influence imperceptibly and search for the hidden weaknesses of man in order to confirm him in his evil ways. God has created Satan only as a trial for men––Satan serves the purpose of a hurdle in the spiritual race in which man is engaged. Hurdles are meant not to block but to make the competitors in the race more vigilant and to redouble their efforts. The careless and the negligent, who stumble over hurdles and thus lose the race, have themselves to blame and not the person or persons who put them in their way in order to try and prove their mettle.
2:258; 3:176; 16:101.
Commentary:
The Evil One called شیطان (Shaitan) and those of his kind, are generally invisible to the human eye. They exercise their influence imperceptibly and search for the hidden weaknesses of man in order to expose him and confirm him in his evil ways. Shaitan is a descriptive name, meaning "one who has become removed from God." It is only by being removed away from God that one perishes. For a detailed explanation of the word see 2:37.
The expression, We have made satans friends for those who believe not, shows that Satan and his associates exercise their pernicious influence only on those who are already evilly disposed.
b
2:258; 3:176; 16:101.
487
邪恶的精神称为 شَيْطَانْ (Shaitan, 恶魔)。这一类的那些东西一般是肉眼看不到的。他们不知不觉地对人类施加影响并寻找人类内藏的弱点, 为的是使人类进一步确定他们走上邪道。安拉创造恶魔只是为了考验人们——恶魔在人类参加的精神竞赛中起跳栏的作用。跳栏不是用来堵住而是要使赛跑中的竞争者更警惕和加倍努力。那些不小心和疏忽的人在跳栏上绊了脚, 在比赛中就输了。他们只能责怪自己而不能责怪在他们道上设置那些跳栏来试验和证实他们勇气的人。
3
یعنی شیطان کی ذریت اس دنیا میں بہت چالاکی سے کام لیتی ہے۔ اور مومنوں کو تاڑتی رہتی ہے۔ تا ان کے اعمال کو بگاڑ کر مشہور کرے اور لوگوں کو ان کا دشمن بنا دے۔
4
یعنی کافر تعلیم دیتے ہیں کہ باپ دادوں کی باتوں پر جمے رہو‘ عقل سے کام نہ لو۔
a
2:258; 3:176; 16:101.
929
Commentary:
The Evil One called شیطان (Shaitan) and those of his kind, are generally invisible to the human eye. They exercise their influence imperceptibly and search for the hidden weaknesses of man in order to expose him and confirm him in his evil ways. Shaitan is a descriptive name, meaning "one who has become removed from God." It is only by being removed away from God that one perishes. For a detailed explanation of the word see 2:37.
The expression, We have made satans friends for those who believe not, shows that Satan and his associates exercise their pernicious influence only on those who are already evilly disposed.
a
2:258; 3:176; 16:101.
964
The Evil Spirit, called Shaitan, and those of his kind are generally invisible to the eye. They exercise their influence imperceptibly and search for the hidden weaknesses of man in order to confirm him in his evil ways. God has created Satan only as a trial for men––Satan serves the purpose of a hurdle in the spiritual race in which man is engaged. Hurdles are meant not to block but to make the competitors in the race more vigilant and to redouble their efforts. The careless and the negligent, who stumble over hurdles and thus lose the race, have themselves to blame and not the person or persons who put them in their way in order to try and prove their mettle.
وَإِذَا فَعَلُوا۟ فَٰحِشَةً قَالُوا۟ وَجَدْنَا عَلَيْهَآ ءَابَآءَنَا وَٱللَّهُ أَمَرَنَا بِهَا ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَأْمُرُ بِٱلْفَحْشَآءِ ۖ أَتَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ
16:91.
16:91.
16:91.
Commentary:
This verse, applied generally, gives an apposite description of those who follow Satan as stated in the preceding verse. It may also particularly apply to Christians who allege that Adam sinned and that it is from him that sin came as a heritage to his posterity who, therefore, cannot get rid of it. The Quran condemns this doctrine most forcibly; firstly because it is simply absurd and foolish, and secondly because the Quran exonerates Adam from the charge of having committed a sin.
By saying, Allah has enjoined it upon us, disbelievers mean that it is God Who has given them the power to commit sins or that He it is Who has created Satan that leads them astray. They thus seek to absolve themselves of the responsibility of their evil deeds. The latter part of the verse embodies an effective answer to this lame excuse. God never enjoins foul deeds, says the verse. As for Satan, the people do not understand the object of his creation. Satan is only a trial for men. He serves the purpose of a hurdle in a hurdle race. The hurdles are placed there not to block our progress but to make us vigilant and to cause us to increase our efforts. The careless and negligent person who stumbles over a hurdle and thus loses the race should blame himself and not the person who puts it in his way in order to try and prove his mettle.
a
16:91.
b
16:91.
930
Commentary:
This verse, applied generally, gives an apposite description of those who follow Satan as stated in the preceding verse. It may also particularly apply to Christians who allege that Adam sinned and that it is from him that sin came as a heritage to his posterity who, therefore, cannot get rid of it. The Quran condemns this doctrine most forcibly; firstly because it is simply absurd and foolish, and secondly because the Quran exonerates Adam from the charge of having committed a sin.
By saying, Allah has enjoined it upon us, disbelievers mean that it is God Who has given them the power to commit sins or that He it is Who has created Satan that leads them astray. They thus seek to absolve themselves of the responsibility of their evil deeds. The latter part of the verse embodies an effective answer to this lame excuse. God never enjoins foul deeds, says the verse. As for Satan, the people do not understand the object of his creation. Satan is only a trial for men. He serves the purpose of a hurdle in a hurdle race. The hurdles are placed there not to block our progress but to make us vigilant and to cause us to increase our efforts. The careless and negligent person who stumbles over a hurdle and thus loses the race should blame himself and not the person who puts it in his way in order to try and prove his mettle.
a
16:91.
قُلْ أَمَرَ رَبِّى بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖ وَأَقِيمُوا۟ وُجُوهَكُمْ عِندَ كُلِّ مَسْجِدٍ وَٱدْعُوهُ مُخْلِصِينَ لَهُ ٱلدِّينَ ۚ كَمَا بَدَأَكُمْ تَعُودُونَ
4:59; 16:91; 57:26.
اس آیت میں جہاں ضمیر کا لفظ تھا ہم نے اس کی بجائے ترجمہ اسم ظاہر ’’اللہ‘‘ لکھا ہے۔ تا اردو کے لحاظ سے ترجمہ درست ہو سکے۔
4:59; 16:91; 57:26.
When the time of Prayer approaches and Muslims are about to go to a mosque, they should concentrate all their attention on God, taking their mind away from the cares of the world. The ablution performed before every Prayer serves the useful purpose of turning the believer’s thoughts towards God and putting him in the right state for Prayer.
The words, As He brought you into being, so shall you return, mean that just as our bodies gradually develop in the wombs of our mothers, so will our souls pass through a similar process of development after death.
4:59; 16:91; 57:26.
Important Words:
مسجد (time and place of worship) is derived from سجد i.e. he prostrated himself; or he bent himself down towards the ground and put his forehead on it; he lowered his head and bent himself; he was lowly, humble or submissive. مسجد means, a place in which one performs the act of سجدة i.e. the act of prostrating before God; a place in which one performs acts of worship or devotion; a place in which a person says his Prayers; a house of Prayer; a mosque or a Muslim temple (Lane). Being اسم ظرف the word may also mean, time of worship.
Commentary:
We are told in this verse that when the time of Prayer approaches and we are about to go to a mosque, we should fix our attention aright, setting our face to God and taking our minds away from the cares and thoughts of the world. The ablution performed before every Prayer also serves the useful purpose of turning our thoughts towards God and putting us in the right state for Prayers.
The words, As He brought you into being, so shall you return, are important because they point to the great truth that just as our bodies gradually develop in the wombs of our mothers, so will our souls pass through a similar process of develop-ment after our death. We should, therefore, be very careful about our souls.
b
4:59; 16:91; 57:26.
1
اس آیت میں جہاں ضمیر کا لفظ تھا ہم نے اس کی بجائے ترجمہ اسم ظاہر ’’اللہ‘‘ لکھا ہے۔ تا اردو کے لحاظ سے ترجمہ درست ہو سکے۔
a
4:59; 16:91; 57:26.
931
Important Words:
مسجد (time and place of worship) is derived from سجد i.e. he prostrated himself; or he bent himself down towards the ground and put his forehead on it; he lowered his head and bent himself; he was lowly, humble or submissive. مسجد means, a place in which one performs the act of سجدة i.e. the act of prostrating before God; a place in which one performs acts of worship or devotion; a place in which a person says his Prayers; a house of Prayer; a mosque or a Muslim temple (Lane). Being اسم ظرف the word may also mean, time of worship.
Commentary:
We are told in this verse that when the time of Prayer approaches and we are about to go to a mosque, we should fix our attention aright, setting our face to God and taking our minds away from the cares and thoughts of the world. The ablution performed before every Prayer also serves the useful purpose of turning our thoughts towards God and putting us in the right state for Prayers.
The words, As He brought you into being, so shall you return, are important because they point to the great truth that just as our bodies gradually develop in the wombs of our mothers, so will our souls pass through a similar process of develop-ment after our death. We should, therefore, be very careful about our souls.
b
4:59; 16:91; 57:26.
965
When the time of Prayer approaches and Muslims are about to go to a mosque, they should concentrate all their attention on God, taking their mind away from the cares of the world. The ablution performed before every Prayer serves the useful purpose of turning the believer’s thoughts towards God and putting him in the right state for Prayer.
966
The words, As He brought you into being, so shall you return, mean that just as our bodies gradually develop in the wombs of our mothers, so will our souls pass through a similar process of development after death.
فَرِيقًا هَدَىٰ وَفَرِيقًا حَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلضَّلَٰلَةُ ۗ إِنَّهُمُ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَحْسَبُونَ أَنَّهُم مُّهْتَدُونَ
16:37; 22:19.
16:37; 22:19.
16:37; 22:19.
c
16:37; 22:19.
b
16:37; 22:19.
c
16:37; 22:19.
۞ يَٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ خُذُوا۟ زِينَتَكُمْ عِندَ كُلِّ مَسْجِدٍ وَكُلُوا۟ وَٱشْرَبُوا۟ وَلَا تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ
یعنی مسجد جانے سے پہلے ہی اپنے دلوں کو پاک کر لیا کرو۔ اور ظاہری صفائی کپڑوں اور بدن کی بھی کر لیا کرو۔
مسجد کے ساتھ بظاہر کھانے پینے اور اسراف کا جوڑ نہیں پھر مسجد کے ذکر کے ساتھ یہ ذکر کیوں کیا۔ اس کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ عبادات صحیح عمل کی توفیق دیتی ہیں۔ پس بتایا کہ عبادت کو ٹھیک کرو۔ تا صحیح عمل کی توفیق ملے جس میں سے ایک بڑی تعلیم یہ ہے کہ کھانے پینے میں اسراف سے کام نہ لو۔
17:28; 25:68.
The adornment should either be physical or spiritual. In the physical sense believers are enjoined to go to a place of worship, as far as possible in a clean and decent dress.
17:28; 25:68.
Commentary:
The adornment mentioned in the verse may either be physical or spiritual. Taking it in the physical sense, the verse enjoins believers to go to a place of worship, as far as possible, in a clean and decent dress, free from physical impurities and evil smell. The Holy Prophet is reported to have forbidden Muslims to go to a mosque after having eaten onions, garlic, etc., as the bad smell of these things causes discomfort to others. He is also reported to have enjoined the Faithful to take frequent baths, especially before the great congregational Prayer on Friday. Taken in the spiritual sense, the verse would mean that Prayers should be offered with a pure and sincere heart free from distracting thoughts.
The latter part of the verse embodies a basic commandment about eating and drinking. It has been joined to the commandment relating to "adornment at a place of worship", firstly because clothing and eating are allied subjects, and secondly to indicate that while issuing a commandment about Prayers, which is a spiritual matter, Islam does not overlook man’s physical requirements.
The words, exceed not the bounds, signify: (1) that one should not over-eat oneself and (2) that one should not always use the same kind of food, but should vary it from time to time. Animal foods, vegetables, fruits, etc. should all be eaten in proper quantity and proper proportion. In this connection see The Teachings of Islam by Ahmad, the Promised Messiah.
d
17:28; 25:68.
488
装饰可以是物质或精神的。以物质的装饰而言, 告诫信者去礼拜寺时尽可能穿着干净而大方的衣服。
2
یعنی مسجد جانے سے پہلے ہی اپنے دلوں کو پاک کر لیا کرو۔ اور ظاہری صفائی کپڑوں اور بدن کی بھی کر لیا کرو۔
3
مسجد کے ساتھ بظاہر کھانے پینے اور اسراف کا جوڑ نہیں پھر مسجد کے ذکر کے ساتھ یہ ذکر کیوں کیا۔ اس کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ عبادات صحیح عمل کی توفیق دیتی ہیں۔ پس بتایا کہ عبادت کو ٹھیک کرو۔ تا صحیح عمل کی توفیق ملے جس میں سے ایک بڑی تعلیم یہ ہے کہ کھانے پینے میں اسراف سے کام نہ لو۔
a
17:28; 25:68.
932
Commentary:
The adornment mentioned in the verse may either be physical or spiritual. Taking it in the physical sense, the verse enjoins believers to go to a place of worship, as far as possible, in a clean and decent dress, free from physical impurities and evil smell. The Holy Prophet is reported to have forbidden Muslims to go to a mosque after having eaten onions, garlic, etc., as the bad smell of these things causes discomfort to others. He is also reported to have enjoined the Faithful to take frequent baths, especially before the great congregational Prayer on Friday. Taken in the spiritual sense, the verse would mean that Prayers should be offered with a pure and sincere heart free from distracting thoughts.
The latter part of the verse embodies a basic commandment about eating and drinking. It has been joined to the commandment relating to "adornment at a place of worship", firstly because clothing and eating are allied subjects, and secondly to indicate that while issuing a commandment about Prayers, which is a spiritual matter, Islam does not overlook man’s physical requirements.
The words, exceed not the bounds, signify: (1) that one should not over-eat oneself and (2) that one should not always use the same kind of food, but should vary it from time to time. Animal foods, vegetables, fruits, etc. should all be eaten in proper quantity and proper proportion. In this connection see The Teachings of Islam by Ahmad, the Promised Messiah.
d
17:28; 25:68.
967
The adornment should either be physical or spiritual. In the physical sense believers are enjoined to go to a place of worship, as far as possible in a clean and decent dress.
قُلْ مَنْ حَرَّمَ زِينَةَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَخْرَجَ لِعِبَادِهِۦ وَٱلطَّيِّبَٰتِ مِنَ ٱلرِّزْقِ ۚ قُلْ هِىَ لِلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا خَالِصَةً يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۗ كَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْءَايَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَعْلَمُونَ
2:169, 173; 23:52.
مراد یہ ہے کہ کھانے پینے اور پہننے میں غلاظت استعمال کرنا اسلام کے حکم کے خلاف ہے یہ مسیحیوں اور مشرکوں کی تعلیم تھی۔ قرآن مجید فرماتا ہے خداتعالیٰ گندہ رہنے کا حکم نہیں دے سکتا۔ اس کا حکم تو صفائی کے حق میں ہوتا ہے۔
ہندوؤں اور عیسائیوں کا عقیدہ ہے کہ ولی اللہ لوگ عمدہ غذا کبھی نہیں کھاتے۔ حالانکہ اسلام کہتا ہے کہ پاکیزہ غذائیں سب مومنوں کے لئے جائز ہیں۔ کیونکہ خداتعالیٰ نے اسی لئے ان کو پیدا کیا ہے۔
2:169, 173; 23:52.
The good and pure things provided by God are really meant for believers though they are also shared by disbelievers in this life; but in the life to come they will be enjoyed by believers to the exclusion of disbelievers.
2:169,173; 23:52.
Commentary:
Islam being not a religion of monasticism, the verse implies a rebuke for those who forbid the use of pure and good things.
The good and pure things of God’s provision, which are really meant for, and deserved by, believers only are also shared by disbelievers in this life; but in the life to come they will be enjoyed by believers only, to the exclusion of disbelievers.
e
2:169, 173; 23:52.
4
مراد یہ ہے کہ کھانے پینے اور پہننے میں غلاظت استعمال کرنا اسلام کے حکم کے خلاف ہے یہ مسیحیوں اور مشرکوں کی تعلیم تھی۔ قرآن مجید فرماتا ہے خداتعالیٰ گندہ رہنے کا حکم نہیں دے سکتا۔ اس کا حکم تو صفائی کے حق میں ہوتا ہے۔
5
ہندوؤں اور عیسائیوں کا عقیدہ ہے کہ ولی اللہ لوگ عمدہ غذا کبھی نہیں کھاتے۔ حالانکہ اسلام کہتا ہے کہ پاکیزہ غذائیں سب مومنوں کے لئے جائز ہیں۔ کیونکہ خداتعالیٰ نے اسی لئے ان کو پیدا کیا ہے۔
a
2:169,173; 23:52.
933
Commentary:
Islam being not a religion of monasticism, the verse implies a rebuke for those who forbid the use of pure and good things.
The good and pure things of God’s provision, which are really meant for, and deserved by, believers only are also shared by disbelievers in this life; but in the life to come they will be enjoyed by believers only, to the exclusion of disbelievers.
a
2:169, 173; 23:52.
968
The good and pure things provided by God are really meant for believers though they are also shared by disbelievers in this life; but in the life to come they will be enjoyed by believers to the exclusion of disbelievers.
قُلْ إِنَّمَا حَرَّمَ رَبِّىَ ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَ مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا وَمَا بَطَنَ وَٱلْإِثْمَ وَٱلْبَغْىَ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ وَأَن تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ سُلْطَٰنًا وَأَن تَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ
عربی کا محاورہ ہے ’’ان میں سے ظاہر ہوں یا چھپے‘‘ لیکن اردو میں کہتے ہیں ’’خواہ ظاہر ہوں یا چھپے‘‘ ہم نے اردو محاورہ کے مطابق ترجمہ کیا ہے۔ کیونکہ دونوں کا مفہوم ایک ہے۔
6:152.
3:152; 7:72; 22:72.
Commentary:
The verse draws our attention to the purity of Divine teachings by pointing out that all evil things are forbidden by Islam. But at the same time it reminds the reader that there are certain things the evil of which is generally hidden from men. These, too, are forbidden and most of them have been mentioned by the Holy Prophet.
The verse next proceeds to explain what it means by فواحش (foul deeds). It divides them into three classes: (1) اثم (the sin of disobedience or of falling short in the performance of a duty), and بغی (transgression, i.e. exceeding the proper bounds); (2) شرك (associating with God that for which He has sent down no authority). The فواحش (foul deeds) of this class mean idolatrous beliefs and polytheistic ideals. (3) "That you say against Allah what you do not know." By the فواحش of this class are meant the false and evil words we utter. Thus we are enjoined to be pure not only in thought but also in word and deed.
a
3:152; 7:72; 22:72.
f
6:152.
1
عربی کا محاورہ ہے ’’ان میں سے ظاہر ہوں یا چھپے‘‘ لیکن اردو میں کہتے ہیں ’’خواہ ظاہر ہوں یا چھپے‘‘ ہم نے اردو محاورہ کے مطابق ترجمہ کیا ہے۔ کیونکہ دونوں کا مفہوم ایک ہے۔
b
6:152.
c
3:152; 7:72; 22:72.
934
Commentary:
The verse draws our attention to the purity of Divine teachings by pointing out that all evil things are forbidden by Islam. But at the same time it reminds the reader that there are certain things the evil of which is generally hidden from men. These, too, are forbidden and most of them have been mentioned by the Holy Prophet.
The verse next proceeds to explain what it means by فواحش (foul deeds). It divides them into three classes: (1) اثم (the sin of disobedience or of falling short in the performance of a duty), and بغی (transgression, i.e. exceeding the proper bounds); (2) شرك (associating with God that for which He has sent down no authority). The فواحش (foul deeds) of this class mean idolatrous beliefs and polytheistic ideals. (3) "That you say against Allah what you do not know." By the فواحش of this class are meant the false and evil words we utter. Thus we are enjoined to be pure not only in thought but also in word and deed.
b
6:152.
c
3:152; 7:72; 22:72.
وَلِكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ أَجَلٌ ۖ فَإِذَا جَآءَ أَجَلُهُمْ لَا يَسْتَأْخِرُونَ سَاعَةً ۖ وَلَا يَسْتَقْدِمُونَ
10:50; 15:6; 16:62; 35:46.
یہ مطلب نہیں کہ تقدیر سے مدّت مقرر کر دی ہے بلکہ تقدیر نے اعمال مقرر کر دئیے ہیں جن سے قوم کی عمر گھٹتی یا بڑھتی ہے۔ جب نیک اعمال سے قوم ہٹے گی تو وہ تباہ ہو جائے گی۔ پس مدّت سے مراد وہ قانون ہے جس کے ماتحت مدت لمبی یا چھوٹی ہوگی ہے۔
10:50; 15:6; 16:62; 35:46.
Important Words:
یستقدمون (get ahead) is derived from قدم i.e. he preceded; or he came before; or he headed (someone else). استقدم القوم means, he preceded the people, or he went ahead of the people, or he went before them (Lane & Aqrab). As one who gets ahead of a thing virtually leaves it behind, therefore, the idea in یستقدمون (get ahead) is that of escaping.
یستأخرون (remain behind) is derived from اخر. They say استأخرالقوم i.e. he remained behind the people. استأخر also means, he or it was put behind or put off or delayed (Lane & Aqrab). As one who remains behind a thing virtually puts the thing off, therefore, the idea in یستأخرون (remain behind) is that of putting off.
Commentary:
The verse means that when the time fixed for the punishment of a people comes, it cannot be averted. Disbelievers, who have incurred it, can neither escape it nor put it off by a single moment.
b
10:50; 15:6; 16:62; 35:46.
2
یہ مطلب نہیں کہ تقدیر سے مدّت مقرر کر دی ہے بلکہ تقدیر نے اعمال مقرر کر دئیے ہیں جن سے قوم کی عمر گھٹتی یا بڑھتی ہے۔ جب نیک اعمال سے قوم ہٹے گی تو وہ تباہ ہو جائے گی۔ پس مدّت سے مراد وہ قانون ہے جس کے ماتحت مدت لمبی یا چھوٹی ہوگی ہے۔
a
10:50; 15:6; 16:62; 35:46.
935
Important Words:
یستقدمون (get ahead) is derived from قدم i.e. he preceded; or he came before; or he headed (someone else). استقدم القوم means, he preceded the people, or he went ahead of the people, or he went before them (Lane & Aqrab). As one who gets ahead of a thing virtually leaves it behind, therefore, the idea in یستقدمون (get ahead) is that of escaping.
یستأخرون (remain behind) is derived from اخر. They say استأخرالقوم i.e. he remained behind the people. استأخر also means, he or it was put behind or put off or delayed (Lane & Aqrab). As one who remains behind a thing virtually puts the thing off, therefore, the idea in یستأخرون (remain behind) is that of putting off.
Commentary:
The verse means that when the time fixed for the punishment of a people comes, it cannot be averted. Disbelievers, who have incurred it, can neither escape it nor put it off by a single moment.
d
10:50; 15:6; 16:62; 35:46.
969
When the time fixed for the punishment of a people arrives, it cannot be averted, delayed or postponed.
يَٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ إِمَّا يَأْتِيَنَّكُمْ رُسُلٌ مِّنكُمْ يَقُصُّونَ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَٰتِى ۙ فَمَنِ ٱتَّقَىٰ وَأَصْلَحَ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ
2:39; 20:124.
The point is worthy of special note that, like some preceding verses (e.g. 7:27, 28 & 32), the address in the words, O children of Adam, is to the people of the Holy Prophet’s time and to the generations that are yet to be born and not to the people who lived in the distant past and came immediately after Adam.
2:39; 20:124.
Commentary:
The point is worthy of special note that, like some previous verses (e.g. 7:27, 28 & 32), the address in the words, O children of Adam, is here made to the people of the Holy Prophet’s time and to the generations that are yet to be born and not to the people who lived in the distant past and followed Adam immediately. This form of address has been employed with a view to introducing an important subject which was to be conveyed to future generations of mankind. This is to the effect that Messengers of God will continue to appear as long as the children of Adam live upon this earth and that the opposition of the Holy Prophet’s enemies would not bring about his downfall nor the cessation of prophethood. The great promise which was held out to the progeny of Adam in the time of Adam (2:39) and according to which Messengers of God appeared among different peoples in different countries at different times will continue to be fulfilled till the end of time.
The words, if Messengers come to you from among yourselves, do not mean that Messengers of God may or may not come, just as the words, If there comes to you guidance from Me (2:39), do not mean that guidance might or might not come. Indeed, the word اما (if) is intended to mean that if you happen to live at a time when a Messenger of God appears, you should not fail to accept him. Thus the word is simply meant to leave the time unfixed; the Messenger of God may appear in one generation or another but whenever he appears, he must be accepted.
The words, rehearsing My Signs unto you, hint at the fact that the Messengers who were to come after the Holy Prophet were to bring no new Law but were to follow the Law of Islam; they were simply to "rehearse" or recite the verses already revealed in the Quran.
c
2:39; 20:124.
489
这一点值得特别注意, 像以前有几节经文 (例如7:27, 28, 32) 那样, 用 “阿丹的子孙啊!” 这些字表达的呼语, 是对穆圣时代的人们以及其后要出生的后代人说的, 而不是对遥远的古代紧接在阿丹之后出生的子孙说的。
b
2:39; 20:124.
936
Commentary:
The point is worthy of special note that, like some previous verses (e.g. 7:27, 28 & 32), the address in the words, O children of Adam, is here made to the people of the Holy Prophet’s time and to the generations that are yet to be born and not to the people who lived in the distant past and followed Adam immediately. This form of address has been employed with a view to introducing an important subject which was to be conveyed to future generations of mankind. This is to the effect that Messengers of God will continue to appear as long as the children of Adam live upon this earth and that the opposition of the Holy Prophet’s enemies would not bring about his downfall nor the cessation of prophethood. The great promise which was held out to the progeny of Adam in the time of Adam (2:39) and according to which Messengers of God appeared among different peoples in different countries at different times will continue to be fulfilled till the end of time.
The words, if Messengers come to you from among yourselves, do not mean that Messengers of God may or may not come, just as the words, If there comes to you guidance from Me (2:39), do not mean that guidance might or might not come. Indeed, the word اما (if) is intended to mean that if you happen to live at a time when a Messenger of God appears, you should not fail to accept him. Thus the word is simply meant to leave the time unfixed; the Messenger of God may appear in one generation or another but whenever he appears, he must be accepted.
The words, rehearsing My Signs unto you, hint at the fact that the Messengers who were to come after the Holy Prophet were to bring no new Law but were to follow the Law of Islam; they were simply to "rehearse" or recite the verses already revealed in the Quran.
e
2:39; 20:124.
970
The point is worthy of special note that, like some preceding verses (e.g. 7:27, 28 & 32), the address in the words, O children of Adam, is to the people of the Holy Prophet’s time and to the generations that are yet to be born and not to the people who lived in the distant past and came immediately after Adam.
وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ عَنْهَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ ۖ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ
2:40; 5:11, 87; 6:50; 7:41; 22:58.
2:40; 5:11, 87; 6:50; 7:41; 22:58.
2:40; 5:11, 87; 6:50; 7:41; 22:58.
Commentary:
This verse serves as a particular warning for Muslims that they should not make light of the Messengers who would appear among them and should not reject them. The Law has indeed been made perfect in the Quran; but that does not mean that later Messengers of God may be rejected with impunity.
d
2:40; 5:11, 87; 6:50; 7:41; 22:58.
a
2:40; 5:11, 87; 6:50; 7:41; 22:58.
937
Commentary:
This verse serves as a particular warning for Muslims that they should not make light of the Messengers who would appear among them and should not reject them. The Law has indeed been made perfect in the Quran; but that does not mean that later Messengers of God may be rejected with impunity.
a
2:40; 5:11, 87; 6:50; 7:41; 22:58.
فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَٰتِهِۦٓ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَنَالُهُمْ نَصِيبُهُم مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمْ رُسُلُنَا يَتَوَفَّوْنَهُمْ قَالُوٓا۟ أَيْنَ مَا كُنتُمْ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ قَالُوا۟ ضَلُّوا۟ عَنَّا وَشَهِدُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ كَٰفِرِينَ
افتراء سچا بھی ہوتا ہے اور جھوٹا بھی۔ سچا اس حالت میں کہ جو بات ایک شخص کسی کی طرف منسوب کرتا ہے وہ ہو تو سچی مگر قائل نے وہ بات نہ کہی ہو۔ اور جھوٹا اس صورت میں کہ جو بات قائل کی طرف منسوب کی جائے ہو بھی جھوٹی اور قائل نے کہی بھی نہ ہو۔
6:22; 10:18; 11:19; 61:8.
6:23; 40:74-75.
6:131.
The words mean that the rejectors of God’s Messengers will see with their own eyes the fulfilment of the prophecies foretelling their defeat and discomfiture and shall taste the punishment promised to them for opposing God’s Messengers.
6:22; 10:18; 11:19; 61:8.
6:23; 40:74-75.
6:131.
Commentary:
The verse gives the reasons why the rejecters of Divine Messengers deserve severe punishment. People incur the wrath of God because they treat His Messenger as a liar and reject the heavenly signs he brings with him. Indeed, impostors and the rejecters of true Messengers are equally doomed and can never escape the punishment ordained for them.
The words, who shall have their lot as ordained, mean that the rejecters of God’s Messengers will see before their very eyes the fulfilment of the prophecies foretelling their defeat and discomfiture and shall taste of the punishment promised to them for opposing God’s Messengers.
a
6:131.
e
6:22; 10:18; 11:19; 61:8.
f
6:23; 40:74-75.
490
这话意味着拒绝安拉的使者的人将亲眼看到预告他们失败的那些预言的实现, 并将遭受由于他们反对安拉的使者而为他们固定的惩罚。
1
افتراء سچا بھی ہوتا ہے اور جھوٹا بھی۔ سچا اس حالت میں کہ جو بات ایک شخص کسی کی طرف منسوب کرتا ہے وہ ہو تو سچی مگر قائل نے وہ بات نہ کہی ہو۔ اور جھوٹا اس صورت میں کہ جو بات قائل کی طرف منسوب کی جائے ہو بھی جھوٹی اور قائل نے کہی بھی نہ ہو۔
a
6:22; 10:18; 11:19; 61:8.
b
6:23; 40:74-75.
c
6:131.
938
Commentary:
The verse gives the reasons why the rejecters of Divine Messengers deserve severe punishment. People incur the wrath of God because they treat His Messenger as a liar and reject the heavenly signs he brings with him. Indeed, impostors and the rejecters of true Messengers are equally doomed and can never escape the punishment ordained for them.
The words, who shall have their lot as ordained, mean that the rejecters of God’s Messengers will see before their very eyes the fulfilment of the prophecies foretelling their defeat and discomfiture and shall taste of the punishment promised to them for opposing God’s Messengers.
b
6:22; 10:18; 11:19; 61:8.
c
6:23; 40:74-75.
d
6:131.
971
The words mean that the rejectors of God’s Messengers will see with their own eyes the fulfilment of the prophecies foretelling their defeat and discomfiture and shall taste the punishment promised to them for opposing God’s Messengers.
قَالَ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ فِىٓ أُمَمٍ قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِكُم مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ فِى ٱلنَّارِ ۖ كُلَّمَا دَخَلَتْ أُمَّةٌ لَّعَنَتْ أُخْتَهَا ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا ٱدَّارَكُوا۟ فِيهَا جَمِيعًا قَالَتْ أُخْرَىٰهُمْ لِأُولَىٰهُمْ رَبَّنَا هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ أَضَلُّونَا فَـَٔاتِهِمْ عَذَابًا ضِعْفًا مِّنَ ٱلنَّارِ ۖ قَالَ لِكُلٍّ ضِعْفٌ وَلَٰكِن لَّا تَعْلَمُونَ
38:62.
عذاب ہمیشہ زیادہ ہی معلوم ہوا کرتا ہے۔ حتّٰی کہ ہر بیمار سمجھتا ہے کہ شاید میری بیماری زیادہ ہے اور دوسرے کی کم۔
38:62.
The leaders and their followers.
Pain and torment appear heavy while they last. God’s torment will be unbearable.
38:62.
Important Words:
ادارکوا (successively arrived) is derived from درك. They say درك المطر i.e. the rain dropped with close consecutiveness. ادرکهmeans, he attained, reached or overtook him. ادارکوا which is the same as تدارکوا means, they attained, reached, overtook or came up with one another; or the last of them attained, reached, overtook or came up with the first of them. The expression حتی اذا ادارکوافیھا جمیعا means, until when they have overtaken one another; or until they have successively arrived therein all together (Lane).
Commentary:
The words, For each preceding party there shall be double punishment, are explained in a saying of the Holy Prophet which is to the effect that he who starts a good practice, i.e. he who does a good deed in such a manner that others copy and follow him, shall have a double reward, and he who starts a bad practice shall have a double punishment. In fact, a person who does a good or a bad deed not only benefits or suffers by it himself, but leaves it as an example to follow for those who come after him. He, therefore, deserves a double reward or punishment as the case may be. The above-quoted words of the verse are also intended to point to the fact that each party that follows another also precedes the one that follows it. So there is no question of awarding double punishment to one and letting the other go with only single punishment.
b
38:62.
2
عذاب ہمیشہ زیادہ ہی معلوم ہوا کرتا ہے۔ حتّٰی کہ ہر بیمار سمجھتا ہے کہ شاید میری بیماری زیادہ ہے اور دوسرے کی کم۔
b
38:62.
939
Important Words:
ادارکوا (successively arrived) is derived from درك. They say درك المطر i.e. the rain dropped with close consecutiveness. ادرکهmeans, he attained, reached or overtook him. ادارکوا which is the same as تدارکوا means, they attained, reached, overtook or came up with one another; or the last of them attained, reached, overtook or came up with the first of them. The expression حتی اذا ادارکوافیھا جمیعا means, until when they have overtaken one another; or until they have successively arrived therein all together (Lane).
Commentary:
The words, For each preceding party there shall be double punishment, are explained in a saying of the Holy Prophet which is to the effect that he who starts a good practice, i.e. he who does a good deed in such a manner that others copy and follow him, shall have a double reward, and he who starts a bad practice shall have a double punishment. In fact, a person who does a good or a bad deed not only benefits or suffers by it himself, but leaves it as an example to follow for those who come after him. He, therefore, deserves a double reward or punishment as the case may be. The above-quoted words of the verse are also intended to point to the fact that each party that follows another also precedes the one that follows it. So there is no question of awarding double punishment to one and letting the other go with only single punishment.
a
38:62.
972
The leaders and their followers.
973
Pain and torment appear heavy while they last. God’s torment will be unbearable.
وَقَالَتْ أُولَىٰهُمْ لِأُخْرَىٰهُمْ فَمَا كَانَ لَكُمْ عَلَيْنَا مِن فَضْلٍ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْسِبُونَ
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ عَنْهَا لَا تُفَتَّحُ لَهُمْ أَبْوَٰبُ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَلَا يَدْخُلُونَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ حَتَّىٰ يَلِجَ ٱلْجَمَلُ فِى سَمِّ ٱلْخِيَاطِ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ
یعنی جنت میں داخل ہونا ان کے اعمال کے سبب سے ناممکن نظر آئے گا۔ ہاں خداتعالیٰ کا رحم کرنا الگ بات ہے۔
See 7:37.
Jamal may also mean a rope, for a rope bears a better resemblance to the thread which is passed through the eye of a needle. It will not be possible for rejectors of God’s Signs to enter Heaven. See Matt. 19: 24.
7:37.
Important Words:
الجمل (camel) is the noun-infinitive from جمل. They say جمل الشیء i.e. he collected the thing. جمل الشھم means, he melted the fat. جمل (jamila) or جمل (jamula) with different vowel points at the central root letter, means, he was or became beautiful, goodly or pleasing in person or behaviour. جمل means, a he-camel; a full grown he-camel; a camel; palm-trees as being likened to the he-camel in respect of their tallness and bigness; a large sea fish or whale (Lane.) It also means a cable or a ship’s rope (Aqrab).
Commentary:
With this verse begins a description of the life after death, a brief reference to which was made in the three preceding verses.
Heaven is the lofty abode of true believers. The Holy Prophet used to say that it is the souls of the righteous that shall reside in the garden of Heaven, while those of the wicked shall descend into the pit of Hell.
The words, the gates of the spiritual firmament will not be opened for them, signify that rejecters of God’s signs are never vouchsafed the spiritual knowledge and the nearness of God granted to believers.
Though in the translation the word جمل has been rendered as 'camel' following a parallel expression in the New Testament (Matt. 19:24), yet the Arabic sentence may be better explained by using the word 'rope', for a rope rather than a camel bears a resemblance to the thread which is passed through the eye of a needle. The expression, until a camel (or a rope) goes through the eye of a needle, signifies that it will be impossible for rejecters of God’s Signs to enter Heaven.
c
7:37.
491
جَمَلْ (Jamal) 的意思也可以是一根绳索, 因为一根绳索很像一根穿进针眼的细线。摒拒安拉迹象的人是不可能进入天园的。读 «马太» 19:24。
1
یعنی جنت میں داخل ہونا ان کے اعمال کے سبب سے ناممکن نظر آئے گا۔ ہاں خداتعالیٰ کا رحم کرنا الگ بات ہے۔
a
7:37.
940
Important Words:
الجمل (camel) is the noun-infinitive from جمل. They say جمل الشیء i.e. he collected the thing. جمل الشھم means, he melted the fat. جمل (jamila) or جمل (jamula) with different vowel points at the central root letter, means, he was or became beautiful, goodly or pleasing in person or behaviour. جمل means, a he-camel; a full grown he-camel; a camel; palm-trees as being likened to the he-camel in respect of their tallness and bigness; a large sea fish or whale (Lane.) It also means a cable or a ship’s rope (Aqrab).
Commentary:
With this verse begins a description of the life after death, a brief reference to which was made in the three preceding verses.
Heaven is the lofty abode of true believers. The Holy Prophet used to say that it is the souls of the righteous that shall reside in the garden of Heaven, while those of the wicked shall descend into the pit of Hell.
The words, the gates of the spiritual firmament will not be opened for them, signify that rejecters of God’s signs are never vouchsafed the spiritual knowledge and the nearness of God granted to believers.
Though in the translation the word جمل has been rendered as 'camel' following a parallel expression in the New Testament (Matt. 19:24), yet the Arabic sentence may be better explained by using the word 'rope', for a rope rather than a camel bears a resemblance to the thread which is passed through the eye of a needle. The expression, until a camel (or a rope) goes through the eye of a needle, signifies that it will be impossible for rejecters of God’s Signs to enter Heaven.
b
See 7:37.
974
Jamal may also mean a rope, for a rope bears a better resemblance to the thread which is passed through the eye of a needle. It will not be possible for rejectors of God’s Signs to enter Heaven. See Matt. 19: 24.
لَهُم مِّن جَهَنَّمَ مِهَادٌ وَمِن فَوْقِهِمْ غَوَاشٍ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
39:17.
39:17.
39:17.
Important Words:
غواش (coverings) is the plural of غاشیة which is derived from غشی. They say غاشیه i.e. it covered or concealed him; or it overcame or overwhelmed him. غاشیه also means, he came to him. غاشیة (of which غواش is the plural) means, a covering; a calamity or misfortune; punishment; fire of Hell; a man’s resorters such as hangers-on, seekers of favours, servants and dependants; also visitors, guests and friends (Lane).
Commentary:
The word غواش rendered as "coverings" also means "servants", and "dependants". Taking the word in the latter sense, the sentence may mean that disbelievers will have their believing "servants" and "dependants" above them on the Day of Judgement.
a
39:17.
a
39:17.
941
Important Words:
غواش (coverings) is the plural of غاشیة which is derived from غشی. They say غاشیه i.e. it covered or concealed him; or it overcame or overwhelmed him. غاشیه also means, he came to him. غاشیة (of which غواش is the plural) means, a covering; a calamity or misfortune; punishment; fire of Hell; a man’s resorters such as hangers-on, seekers of favours, servants and dependants; also visitors, guests and friends (Lane).
Commentary:
The word غواش rendered as "coverings" also means "servants", and "dependants". Taking the word in the latter sense, the sentence may mean that disbelievers will have their believing "servants" and "dependants" above them on the Day of Judgement.
a
39:17.
وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ لَا نُكَلِّفُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ
2:234, 287; 6:153; 7:43; 23:63.
The parenthetical clause, We charge not any soul beyond its capacity, contradicts the Christian dogma that sin being ingrained in human nature, it is beyond the power of man to get rid of it.
2:234,287; 6:153; 7:43; 23:63.
Commentary:
The parenthetical clause, We task not any soul beyond its capacity, contradicts the Christian dogma that sin being ingrained in human nature, it is beyond the power of man to get rid of it, and that this natural disability of man is remedied only by belief in the atonement of Jesus. The word 'task' shows that by 'good works' are meant such good works as are in the power of man to do.
b
2:234, 287; 6:153; 7:43; 23:63.
492
“我不令人负担超过其能力的担子” 这一插入句, 是与 “罪恶是人类天性固有的, 是人类能力无法去除的这一基督教教义相反的。”
b
2:234,287; 6:153; 7:43; 23:63.
942
Commentary:
The parenthetical clause, We task not any soul beyond its capacity, contradicts the Christian dogma that sin being ingrained in human nature, it is beyond the power of man to get rid of it, and that this natural disability of man is remedied only by belief in the atonement of Jesus. The word 'task' shows that by 'good works' are meant such good works as are in the power of man to do.
b
2:234, 287; 6:153; 7:43; 23:63.
975
The parenthetical clause, We charge not any soul beyond its capacity, contradicts the Christian dogma that sin being ingrained in human nature, it is beyond the power of man to get rid of it.
وَنَزَعْنَا مَا فِى صُدُورِهِم مِّنْ غِلٍّ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهِمُ ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ ۖ وَقَالُوا۟ ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى هَدَىٰنَا لِهَٰذَا وَمَا كُنَّا لِنَهْتَدِىَ لَوْلَآ أَنْ هَدَىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ ۖ لَقَدْ جَآءَتْ رُسُلُ رَبِّنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ وَنُودُوٓا۟ أَن تِلْكُمُ ٱلْجَنَّةُ أُورِثْتُمُوهَا بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ
یعنی دنیا کی نہر تو بڑے زمیندار یا حکومت کی ہوتی ہے۔ اگلے جہان میں ہر جنتی کا اس کو پانی دینے والی نہر پر قبضہ ہوگا۔
15:48.
See 2:26.
10:11; 39:75.
In fact, heavenly life begins in this very world (55:47) and he is said to be enjoying it whose heart is free from enmity, jealousy, rancour and mental disquiet.
15:48.
See 2:26.
10:11; 39:75.
Important Words:
غل (rancour) is from the verb غل which means, it entered (into a thing) or it caused to enter. Thus it is both transitive and intransitive. غل also means, it entered and became mixed up or confused with a thing. غل فلان کذا means, such a one took that thing secretly and concealed it. غل بصرہ means, his eye-sight deviated from the right course. غل الرجل means, the man acted unfaithfully and dishonestly. غل means, rancour or latent rancour; malevolence; malice; spite; enmity; insincerity and dishonesty (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The freedom of the heart from feelings of rancour and malice is indeed one of the great blessings of Heaven promised to the believers; and as true heavenly life should begin in this very world, a Muslim should always try to purge his heart of such feelings as are nothing but a source of disquiet for one who is a prey to them.
The question implied in the words, we could not have found guidance, if Allah had not guided us, is answered in the words that follow which may be expanded thus: "If Allah had not sent His Messengers, we could not have been rightly guided; for it was not possible for us to devise a Law for ourselves and without a Law we could not perform good works. Law is, therefore, not a curse but a blessing, for it enables us to reach Heaven."
The word تلکم (this) in the clause, This is the Heaven, is used to point to a thing. Heaven is here pointed out to believers, as they have not yet entered it. But they have at the same time been declared to be "the inmates of Heaven," because they have already earned it by their good works. Moreover, true heavenly life begins in this very world, although the full manifestation thereof will be in the next. See 2:26 & 55:47.
c
15:48.
d
2:26.
e
10:11; 39:75.
493
事实上, 天园的生活就在这一个世界上开始。(55:47) 心中没有仇恨、妒忌、积怨和烦恼的人, 可以说是在享有这种乐趣的了。
2
یعنی دنیا کی نہر تو بڑے زمیندار یا حکومت کی ہوتی ہے۔ اگلے جہان میں ہر جنتی کا اس کو پانی دینے والی نہر پر قبضہ ہوگا۔
a
15:48.
b
See 2:26.
c
10:11; 39:75.
943
Important Words:
غل (rancour) is from the verb غل which means, it entered (into a thing) or it caused to enter. Thus it is both transitive and intransitive. غل also means, it entered and became mixed up or confused with a thing. غل فلان کذا means, such a one took that thing secretly and concealed it. غل بصرہ means, his eye-sight deviated from the right course. غل الرجل means, the man acted unfaithfully and dishonestly. غل means, rancour or latent rancour; malevolence; malice; spite; enmity; insincerity and dishonesty (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The freedom of the heart from feelings of rancour and malice is indeed one of the great blessings of Heaven promised to the believers; and as true heavenly life should begin in this very world, a Muslim should always try to purge his heart of such feelings as are nothing but a source of disquiet for one who is a prey to them.
The question implied in the words, we could not have found guidance, if Allah had not guided us, is answered in the words that follow which may be expanded thus: "If Allah had not sent His Messengers, we could not have been rightly guided; for it was not possible for us to devise a Law for ourselves and without a Law we could not perform good works. Law is, therefore, not a curse but a blessing, for it enables us to reach Heaven."
The word تلکم (this) in the clause, This is the Heaven, is used to point to a thing. Heaven is here pointed out to believers, as they have not yet entered it. But they have at the same time been declared to be "the inmates of Heaven," because they have already earned it by their good works. Moreover, true heavenly life begins in this very world, although the full manifestation thereof will be in the next. See 2:26 & 55:47.
c
15:48.
d
See 2:26.
e
10:11; 39:75.
976
In fact, heavenly life begins in this very world (55:47) and he is said to be enjoying it whose heart is free from enmity, jealousy, rancour and mental disquiet.
وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَصْحَٰبَ ٱلنَّارِ أَن قَدْ وَجَدْنَا مَا وَعَدَنَا رَبُّنَا حَقًّا فَهَلْ وَجَدتُّم مَّا وَعَدَ رَبُّكُمْ حَقًّا ۖ قَالُوا۟ نَعَمْ ۚ فَأَذَّنَ مُؤَذِّنٌۢ بَيْنَهُمْ أَن لَّعْنَةُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَى ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
Commentary:
A highly significant dialogue between the inmates of Heaven and of Hell begins from this verse.
The word, الظالمین (wrongdoers), may also be rendered as "idolaters" or "worshippers of false deities". See 31:14.
944
Commentary:
A highly significant dialogue between the inmates of Heaven and of Hell begins from this verse.
The word, الظالمین (wrongdoers), may also be rendered as "idolaters" or "worshippers of false deities". See 31:14.
ٱلَّذِينَ يَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًا وَهُم بِٱلْءَاخِرَةِ كَٰفِرُونَ
7:87; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
7:87; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
The expression signifies that the wrongdoers desire to corrupt true religion. They are not only themselves wicked but also try to make others like themselves and even seek to distort and tamper with religious teaching.
7:87; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
Commentary:
This verse defines and qualifies the "wrongdoers" mentioned in the preceding verse. The expression, and seek to make it crooked, means that the wrongdoers desire to corrupt true religion. They are not only themselves wicked, but also try to make others so, and even seek to corrupt the religion sent for their good. They also disbelieve in the Hereafter.
a
7:87; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
a
7:87; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
945
Commentary:
This verse defines and qualifies the "wrongdoers" mentioned in the preceding verse. The expression, and seek to make it crooked, means that the wrongdoers desire to corrupt true religion. They are not only themselves wicked, but also try to make others so, and even seek to corrupt the religion sent for their good. They also disbelieve in the Hereafter.
a
7:87; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
977
The expression signifies that the wrongdoers desire to corrupt true religion. They are not only themselves wicked but also try to make others like themselves and even seek to distort and tamper with religious teaching.
وَبَيْنَهُمَا حِجَابٌ ۚ وَعَلَى ٱلْأَعْرَافِ رِجَالٌ يَعْرِفُونَ كُلًّۢا بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ ۚ وَنَادَوْا۟ أَصْحَٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَن سَلَٰمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ ۚ لَمْ يَدْخُلُوهَا وَهُمْ يَطْمَعُونَ
اَعْرَافْ (Araf) 是 عُرْف (‘Urf) 的复数, 意思是 “高处”。他们说 عَرَفَ عَلَى الْقَوْمِ (Arafa alal-Qaum) 这句话, 就是说, 他是或者他成为这些人的事情的管理人或监督人, 因为他熟悉他们。位于高处的, 一般都是职位高、地位卓著的人。按照哈桑 (حَسَنْ, Hasan) 和穆贾海德 (مُجَاهِدْ, Mujahid) 的解释, 在高处的人们是信者中的杰出人物或有学识的人;按照基尔马尼 (كِرْمَانِی, Kirmani) 的讲法, 他们是殉教者。有些人认为他们是先知, 这看来是最正确的看法。位于高处的人不仅要具有较好的见解, 而且由于他们职位崇高, 也要信息灵通。他们要从每个人的仪表上知道他的品位和身份。如果说那些位于高处的人是些中层品位的、他们的情况还没有决定的、似乎尚在考虑中的话, 那显然是错误的看法。把这样一些人放在高处, 而把殉教者和先知处于较低的地位, 这是没有意义的。
这些字指的是, 将居住在天园中的人。他们还未进入天园, 但希望不久就可进入。位于高处的人们会认出他们是将要居住在天园中的人, 即使他们还没有进入天园。
علماء سابق نے اعراف کے معنے بغیر کسی سند کے ایسے مقام کے کیے ہیں جس میں درمیانی درجہ کے مومن ہوں گے۔ مگر قرآنی سیاق و سباق سے پتہ لگتا ہے کہ یہ غلط ہے۔ اعراف پر کامل مومن ہوں گے جیسا کہ ان کے قول سے ظاہر ہے کہ وہ دوسرے جنتیوں سے کہتے ہیں کہ جاؤ جنت میں داخل ہو جاؤ۔ جو شخص آپ خطرہ میں ہو اسے دوسروں کا خیال کیسے آسکتا ہے۔ یہ غلطی مفسرین کو اس سے لگی ہے کہ انہوں نے وَھُمْ یَطْمَعُوْنَ کو اصحاب الاعراف کے متعلق سمجھا ہے حالانکہ یہ عبارت ان دوسرے جنتیوں کے متعلق ہے جو ابھی جنت میں داخل نہ ہوئے تھے۔
A‘raf is the plural of ‘Urf which means 'an elevated place'. They say ‘Arafa ‘alal-Qaum, i.e. he was or became manager or superintendent of the affairs of the people, being acquainted with them. It is generally men of high dignity and distinguished position that are seated on elevated places. According to Hasan and Mujahid the men on the Elevated Places will be the elite among the believers or the most learned among them; according to Kirmani, they will be the Martyrs. Some others think that they will be the Prophets and this appears to be the most correct view. The men seated on the Elevated Places not only will command a better view, but, on account of their high rank and position, will also be better informed. They will know the rank and station of every person from his very appearance. It is evidently a wrong view that the men on the A‘raf (Elevated Places) will be those persons of middling ranks whose case will not have yet been decided, it being, as it wer
The words refer to would-be dwellers of Heaven who will not have yet entered it, but will be hoping to do so soon. The people on the Elevated Places will recognize them as would-be dwellers of Heaven, even though they will not have yet entered it.
Important Words:
اعراف (elevated places) is the plural of عرف ‘urf (an elevated place) which is substantive from عرف. They say عرف الشیء i.e. he knew the thing; he was or became acquainted with the thing; he knew it by means of the five senses; or he knew it by mental perception or reflection. They say عرف علی القوم i.e. he was or became manager or superintendent of the affairs of the people, being acquainted with their circumstances. عرف (‘urf) means, goodness, favour, bounty and a thing freely given; good fellowship with others; an elevated sand; an elevated place; an elevated or overtopping back of anything high (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
It is generally men of high dignity and distinguished position that are seated on elevated places. According to Hasan and Mujahid, the men on the elevated places will be the elite among the believers or the most learned among them; according to Kirmani, they will be the Martyrs. Some others think that they will be the Prophets and this appears to be the most correct view. The men seated on elevated places will not only command a better view, but on account of their high rank and position, will also be better informed. They will know the rank and station of every person from his very appearance.
The words, These will not have yet entered it, refer to those would-be dwellers of Heaven who will not have yet entered it, but will be hoping to do so soon. The people on the elevated places will recognize them as dwellers of Heaven even though they will not have yet entered it.
It is a commonly held, but nevertheless a wrong, view that the men on the A‘raf (elevated places) will be those middling persons whose case will not have yet been decided, it being, as it were, still under consideration. But if such had been the case, they could not have rebuked the inmates of the Fire in the manner in which they are represented to be doing in 7:49 below. There is also no sense in placing middling persons on elevated places while the true believers, including Martyrs, Prophets, etc., occupy the lower ones.
494
اَعْرَافْ (Araf) 是 عُرْف (‘Urf) 的复数, 意思是 “高处”。他们说 عَرَفَ عَلَى الْقَوْمِ (Arafa alal-Qaum) 这句话, 就是说, 他是或者他成为这些人的事情的管理人或监督人, 因为他熟悉他们。位于高处的, 一般都是职位高、地位卓著的人。按照哈桑 (حَسَنْ, Hasan) 和穆贾海德 (مُجَاهِدْ, Mujahid) 的解释, 在高处的人们是信者中的杰出人物或有学识的人;按照基尔马尼 (كِرْمَانِی, Kirmani) 的讲法, 他们是殉教者。有些人认为他们是先知, 这看来是最正确的看法。位于高处的人不仅要具有较好的见解, 而且由于他们职位崇高, 也要信息灵通。他们要从每个人的仪表上知道他的品位和身份。如果说那些位于高处的人是些中层品位的、他们的情况还没有决定的、似乎尚在考虑中的话, 那显然是错误的看法。把这样一些人放在高处, 而把殉教者和先知处于较低的地位, 这是没有意义的。
495
这些字指的是, 将居住在天园中的人。他们还未进入天园, 但希望不久就可进入。位于高处的人们会认出他们是将要居住在天园中的人, 即使他们还没有进入天园。
1
علماء سابق نے اعراف کے معنے بغیر کسی سند کے ایسے مقام کے کیے ہیں جس میں درمیانی درجہ کے مومن ہوں گے۔ مگر قرآنی سیاق و سباق سے پتہ لگتا ہے کہ یہ غلط ہے۔ اعراف پر کامل مومن ہوں گے جیسا کہ ان کے قول سے ظاہر ہے کہ وہ دوسرے جنتیوں سے کہتے ہیں کہ جاؤ جنت میں داخل ہو جاؤ۔ جو شخص آپ خطرہ میں ہو اسے دوسروں کا خیال کیسے آسکتا ہے۔ یہ غلطی مفسرین کو اس سے لگی ہے کہ انہوں نے وَھُمْ یَطْمَعُوْنَ کو اصحاب الاعراف کے متعلق سمجھا ہے حالانکہ یہ عبارت ان دوسرے جنتیوں کے متعلق ہے جو ابھی جنت میں داخل نہ ہوئے تھے۔
946
Important Words:
اعراف (elevated places) is the plural of عرف ‘urf (an elevated place) which is substantive from عرف. They say عرف الشیء i.e. he knew the thing; he was or became acquainted with the thing; he knew it by means of the five senses; or he knew it by mental perception or reflection. They say عرف علی القوم i.e. he was or became manager or superintendent of the affairs of the people, being acquainted with their circumstances. عرف (‘urf) means, goodness, favour, bounty and a thing freely given; good fellowship with others; an elevated sand; an elevated place; an elevated or overtopping back of anything high (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
It is generally men of high dignity and distinguished position that are seated on elevated places. According to Hasan and Mujahid, the men on the elevated places will be the elite among the believers or the most learned among them; according to Kirmani, they will be the Martyrs. Some others think that they will be the Prophets and this appears to be the most correct view. The men seated on elevated places will not only command a better view, but on account of their high rank and position, will also be better informed. They will know the rank and station of every person from his very appearance.
The words, These will not have yet entered it, refer to those would-be dwellers of Heaven who will not have yet entered it, but will be hoping to do so soon. The people on the elevated places will recognize them as dwellers of Heaven even though they will not have yet entered it.
It is a commonly held, but nevertheless a wrong, view that the men on the A‘raf (elevated places) will be those middling persons whose case will not have yet been decided, it being, as it were, still under consideration. But if such had been the case, they could not have rebuked the inmates of the Fire in the manner in which they are represented to be doing in 7:49 below. There is also no sense in placing middling persons on elevated places while the true believers, including Martyrs, Prophets, etc., occupy the lower ones.
978
A‘raf is the plural of ‘Urf which means 'an elevated place'. They say ‘Arafa ‘alal-Qaum, i.e. he was or became manager or superintendent of the affairs of the people, being acquainted with them. It is generally men of high dignity and distinguished position that are seated on elevated places. According to Hasan and Mujahid the men on the Elevated Places will be the elite among the believers or the most learned among them; according to Kirmani, they will be the Martyrs. Some others think that they will be the Prophets and this appears to be the most correct view. The men seated on the Elevated Places not only will command a better view, but, on account of their high rank and position, will also be better informed. They will know the rank and station of every person from his very appearance. It is evidently a wrong view that the men on the A‘raf (Elevated Places) will be those persons of middling ranks whose case will not have yet been decided, it being, as it wer
979
The words refer to would-be dwellers of Heaven who will not have yet entered it, but will be hoping to do so soon. The people on the Elevated Places will recognize them as would-be dwellers of Heaven, even though they will not have yet entered it.
۞ وَإِذَا صُرِفَتْ أَبْصَٰرُهُمْ تِلْقَآءَ أَصْحَٰبِ ٱلنَّارِ قَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا لَا تَجْعَلْنَا مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
23:95.
23:95.
23:95.
Commentary:
The passive voice used in the words, when their eyes are turned, shows that the eyes of the men on the elevated places will be made to turn towards the inmates of Hell by some higher power, i.e. God, with some definite purpose which was to provide occasion for making certain announcements.
The last sentence of the verse spoken by the men on the elevated places, i.e. Our Lord, put us not with the unjust people, does not show that those, who will utter these words, will yet be in a state of uncertainty and that their case will not yet have been decided. They are mere words of piety or of God-fearingness that even a Prophet would utter when he sees an object of God’s punishment.
b
23:95.
a
23:95.
947
Commentary:
The passive voice used in the words, when their eyes are turned, shows that the eyes of the men on the elevated places will be made to turn towards the inmates of Hell by some higher power, i.e. God, with some definite purpose which was to provide occasion for making certain announcements.
The last sentence of the verse spoken by the men on the elevated places, i.e. Our Lord, put us not with the unjust people, does not show that those, who will utter these words, will yet be in a state of uncertainty and that their case will not yet have been decided. They are mere words of piety or of God-fearingness that even a Prophet would utter when he sees an object of God’s punishment.
a
23:95.
وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْأَعْرَافِ رِجَالًا يَعْرِفُونَهُم بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ قَالُوا۟ مَآ أَغْنَىٰ عَنكُمْ جَمْعُكُمْ وَمَا كُنتُمْ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ
在高处的人, 也就是先知, 从已经送进火狱的人们中会认出某些人的特别征象并将对他们说, 现在他们一定已经认识到他们反对先知的悲惨下场了。
The occupants of the Elevated Places, i.e. the Prophets, will call out to certain persons from among the people to whom they had been sent and whom they will recognize by their special marks and will say to them that they must have realized now the sorry end of their opposition to them.
Commentary:
The occupants of the elevated places, i.e. the Prophets, shall call out to certain persons from among the people, to whom they had been sent and whom they will recognize by their marks, telling them to see the end of their opposition.
The particle ما (not) may also be taken in the interrogative sense, meaning "what". In that case the sentence would be rendered as, "of what avail was your multitude to you and your arrogance?" In this sense the sentence would constitute a very pointed rebuke by the Prophets to the dwellers of Hell.
496
在高处的人, 也就是先知, 从已经送进火狱的人们中会认出某些人的特别征象并将对他们说, 现在他们一定已经认识到他们反对先知的悲惨下场了。
948
Commentary:
The occupants of the elevated places, i.e. the Prophets, shall call out to certain persons from among the people, to whom they had been sent and whom they will recognize by their marks, telling them to see the end of their opposition.
The particle ما (not) may also be taken in the interrogative sense, meaning "what". In that case the sentence would be rendered as, "of what avail was your multitude to you and your arrogance?" In this sense the sentence would constitute a very pointed rebuke by the Prophets to the dwellers of Hell.
980
The occupants of the Elevated Places, i.e. the Prophets, will call out to certain persons from among the people to whom they had been sent and whom they will recognize by their special marks and will say to them that they must have realized now the sorry end of their opposition to them.
أَهَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلَّذِينَ أَقْسَمْتُمْ لَا يَنَالُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِرَحْمَةٍ ۚ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْجَنَّةَ لَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْكُمْ وَلَآ أَنتُمْ تَحْزَنُونَ
23:110.
خوف کے معنے عربی میں آئندہ کے کسی خطرہ کے ڈر کے ہوتے ہیں اور حُزن کے معنے کسی ماضی کے واقعہ کے دل پر بوجھ یا غم کا اثر ہونے کے ہوتے ہیں۔
23:111.
The reference in the word "these" is to the would-be inmates of Heaven. The Prophets will address the inmates of Hell and tell them to look at the would-be inmates of Heaven––the poor believers whom they ridiculed and looked down upon and then will ask them, "Are these the men about whom you swore that Allah would not extend mercy to them?"
23:111.
Commentary:
The reference in the word ھؤلاء (these) is to the would-be inmates of Heaven. The Prophets will address the inmates of Hell, telling them to look at the inmates of Heaven and then will ask them, "Are these the men about whom you swore that Allah would not extend mercy to them?" And then without waiting for an answer the Prophets would turn to the would-be inmates of Heaven and ask them to come forward and enter Paradise.
The words, Enter Paradise, show that the would-be inmates of Heaven had not yet entered Paradise but hope to do so soon.
a
23:110.
1
خوف کے معنے عربی میں آئندہ کے کسی خطرہ کے ڈر کے ہوتے ہیں اور حُزن کے معنے کسی ماضی کے واقعہ کے دل پر بوجھ یا غم کا اثر ہونے کے ہوتے ہیں۔
b
23:111.
949
Commentary:
The reference in the word ھؤلاء (these) is to the would-be inmates of Heaven. The Prophets will address the inmates of Hell, telling them to look at the inmates of Heaven and then will ask them, "Are these the men about whom you swore that Allah would not extend mercy to them?" And then without waiting for an answer the Prophets would turn to the would-be inmates of Heaven and ask them to come forward and enter Paradise.
The words, Enter Paradise, show that the would-be inmates of Heaven had not yet entered Paradise but hope to do so soon.
b
23:111.
981
The reference in the word "these" is to the would-be inmates of Heaven. The Prophets will address the inmates of Hell and tell them to look at the would-be inmates of Heaven––the poor believers whom they ridiculed and looked down upon and then will ask them, "Are these the men about whom you swore that Allah would not extend mercy to them?"
وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ أَصْحَٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَنْ أَفِيضُوا۟ عَلَيْنَا مِنَ ٱلْمَآءِ أَوْ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۚ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ حَرَّمَهُمَا عَلَى ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ
Important Words:
افیضوا (pour) is derived from افاض which again is derived from فاض which means, it (water, etc.) overflowed, or poured forth from fullness. افاض means, he filled (a vessel) so that it overflowed; he made it (water, etc.) to flow or run; he poured out water, etc. (Lane).
Commentary:
The use of the words افیضواعلینا (pour on us) by the inmates of Hell implies that they would in a way flatter the inmates of Heaven by saying to them that they had enjoyed God’s blessings (which were virtually overflowing) to their heart’s content, and would then beg of them to give them a little of the abundant good that God had bestowed upon them. This condition of the inmates of Hell is well illustrated by the parable of Abraham and Lazarus in Luke 16:23-24.
950
Important Words:
افیضوا (pour) is derived from افاض which again is derived from فاض which means, it (water, etc.) overflowed, or poured forth from fullness. افاض means, he filled (a vessel) so that it overflowed; he made it (water, etc.) to flow or run; he poured out water, etc. (Lane).
Commentary:
The use of the words افیضواعلینا (pour on us) by the inmates of Hell implies that they would in a way flatter the inmates of Heaven by saying to them that they had enjoyed God’s blessings (which were virtually overflowing) to their heart’s content, and would then beg of them to give them a little of the abundant good that God had bestowed upon them. This condition of the inmates of Hell is well illustrated by the parable of Abraham and Lazarus in Luke 16:23-24.
ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لَهْوًا وَلَعِبًا وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ فَٱلْيَوْمَ نَنسَىٰهُمْ كَمَا نَسُوا۟ لِقَآءَ يَوْمِهِمْ هَٰذَا وَمَا كَانُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا يَجْحَدُونَ
نَسِیَ کے معنے عربی زبان میں بھول جانے کے علاوہ تَرَکَ کے بھی ہوتے ہیں یعنی چھوڑ دیا۔ (اقرب)
یعنی اس کے لئے کوئی تیاری نہ کرتے تھے۔
5:58; 6:71.
45:35.
The disbelievers were convinced in their heart of hearts of the truth of Islam but, as they took their religion for a pastime, they refused to listen to the dictates of reason and to the voice of their conscience. So God will ignore them as they refused to believe that they will ever meet their Creator and they will have to render account of their deeds to Him.
5:58; 6:71.
45:35.
Commentary:
This verse qualifies the word "disbelievers" occurring in the preceding verse. The disbelievers spoken of at the end of that verse were convinced in their hearts of the truth of Islam but, as they took their religion as a pastime, they refused to listen to the dictates of reason and the voice of their conscience. So God forgot them even as they had forgotten the meeting of their Lord.
b
5:58; 6:71.
c
45:35.
2
نَسِیَ کے معنے عربی زبان میں بھول جانے کے علاوہ تَرَکَ کے بھی ہوتے ہیں یعنی چھوڑ دیا۔ (اقرب)
3
یعنی اس کے لئے کوئی تیاری نہ کرتے تھے۔
a
5:58; 6:71.
b
45:35.
951
Commentary:
This verse qualifies the word "disbelievers" occurring in the preceding verse. The disbelievers spoken of at the end of that verse were convinced in their hearts of the truth of Islam but, as they took their religion as a pastime, they refused to listen to the dictates of reason and the voice of their conscience. So God forgot them even as they had forgotten the meeting of their Lord.
a
5:58; 6:71.
b
45:35.
982
The disbelievers were convinced in their heart of hearts of the truth of Islam but, as they took their religion for a pastime, they refused to listen to the dictates of reason and to the voice of their conscience. So God will ignore them as they refused to believe that they will ever meet their Creator and they will have to render account of their deeds to Him.
وَلَقَدْ جِئْنَٰهُم بِكِتَٰبٍ فَصَّلْنَٰهُ عَلَىٰ عِلْمٍ هُدًى وَرَحْمَةً لِّقَوْمٍ يُؤْمِنُونَ
6:115; 10:58; 12:112; 16:90; 29:52.
6:115; 10:58; 12:112; 16:90; 29:52.
6:115; 10:58; 12:112; 16:90; 29:52.
Commentary:
The Book referred to in this verse is the Quran. It embodies three distinct things:
(1) "Knowledge" essential for recognizing and knowing God;
(2) "Guidance" properly to discharge the duties due to God and to observe the rights of man; and
(3) "God’s mercy" descending on the Faithful.
d
6:115; 10:58; 12:112; 16:90; 29:52.
a
6:115; 10:58; 12:112; 16:90; 29:52.
952
Commentary:
The Book referred to in this verse is the Quran. It embodies three distinct things:
(1) "Knowledge" essential for recognizing and knowing God;
(2) "Guidance" properly to discharge the duties due to God and to observe the rights of man; and
(3) "God’s mercy" descending on the Faithful.
c
6:115; 10:58; 12:112; 16:90; 29:52.
هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّا تَأْوِيلَهُۥ ۚ يَوْمَ يَأْتِى تَأْوِيلُهُۥ يَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ نَسُوهُ مِن قَبْلُ قَدْ جَآءَتْ رُسُلُ رَبِّنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ فَهَل لَّنَا مِن شُفَعَآءَ فَيَشْفَعُوا۟ لَنَآ أَوْ نُرَدُّ فَنَعْمَلَ غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى كُنَّا نَعْمَلُ ۚ قَدْ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ
26:103; 35:38; 39:59.
2:211; 6:159.
For the sake of convenience the word Ta’wil has been rendered here as fulfilment of warning. See also {372}.
2:211; 6:159.
26:103; 35:38; 39:59.
Important Words:
تاویل (fulfilment) means, revealing, disclosing, or expounding; interpretation; and issue, result or final sequel. The words ھل ینظرون الا تاویله mean, do they wait for aught save the result to which their case will come by the appearance of the promises and threats which it (the Book) has foretold (Lane). See also 3:8. For the sake of convenience the word has been rendered here as "fulfilment of warnings".
Commentary:
The verse constitutes at once a rebuke and a warning to the disbelievers. What are they waiting for, asks the verse, after they have been given such a Perfect Book as the Quran and such a Perfect Exemplar as the Holy Prophet, except that God’s promised punishment should overtake them?
a
26:103; 35:38; 39:59.
e
2:211; 6:159.
b
2:211; 6:159.
c
26:103; 35:38; 39:59.
953
Important Words:
تاویل (fulfilment) means, revealing, disclosing, or expounding; interpretation; and issue, result or final sequel. The words ھل ینظرون الا تاویله mean, do they wait for aught save the result to which their case will come by the appearance of the promises and threats which it (the Book) has foretold (Lane). See also 3:8. For the sake of convenience the word has been rendered here as "fulfilment of warnings".
Commentary:
The verse constitutes at once a rebuke and a warning to the disbelievers. What are they waiting for, asks the verse, after they have been given such a Perfect Book as the Quran and such a Perfect Exemplar as the Holy Prophet, except that God’s promised punishment should overtake them?
a
26:103; 35:38; 39:59.
d
2:211; 6:159.
983
For the sake of convenience the word Ta’wil has been rendered here as fulfilment of warning. See also {372}.
إِنَّ رَبَّكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ فِى سِتَّةِ أَيَّامٍ ثُمَّ ٱسْتَوَىٰ عَلَى ٱلْعَرْشِ يُغْشِى ٱلَّيْلَ ٱلنَّهَارَ يَطْلُبُهُۥ حَثِيثًا وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ وَٱلنُّجُومَ مُسَخَّرَٰتٍۭ بِأَمْرِهِۦٓ ۗ أَلَا لَهُ ٱلْخَلْقُ وَٱلْأَمْرُ ۗ تَبَارَكَ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
13:4; 36:38.
10:4; 11:8; 25:60; 32:5; 41:10-13; 50:39; 57:5.
اَيَّامْ (Ayyam) 是 يَوْم (Yaum) 的复数, 只是意指时间 (1:4); 或者它可意指一段不定的时间, 或者一件事物发展的一个阶段。它不可能推测或肯定这一时期的长短。它可能是 “一千年”, (22:48) 或者 “五万年”。(70:5) 可是Yaum这个单词在这里或者在 «古兰经» 其它任何经文中肯定不是指地球自转所决定的时期。安拉没有给我们透露过所有他的日期和范围。如果安拉的有些日期长达千年以上, 另外一些长达五万年以上, 那么, 还有些可以长达百万年或亿万年以上。科学揭露了这样一事实: 天地经历了亿万年的时期才演变成它们现在这个形状。杰出的穆斯林学者穆海•艾尔•丁•伊本•阿拉比 (مُحْيیُ الدِّيْن اِبْنِ عَرَِبی, Muhyud-Din Ibn-e-Arabi) 的远见, 使人们得到相似的结论。这样, 我们不能绝对肯定完成天地创造这 “六天” 的长度是多久。安拉在不同时期内进行不同的改变工作, 有的花一千年, 另外的花五万年, 还有的甚至花更长的时期。我们能够说的只是, 天地的创造经历了六个很长的周期才趋完全。
( عَرْشArsh) (宝座、帝位) 代表安拉超绝无比的常德 (صِفَات تَنْزِيْهِيَّة, Sifate-Tanzihiyyah), 即任何其它存在物中不能见到的许多常德。在 «忠诚» 章中提及的四个常德, 是他超越无比的常德。这些常德是永恒不变的, 是通过安拉 (类似) 相像的常德 (صِفَات تَشْبِيْهِيَّة, Sifate-Tashbihiyyah)--------即在其它存在物中也或多或少可以见到的那些常德--------显示出来的。后面的这些常德被称为帝位的支持者。它们是众世界的养主, 无限博爱的主, 永久仁慈的主和审判日子的主。帝位代表安拉越绝无比的常德从23:117经文中也可清楚地看出, 它说明 “安拉的独一性” 与他的帝位是密切有关的, 因为正是这种超越无比的常德确实证明安拉独一性, 而安拉的其它的常德人类与他在不同程度上是共有的。 “稳固地奠立了帝位” 这几个字的意思是, 在创造了物质的宇宙之后, 安拉超越无比的常德和相像 (类似) 的常德开始活动, 世界上一切事情都开始按自然界规定的法则运行, 而且它们运行的秩序变得非常完美。(The Larger Edition of the Commentary pp.973-976)。
خَلْق (Khalq, 创造) 与 اَمْر (Amr, 命令) 的区别是, 前一个单词一般的意思是从先前存在的物质中衡量或推断 (演变) 出一件事物; 而后一个单词意味着在没有物质的情况下要产生一件事情, 只发出一个命令用的单词 “有”。 “创造只是他的工作, 制定规定也只是他的工作” 这句话的意思也可以是, 安拉不仅创造了宇宙, 而且行使权威并 (指挥) 控制宇宙。Amr也可意指 “制定法律”。
یعنی نظامِ شمسی اس طرح چلتا ہے کہ یوں معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ جیسے سورج چاند کو پکڑ رہا ہے اور چاند سورج کو پکڑ رہا ہے یعنی تیز رفتاری سے دونوں چکر لگا رہے ہیں جس کے نتیجہ میں رات اور دن پیدا ہوتے ہیں۔
سَخَّرَ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں کَلَّفَہٗ عَمَـلًا بِلَا اُجْرَۃٍ بغیر تنخواہ یا وظیفہ کے کام کرے۔ (اقرب)
13:4; 36:38.
10:4; 11:8; 25:60; 32:5; 41:10-13; 50:39; 57:5.
Ayyam is the plural of Yaum which denotes time absolutely (1:4); or it may signify an indefinite period, or a stage in the development of a thing. It is not possible to surmise and define the length of this period. It may be "a thousand years" (22:48), or "fifty thousand years" (70:5). But the word Yaum definitely does not refer here or in any other verse of the Qur’an as the period of time determined by the rotation of the earth on its axis. God has not disclosed to us the extent of all His days. If some of God’s days extend over a thousand years and others over fifty thousand years, there may be still others which extend over millions or billions of years. Science has disclosed the fact that it took the heavens and the earth millions of years to be evolved into their present shape. A vision of the eminent Muslim scholar, Muhyud-Din Ibn-e- ‘Arabi, leads one to a similar conclusion. Thus we cannot definitely determine the length of the "six days" during which the creation of the
See {54}.
‘Arsh (Throne) represents God’s transcendent attributes (Sifate- Tanzihiyyah), i.e. such attributes as are not found in any other being. The four attributes of God mentioned in Surah Ikhlas are His transcendent attributes. These attributes are eternal and unchangeable and are manifested through God’s attributes of similitude (Sifate-Tashbihiyyah), i.e. such attributes as are found more or less in other beings also. These latter attributes are said to be the bearers of the ‘Arsh. They are Rabbul-‘Alamin, Ar-Rahman, Ar-Rahim and Maliki Yaumid-Din. That ‘Arsh represents the transcendent attributes of God is also clear from 23:117 which shows that the "Unity of God" and His ‘Arsh are intimately connected, for it is the transcendent attributes which constitute the real proof of Divine Unity, other attributes of God being shared by man in different degrees. The words, "Settled Himself on the Throne" signify that aft
The distinction between Khalq (creation) and Amr (command) is that while the former word generally means, the measuring out or evolving of a thing out of pre-existing matter, the latter means, bringing into being without matter by uttering the simple command word "be." The clause, His is the creation and the command, may also mean that God has not only created the universe but He also exercises authority and command over it. Amr also means, the making of laws.
10:4; 11:8; 25:60; 32:5; 41:10-13; 50:39; 57:5.
13:4; 36:38.
Important Words:
عرش (Throne) is substantive from the verb عرش which means, he constructed or built a shed or a building, etc. عرش البیتmeans, he built or constructed the house. عرش بالمکان means, he put up, or lodged, in the house. The saying من العرش الی الفرشmeans, from the highest sphere to the lowness of the earth. عرش means, a shed or building constructed for shade; a house in an absolute sense; a dwelling or a place of abode; the wood upon which one stands when drawing water; the roof of a house or the like; the throne or the seat of a king; the means of support of a thing or an affair; might or power; regal power; sovereignty; dominion. The expression استوی علی العرش means, He (God) reigned as King; He settled Himself on the Throne; He was or became established on the Throne of Power and Majesty (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:30 & 6:142.
Commentary:
The word یوم (day) also means "time" absolutely (1:4); and it is in this sense that the word has been used in the present verse. It is difficult to say how long these six periods of time were in which, according to this verse, the heavens and the earth were created. They may have extended over hundreds of thousands of years. The word ایام (days) evidently is not used here in the sense of ordinary days of 24 hours, because such days are determined by the rising and setting of the sun and the sun itself, being a part of this universe, came into existence simultaneously with it.
The word ثم (then) shows that after completing the creation of the heavens and the earth in six "days" or six "periods", God settled Himself on the Throne on the seventh day. As the Arabic word سبع (seven) is generally used as a symbol of perfection, the expression would signify that on the seventh day when God became established on the Throne of His Power and Majesty, the universe became in perfect working order.
The "night and day" mentioned in the clause, He makes the night cover the day, have been mentioned here as symbolizing sin and virtue. In fact, the phenomenon of sin in a perfectly ordered universe is explainable only by the phenomenon of night. Just as that part of the earth which is hidden from the sun is covered by darkness; similarly, when a man turns away from God, he becomes involved in the darkness of sin; but when he turns his face towards God, the day dawns for him and he basks in the light of truth and righteousness.
The words, He makes the night cover the day which pursues it swiftly, are explained in 2:165 by the expression "the alternation of night and day." The clause may also imply that it is God’s سنة or practice that after a period of darkness He brings a period of light so that mankind may not suffer.
By using the word مسخرات (all made subservient) with respect to the sun, the moon and the stars, the verse reminds us that it was not in the power of man to make all these planets serve him and that it is God alone Who has placed them at his service. Therefore, if, in spite of these great favours, he would not listen to God’s voice, he would be marked as a transgressor and consequently merit His punishment.
The distinction between خلق (the creation) and امر (the command) is that while the former generally means, the measuring out or evolving of a thing out of pre-existing matter, the latter means, bringing into being without matter by uttering the simple command "Be". The clause, His is the creation and the command, may also mean that God has not only created the universe but also exercises authority and command over it.
For the words, He settled Himself on the Throne, see under 10:4 where the expressions "Divine Throne", and "God’s settling on it" have been fully dealt with.
a
13:4; 36:38.
b
10:4; 11:8; 25:60; 32:5; 41:10-13; 50:39; 57:5.
497
اَيَّامْ (Ayyam) 是 يَوْم (Yaum) 的复数, 只是意指时间 (1:4); 或者它可意指一段不定的时间, 或者一件事物发展的一个阶段。它不可能推测或肯定这一时期的长短。它可能是 “一千年”, (22:48) 或者 “五万年”。(70:5) 可是Yaum这个单词在这里或者在 «古兰经» 其它任何经文中肯定不是指地球自转所决定的时期。安拉没有给我们透露过所有他的日期和范围。如果安拉的有些日期长达千年以上, 另外一些长达五万年以上, 那么, 还有些可以长达百万年或亿万年以上。科学揭露了这样一事实: 天地经历了亿万年的时期才演变成它们现在这个形状。杰出的穆斯林学者穆海•艾尔•丁•伊本•阿拉比 (مُحْيیُ الدِّيْن اِبْنِ عَرَِبی, Muhyud-Din Ibn-e-Arabi) 的远见, 使人们得到相似的结论。这样, 我们不能绝对肯定完成天地创造这 “六天” 的长度是多久。安拉在不同时期内进行不同的改变工作, 有的花一千年, 另外的花五万年, 还有的甚至花更长的时期。我们能够说的只是, 天地的创造经历了六个很长的周期才趋完全。
498
( عَرْشArsh) (宝座、帝位) 代表安拉超绝无比的常德 (صِفَات تَنْزِيْهِيَّة, Sifate-Tanzihiyyah), 即任何其它存在物中不能见到的许多常德。在 «忠诚» 章中提及的四个常德, 是他超越无比的常德。这些常德是永恒不变的, 是通过安拉 (类似) 相像的常德 (صِفَات تَشْبِيْهِيَّة, Sifate-Tashbihiyyah)--------即在其它存在物中也或多或少可以见到的那些常德--------显示出来的。后面的这些常德被称为帝位的支持者。它们是众世界的养主, 无限博爱的主, 永久仁慈的主和审判日子的主。帝位代表安拉越绝无比的常德从23:117经文中也可清楚地看出, 它说明 “安拉的独一性” 与他的帝位是密切有关的, 因为正是这种超越无比的常德确实证明安拉独一性, 而安拉的其它的常德人类与他在不同程度上是共有的。 “稳固地奠立了帝位” 这几个字的意思是, 在创造了物质的宇宙之后, 安拉超越无比的常德和相像 (类似) 的常德开始活动, 世界上一切事情都开始按自然界规定的法则运行, 而且它们运行的秩序变得非常完美。(The Larger Edition of the Commentary pp.973-976)。
499
خَلْق (Khalq, 创造) 与 اَمْر (Amr, 命令) 的区别是, 前一个单词一般的意思是从先前存在的物质中衡量或推断 (演变) 出一件事物; 而后一个单词意味着在没有物质的情况下要产生一件事情, 只发出一个命令用的单词 “有”。 “创造只是他的工作, 制定规定也只是他的工作” 这句话的意思也可以是, 安拉不仅创造了宇宙, 而且行使权威并 (指挥) 控制宇宙。Amr也可意指 “制定法律”。
1
یعنی نظامِ شمسی اس طرح چلتا ہے کہ یوں معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ جیسے سورج چاند کو پکڑ رہا ہے اور چاند سورج کو پکڑ رہا ہے یعنی تیز رفتاری سے دونوں چکر لگا رہے ہیں جس کے نتیجہ میں رات اور دن پیدا ہوتے ہیں۔
2
سَخَّرَ کے معنے ہوتے ہیں کَلَّفَہٗ عَمَـلًا بِلَا اُجْرَۃٍ بغیر تنخواہ یا وظیفہ کے کام کرے۔ (اقرب)
a
10:4; 11:8; 25:60; 32:5; 41:10-13; 50:39; 57:5.
b
13:4; 36:38.
954
Important Words:
عرش (Throne) is substantive from the verb عرش which means, he constructed or built a shed or a building, etc. عرش البیتmeans, he built or constructed the house. عرش بالمکان means, he put up, or lodged, in the house. The saying من العرش الی الفرشmeans, from the highest sphere to the lowness of the earth. عرش means, a shed or building constructed for shade; a house in an absolute sense; a dwelling or a place of abode; the wood upon which one stands when drawing water; the roof of a house or the like; the throne or the seat of a king; the means of support of a thing or an affair; might or power; regal power; sovereignty; dominion. The expression استوی علی العرش means, He (God) reigned as King; He settled Himself on the Throne; He was or became established on the Throne of Power and Majesty (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:30 & 6:142.
Commentary:
The word یوم (day) also means "time" absolutely (1:4); and it is in this sense that the word has been used in the present verse. It is difficult to say how long these six periods of time were in which, according to this verse, the heavens and the earth were created. They may have extended over hundreds of thousands of years. The word ایام (days) evidently is not used here in the sense of ordinary days of 24 hours, because such days are determined by the rising and setting of the sun and the sun itself, being a part of this universe, came into existence simultaneously with it.
The word ثم (then) shows that after completing the creation of the heavens and the earth in six "days" or six "periods", God settled Himself on the Throne on the seventh day. As the Arabic word سبع (seven) is generally used as a symbol of perfection, the expression would signify that on the seventh day when God became established on the Throne of His Power and Majesty, the universe became in perfect working order.
The "night and day" mentioned in the clause, He makes the night cover the day, have been mentioned here as symbolizing sin and virtue. In fact, the phenomenon of sin in a perfectly ordered universe is explainable only by the phenomenon of night. Just as that part of the earth which is hidden from the sun is covered by darkness; similarly, when a man turns away from God, he becomes involved in the darkness of sin; but when he turns his face towards God, the day dawns for him and he basks in the light of truth and righteousness.
The words, He makes the night cover the day which pursues it swiftly, are explained in 2:165 by the expression "the alternation of night and day." The clause may also imply that it is God’s سنة or practice that after a period of darkness He brings a period of light so that mankind may not suffer.
By using the word مسخرات (all made subservient) with respect to the sun, the moon and the stars, the verse reminds us that it was not in the power of man to make all these planets serve him and that it is God alone Who has placed them at his service. Therefore, if, in spite of these great favours, he would not listen to God’s voice, he would be marked as a transgressor and consequently merit His punishment.
The distinction between خلق (the creation) and امر (the command) is that while the former generally means, the measuring out or evolving of a thing out of pre-existing matter, the latter means, bringing into being without matter by uttering the simple command "Be". The clause, His is the creation and the command, may also mean that God has not only created the universe but also exercises authority and command over it.
For the words, He settled Himself on the Throne, see under 10:4 where the expressions "Divine Throne", and "God’s settling on it" have been fully dealt with.
a
13:4; 36:38.
b
10:4; 11:8; 25:60; 32:5; 41:10-13; 50:39; 57:5.
984
Ayyam is the plural of Yaum which denotes time absolutely (1:4); or it may signify an indefinite period, or a stage in the development of a thing. It is not possible to surmise and define the length of this period. It may be "a thousand years" (22:48), or "fifty thousand years" (70:5). But the word Yaum definitely does not refer here or in any other verse of the Qur’an as the period of time determined by the rotation of the earth on its axis. God has not disclosed to us the extent of all His days. If some of God’s days extend over a thousand years and others over fifty thousand years, there may be still others which extend over millions or billions of years. Science has disclosed the fact that it took the heavens and the earth millions of years to be evolved into their present shape. A vision of the eminent Muslim scholar, Muhyud-Din Ibn-e- ‘Arabi, leads one to a similar conclusion. Thus we cannot definitely determine the length of the "six days" during which the creation of the
985
See {54}.
986
‘Arsh (Throne) represents God’s transcendent attributes (Sifate- Tanzihiyyah), i.e. such attributes as are not found in any other being. The four attributes of God mentioned in Surah Ikhlas are His transcendent attributes. These attributes are eternal and unchangeable and are manifested through God’s attributes of similitude (Sifate-Tashbihiyyah), i.e. such attributes as are found more or less in other beings also. These latter attributes are said to be the bearers of the ‘Arsh. They are Rabbul-‘Alamin, Ar-Rahman, Ar-Rahim and Maliki Yaumid-Din. That ‘Arsh represents the transcendent attributes of God is also clear from 23:117 which shows that the "Unity of God" and His ‘Arsh are intimately connected, for it is the transcendent attributes which constitute the real proof of Divine Unity, other attributes of God being shared by man in different degrees. The words, "Settled Himself on the Throne" signify that aft
987
The distinction between Khalq (creation) and Amr (command) is that while the former word generally means, the measuring out or evolving of a thing out of pre-existing matter, the latter means, bringing into being without matter by uttering the simple command word "be." The clause, His is the creation and the command, may also mean that God has not only created the universe but He also exercises authority and command over it. Amr also means, the making of laws.
ٱدْعُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ تَضَرُّعًا وَخُفْيَةً ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ
6:64; 7:206.
ظاہر دعا کے لئے گڑگڑانے کا لفظ استعمال کیا کیونکہ ظاہر دعا میں ہی انسان بناوٹ کرتا ہے لیکن خفیہ دعا میں بناوٹ نہیں کرتا۔ اس لئے خفیہ دعا کے لئے گڑگڑانے کی شرط نہیں لگائی کیونکہ جو خفیہ دعا کرے گا وہ عاجزانہ ہی کرے گا۔ اسے کسی بناوٹ کی ضرورت نہیں۔
6:64; 7:206.
b
6:64; 7:206.
1
ظاہر دعا کے لئے گڑگڑانے کا لفظ استعمال کیا کیونکہ ظاہر دعا میں ہی انسان بناوٹ کرتا ہے لیکن خفیہ دعا میں بناوٹ نہیں کرتا۔ اس لئے خفیہ دعا کے لئے گڑگڑانے کی شرط نہیں لگائی کیونکہ جو خفیہ دعا کرے گا وہ عاجزانہ ہی کرے گا۔ اسے کسی بناوٹ کی ضرورت نہیں۔
a
6:64; 7:206.
955
Commentary:
For an explanation of the words, in humility and in secret, see 6:64.
b
6:64; 7:206.
وَلَا تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بَعْدَ إِصْلَٰحِهَا وَٱدْعُوهُ خَوْفًا وَطَمَعًا ۚ إِنَّ رَحْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ قَرِيبٌ مِّنَ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ
مُحْسِن کے معنے ہیں جو تمام شرائط کے ساتھ کام کو پورا کرے۔ پس محسن کے لفظ سے اس طرف اشارہ ہے کہ وہ شخص جو اللہ تعالیٰ کو اپنے گناہوں کی سزا کے خوف کے ماتحت اور اس کے رحم کی امید کے ساتھ تمام شرائط کے ساتھ پکارتا ہے اس پر اللہ تعالیٰ کی رحمت ضرور نازل ہوتی ہے اور اتنی جلدی نازل ہوتی ہے کہ دیکھنے والا حیران رہ جاتا ہے۔
21:91; 32:17.
The expression means that before the revelation of the Qur’an the disbelievers had some excuse for leading unrighteous lives; but now that a perfect guidance has come to them, they will not be allowed to go on making mischief and grovelling in sin and iniquity and leading unrighteous lives with impunity. The word Islah (order) refers to the good and ordered life that came into being with the revelation of the Qur’an and the advent of the Holy Prophet.
Muhsin signifies "one who strives to be perfect in good deeds." A famous saying of the Holy Prophet describes the Muhsin as one who does a good deed as if he is actually seeing God or that at least God is seeing him (Bukhari & Muslim).
21:91; 32:17.
Commentary:
The expression, after it has been set in order, means that before the revelation of the Quran the disbelievers had some excuse for leading an unrighteous life; but now that a perfect guidance has come to them, they will not be allowed to go on making mischief and grovelling in sin and iniquity and leading unrighteous lives with impunity. The word اصلاح (order) refers to the good and ordered life that has come into being on account of the revelation of the Quran and the advent of the Holy Prophet.
The words, call upon Him in fear and hope, strike the golden mean. Some religions lay undue stress on fear, while others dangle before everlasting life through belief in a vicarious atonement. The Quran follows the middle course and teaches its followers to be both fearing and hopeful. A true Muslim is the most cautious and heedful of men. He walks in humility and constant fear of God, lest one false word, one irresponsible act should deprive him of God’s mercy. But at the same time he is full of hope. He has faith in the all-embracing mercy of God. Thus, it is a true Muslim alone who can keep the right balance between fear and hope, which are the two important component parts of perfect faith necessary for perfect actions.
The words, the mercy of Allah is nigh unto those who do good, point out the way which leads to the acceptance of prayers. It is through the mercy of God that prayers are accepted, and the mercy of God comes only to the محسنین (those who do good). A believer, therefore, should try to become a muhsin in the true sense of the word, so that his prayers may be accepted. But it should be remembered that a محسن is not an ordinary doer of good. The word signifies "one who strives to be perfect in his deeds". A saying of the Holy Prophet describes a محسن as one who does a good deed as if he were actually seeing God or that at least God was seeing him.
c
21:91; 32:17.
500
مُحْسِنْ (Muhsin) 意指 “在善行方面努力成为完美的人”。穆圣有一句著名的话描绘 Muhsin 说, 当他做一件好事时, 他觉得自己似乎正在看着安拉, 或者至少觉着安拉正在看着他。(بُخَارِی و مُسْلِمْ, Bukhari & Muslim)
1
مُحْسِن کے معنے ہیں جو تمام شرائط کے ساتھ کام کو پورا کرے۔ پس محسن کے لفظ سے اس طرف اشارہ ہے کہ وہ شخص جو اللہ تعالیٰ کو اپنے گناہوں کی سزا کے خوف کے ماتحت اور اس کے رحم کی امید کے ساتھ تمام شرائط کے ساتھ پکارتا ہے اس پر اللہ تعالیٰ کی رحمت ضرور نازل ہوتی ہے اور اتنی جلدی نازل ہوتی ہے کہ دیکھنے والا حیران رہ جاتا ہے۔
b
21:91; 32:17.
956
Commentary:
The expression, after it has been set in order, means that before the revelation of the Quran the disbelievers had some excuse for leading an unrighteous life; but now that a perfect guidance has come to them, they will not be allowed to go on making mischief and grovelling in sin and iniquity and leading unrighteous lives with impunity. The word اصلاح (order) refers to the good and ordered life that has come into being on account of the revelation of the Quran and the advent of the Holy Prophet.
The words, call upon Him in fear and hope, strike the golden mean. Some religions lay undue stress on fear, while others dangle before everlasting life through belief in a vicarious atonement. The Quran follows the middle course and teaches its followers to be both fearing and hopeful. A true Muslim is the most cautious and heedful of men. He walks in humility and constant fear of God, lest one false word, one irresponsible act should deprive him of God’s mercy. But at the same time he is full of hope. He has faith in the all-embracing mercy of God. Thus, it is a true Muslim alone who can keep the right balance between fear and hope, which are the two important component parts of perfect faith necessary for perfect actions.
The words, the mercy of Allah is nigh unto those who do good, point out the way which leads to the acceptance of prayers. It is through the mercy of God that prayers are accepted, and the mercy of God comes only to the محسنین (those who do good). A believer, therefore, should try to become a muhsin in the true sense of the word, so that his prayers may be accepted. But it should be remembered that a محسن is not an ordinary doer of good. The word signifies "one who strives to be perfect in his deeds". A saying of the Holy Prophet describes a محسن as one who does a good deed as if he were actually seeing God or that at least God was seeing him.
c
21:91; 32:17.
988
The expression means that before the revelation of the Qur’an the disbelievers had some excuse for leading unrighteous lives; but now that a perfect guidance has come to them, they will not be allowed to go on making mischief and grovelling in sin and iniquity and leading unrighteous lives with impunity. The word Islah (order) refers to the good and ordered life that came into being with the revelation of the Qur’an and the advent of the Holy Prophet.
989
Muhsin signifies "one who strives to be perfect in good deeds." A famous saying of the Holy Prophet describes the Muhsin as one who does a good deed as if he is actually seeing God or that at least God is seeing him (Bukhari & Muslim).
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يُرْسِلُ ٱلرِّيَٰحَ بُشْرًۢا بَيْنَ يَدَىْ رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَآ أَقَلَّتْ سَحَابًا ثِقَالًا سُقْنَٰهُ لِبَلَدٍ مَّيِّتٍ فَأَنزَلْنَا بِهِ ٱلْمَآءَ فَأَخْرَجْنَا بِهِۦ مِن كُلِّ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ
15:23; 24:44; 25:49; 27:64; 30:47; 35:10.
یعنی وہ ملک جو بارشیں نہ ہونے کی وجہ سے مردہ تھا اور خشکی اور قحط کا شکار ہو چکا تھا۔
اس کا مطلب یہ ہے کہ مُردہ قوموں کو ترقی دیتے ہیں۔ اس میں آخرت کا ذکر نہیں۔ اگر آخرت کا ذکر ہوتا تو ’’تاکہ تم نصیحت حاصل کرو‘‘ کے الفاظ نہ ہوتے کیونکہ آخرت جو نظروں سے اوجھل ہے اس میں جو زندگی ملے گی اس سے انسان اس دنیا میں نصیحت حاصل نہیں کر سکتا۔
15:23; 24:44; 25:49; 27:64; 30:47; 35:10.
The word Rahmah here refers to rain. Just as in the physical world rain is preceded by cool breeze, which serves as its harbinger, similarly before a Prophet of God makes his appearance, there is a sort of general religious awakening among men. The verse signifies that just as rainwater gives new life to a dead land and causes fruits, vegetables and corn to grow from it, similarly, the heavenly water of revelation breathes a new life into a people devoid of spiritual life. The verse thus holds out a promise that the bleak, arid and barren land of Arabia would soon blossom into a garden full of trees laden with fruits, and of plants bearing fragrant flowers, in consequence of the heavenly water that has descended on it in the form of the Qur’an. No wonder that the Arabs, who had hitherto been regarded as the dregs and scum of humanity, suddenly emerged as teachers and leaders thereof.
15:23; 24:44; 25:49; 27:64; 30:47; 35:10.
Important Words:
اقلت (bear) is derived from قل. They say قل الشیء i.e. the thing was or became few, small or scanty. اقل الشیء means, he lifted, raised, bore or carried the thing (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The word رحمة (mercy) in this verse refers to rain. Just as in the physical world rain is preceded by cool breezes which serve as its harbingers, similarly before a Prophet of God is to make his appearance, there is a sort of general religious awakening among men. This religious awakening was witnessed among the Arabs before the appearance of the Holy Prophet. There appeared among them certain individuals called Hanifs who rejected idolatry and believed in and preached the Oneness of God. In the present time also, the advent of Ahmad, the Promised Messiah, was preceded by a general religious awakening among the nations of the world.
The words, a dead land, literally mean, physically dead, but metaphorically the words also signify a spiritually dead land. Just as rainwater puts new life into a dead land and causes fruits, vegetables and corn to grow from it, similarly, the heavenly water of revelation breathes a new life into a people devoid of spiritual life. The verse thus holds out the promise that the bleak, arid and barren land of Arabia would soon blossom forth into a garden full of trees laden with fruit, and plants bearing fragrant flowers in consequence of the heavenly water that had descended on it. No wonder, indeed, that the Arabs, who had hitherto been regarded as the dregs and scum of humanity, suddenly emerged as teachers and leaders thereof.
d
15:23; 24:44; 25:49; 27:64; 30:47; 35:10.
2
یعنی وہ ملک جو بارشیں نہ ہونے کی وجہ سے مردہ تھا اور خشکی اور قحط کا شکار ہو چکا تھا۔
3
اس کا مطلب یہ ہے کہ مُردہ قوموں کو ترقی دیتے ہیں۔ اس میں آخرت کا ذکر نہیں۔ اگر آخرت کا ذکر ہوتا تو ’’تاکہ تم نصیحت حاصل کرو‘‘ کے الفاظ نہ ہوتے کیونکہ آخرت جو نظروں سے اوجھل ہے اس میں جو زندگی ملے گی اس سے انسان اس دنیا میں نصیحت حاصل نہیں کر سکتا۔
a
15:23; 24:44; 25:49; 27:64; 30:47; 35:10.
957
Important Words:
اقلت (bear) is derived from قل. They say قل الشیء i.e. the thing was or became few, small or scanty. اقل الشیء means, he lifted, raised, bore or carried the thing (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The word رحمة (mercy) in this verse refers to rain. Just as in the physical world rain is preceded by cool breezes which serve as its harbingers, similarly before a Prophet of God is to make his appearance, there is a sort of general religious awakening among men. This religious awakening was witnessed among the Arabs before the appearance of the Holy Prophet. There appeared among them certain individuals called Hanifs who rejected idolatry and believed in and preached the Oneness of God. In the present time also, the advent of Ahmad, the Promised Messiah, was preceded by a general religious awakening among the nations of the world.
The words, a dead land, literally mean, physically dead, but metaphorically the words also signify a spiritually dead land. Just as rainwater puts new life into a dead land and causes fruits, vegetables and corn to grow from it, similarly, the heavenly water of revelation breathes a new life into a people devoid of spiritual life. The verse thus holds out the promise that the bleak, arid and barren land of Arabia would soon blossom forth into a garden full of trees laden with fruit, and plants bearing fragrant flowers in consequence of the heavenly water that had descended on it. No wonder, indeed, that the Arabs, who had hitherto been regarded as the dregs and scum of humanity, suddenly emerged as teachers and leaders thereof.
a
15:23; 24:44; 25:49; 27:64; 30:47; 35:10.
990
The word Rahmah here refers to rain. Just as in the physical world rain is preceded by cool breeze, which serves as its harbinger, similarly before a Prophet of God makes his appearance, there is a sort of general religious awakening among men. The verse signifies that just as rainwater gives new life to a dead land and causes fruits, vegetables and corn to grow from it, similarly, the heavenly water of revelation breathes a new life into a people devoid of spiritual life. The verse thus holds out a promise that the bleak, arid and barren land of Arabia would soon blossom into a garden full of trees laden with fruits, and of plants bearing fragrant flowers, in consequence of the heavenly water that has descended on it in the form of the Qur’an. No wonder that the Arabs, who had hitherto been regarded as the dregs and scum of humanity, suddenly emerged as teachers and leaders thereof.
وَٱلْبَلَدُ ٱلطَّيِّبُ يَخْرُجُ نَبَاتُهُۥ بِإِذْنِ رَبِّهِۦ ۖ وَٱلَّذِى خَبُثَ لَا يَخْرُجُ إِلَّا نَكِدًا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْءَايَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍ يَشْكُرُونَ
یہاں طَیّب کا لفظ ہے۔ کھانے کے لئے آئے تو اس کے معنے خوشگوار کے ہوتے ہیں لیکن زمین کے لئے آئے تو اس کے معنے عمدہ پیداوار دینے والی زمین کے ہوں گے۔
’’اپنے رب کے حکم‘‘ کے الفاظ سے یہ مرادنہیں کہ اس کے لئے خاص حکم نازل ہوتا ہے۔ بلکہ مطلب یہ ہے کہ جس قسم کی طاقت اس کے اندر رکھی ہوتی ہے اس کے مطابق روئیدگی نکالتا ہے۔
خَبُثَ کے معنے ہیں ضِدُّ طَابَ یعنی جو اچھا نہ ہو۔ (اقرب)
Just as rain produces different effects upon different plots of land according to their nature and quality; so does Divine revelation affect different men in different ways. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said that there are three kinds of land: (a) The good, level land which, when watered by rain, absorbs the rainwater and yields good vegetation and brings forth abundant fruit. (b) The land which, being low-lying and rocky, only collects rainwater but does not absorb it and so brings forth no vegetation but provides drinking water for men and beasts. (c) The high stony ground which neither collects the water of rain nor absorbs it and is quite useless both for the purpose of vegetation and as a storage of rainwater. Similarly, men are of three kinds: (1) Those who not only themselves profit by Divine revelation but prove a source of spiritual guidance for others. (2) Those who do not themselves profit by the Divine revelation, but receive it and keep it stored up for others to benefit thereby. (3) T
Commentary:
Rain produces different effects upon different plots of land according to their nature and quality; so does Divine revelation affect different men in different ways. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said that there are three kinds of land: (a) the good level land which, when watered by rain, absorbs the rain water and yields good vegetation and brings forth abundant fruit; (b) the land which, being low-lying and rocky, only collects the water of rain but does not absorb it and so brings forth no vegetation but provides drinking water for man and beast; (c) the high stony ground which neither collects the water of rain nor absorbs it, being useless both for the purpose of vegetation and as a storage for rainwater. Similarly, men are of three kinds: (1) Those who not only accept but also profit by Divine revelation. They are like the good level land which receives rain and yields good produce. (2) Those who do not themselves profit by the Divine revelation, but receive it and keep it stored up for others to benefit thereby. They are like that piece of land which yields no produce, but from which men and beasts benefit by the water collected during the rain. (3) Those who neither derive any benefit from the Divine revelation themselves nor keep it stored for the use of others. They are like that piece of land which neither yields any produce nor hoards up water so that men and beasts may drink from it.
4
یہاں طَیّب کا لفظ ہے۔ کھانے کے لئے آئے تو اس کے معنے خوشگوار کے ہوتے ہیں لیکن زمین کے لئے آئے تو اس کے معنے عمدہ پیداوار دینے والی زمین کے ہوں گے۔
5
’’اپنے رب کے حکم‘‘ کے الفاظ سے یہ مرادنہیں کہ اس کے لئے خاص حکم نازل ہوتا ہے۔ بلکہ مطلب یہ ہے کہ جس قسم کی طاقت اس کے اندر رکھی ہوتی ہے اس کے مطابق روئیدگی نکالتا ہے۔
6
خَبُثَ کے معنے ہیں ضِدُّ طَابَ یعنی جو اچھا نہ ہو۔ (اقرب)
958
Commentary:
Rain produces different effects upon different plots of land according to their nature and quality; so does Divine revelation affect different men in different ways. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said that there are three kinds of land: (a) the good level land which, when watered by rain, absorbs the rain water and yields good vegetation and brings forth abundant fruit; (b) the land which, being low-lying and rocky, only collects the water of rain but does not absorb it and so brings forth no vegetation but provides drinking water for man and beast; (c) the high stony ground which neither collects the water of rain nor absorbs it, being useless both for the purpose of vegetation and as a storage for rainwater. Similarly, men are of three kinds: (1) Those who not only accept but also profit by Divine revelation. They are like the good level land which receives rain and yields good produce. (2) Those who do not themselves profit by the Divine revelation, but receive it and keep it stored up for others to benefit thereby. They are like that piece of land which yields no produce, but from which men and beasts benefit by the water collected during the rain. (3) Those who neither derive any benefit from the Divine revelation themselves nor keep it stored for the use of others. They are like that piece of land which neither yields any produce nor hoards up water so that men and beasts may drink from it.
991
Just as rain produces different effects upon different plots of land according to their nature and quality; so does Divine revelation affect different men in different ways. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said that there are three kinds of land: (a) The good, level land which, when watered by rain, absorbs the rainwater and yields good vegetation and brings forth abundant fruit. (b) The land which, being low-lying and rocky, only collects rainwater but does not absorb it and so brings forth no vegetation but provides drinking water for men and beasts. (c) The high stony ground which neither collects the water of rain nor absorbs it and is quite useless both for the purpose of vegetation and as a storage of rainwater. Similarly, men are of three kinds: (1) Those who not only themselves profit by Divine revelation but prove a source of spiritual guidance for others. (2) Those who do not themselves profit by the Divine revelation, but receive it and keep it stored up for others to benefit thereby. (3) T
لَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا نُوحًا إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ فَقَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍ
11:26-27; 23:24.
11:26-27; 23:24.
After having briefly described the great moral reformation that the appearance of a Divine Prophet brings about among his people and the evil consequences to which opposition to him leads, the Surah with this verse proceeds to give illustrations of some of the nations of antiquity, beginning with the people of Noah.
11:26-27; 23:24.
Important Words:
نوح (Noah) a very ancient Prophet who, as the Bible tells us, lived nine generations after Adam and eleven generations before Abraham. (Gen, 5:3-32; Luke 3:34-38). His native land was Mesopotamia. He is believed to be the progenitor of the greater part of mankind. The word نوح (Noah) may, in Arabic, be considered to have been derived from ناح which means, he bewailed or mourned. They say ناحت علی زوجھا i.e. the woman bewailed or mourned over her dead husband. ناحت الحمامة نوحا means, the pigeon cooed in a plaintive manner. The Prophet Noah is particularly known for the Flood that overtook his people as the result of his bewailings and lamentations before God for the persecution he had to suffer at the hands of his wicked people, most of whom perished in the Flood. His three sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, are generally believed to be the ancestors of the three principal races of mankind. See also 11:26.
Commentary:
After having briefly described the great moral and spiritual reformation that the appearance of a Prophet brings about among a people, and the evil consequences to which opposition to him leads, the present verse proceeds to give illustrations of some of the nations of antiquity, beginning with the people of Noah, to show that those, who oppose God’s Prophets, meet with nothing but destruction. Most of the different races now living on this earth are believed to be descended from Noah. His descendants seem to have spread in all directions, as may be seen from the story of the Deluge which is known to the people of Europe, Asia, Africa and even America.
The words, We sent Noah to his people, show that the Deluge overtook only the people to whom Noah was sent. It was not a universal phenomenon, but the descendants of Noah may have carried the tale to distant lands.
The words یوم عظیم literally meaning "a great day", have been used to signify a day of heavy punishment which was too dreadful to be forgotten.
a
11:26-27; 23:24.
a
11:26-27; 23:24.
959
Important Words:
نوح (Noah) a very ancient Prophet who, as the Bible tells us, lived nine generations after Adam and eleven generations before Abraham. (Gen, 5:3-32; Luke 3:34-38). His native land was Mesopotamia. He is believed to be the progenitor of the greater part of mankind. The word نوح (Noah) may, in Arabic, be considered to have been derived from ناح which means, he bewailed or mourned. They say ناحت علی زوجھا i.e. the woman bewailed or mourned over her dead husband. ناحت الحمامة نوحا means, the pigeon cooed in a plaintive manner. The Prophet Noah is particularly known for the Flood that overtook his people as the result of his bewailings and lamentations before God for the persecution he had to suffer at the hands of his wicked people, most of whom perished in the Flood. His three sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, are generally believed to be the ancestors of the three principal races of mankind. See also 11:26.
Commentary:
After having briefly described the great moral and spiritual reformation that the appearance of a Prophet brings about among a people, and the evil consequences to which opposition to him leads, the present verse proceeds to give illustrations of some of the nations of antiquity, beginning with the people of Noah, to show that those, who oppose God’s Prophets, meet with nothing but destruction. Most of the different races now living on this earth are believed to be descended from Noah. His descendants seem to have spread in all directions, as may be seen from the story of the Deluge which is known to the people of Europe, Asia, Africa and even America.
The words, We sent Noah to his people, show that the Deluge overtook only the people to whom Noah was sent. It was not a universal phenomenon, but the descendants of Noah may have carried the tale to distant lands.
The words یوم عظیم literally meaning "a great day", have been used to signify a day of heavy punishment which was too dreadful to be forgotten.
a
11:26-27; 23:24.
992
After having briefly described the great moral reformation that the appearance of a Divine Prophet brings about among his people and the evil consequences to which opposition to him leads, the Surah with this verse proceeds to give illustrations of some of the nations of antiquity, beginning with the people of Noah.
قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّا لَنَرَىٰكَ فِى ضَلَٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ
11:28; 23:25-26.
11:28; 23:25-26.
11:28; 23:25-26.
Commentary:
It is worth noting that Noah’s people do not here accuse him of imposture. They attribute to him merely an error of judgement and not fabrication or deliberate falsehood. This shows that they looked upon him as an upright man. Indeed, all Prophets, before they receive their mission from God, are looked upon as upright and virtuous men. It is only after they announce their heavenly mission that they are dubbed liars.
b
11:28; 23:25-26.
a
11:28; 23:25-26.
960
Commentary:
It is worth noting that Noah’s people do not here accuse him of imposture. They attribute to him merely an error of judgement and not fabrication or deliberate falsehood. This shows that they looked upon him as an upright man. Indeed, all Prophets, before they receive their mission from God, are looked upon as upright and virtuous men. It is only after they announce their heavenly mission that they are dubbed liars.
b
11:28; 23:25-26.
قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ لَيْسَ بِى ضَلَٰلَةٌ وَلَٰكِنِّى رَسُولٌ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
7:68.
Noah refutes the charge of his being in error. He, in effect, says that a person who is proceeding to a place may indeed be said to be unacquainted with the way leading to it or to have lost the same owing to his having never trodden it before, but how can a person who is returning from a certain place be said not to know the way to that place and how possibly can he lose it? Noah said that he could not be in error, for he had come from God and, therefore, there was no possibility of his wandering away from the path that leads to Him.
7:68.
Commentary:
The words, but I am a Messenger from the Lord of the worlds, rebut the charge of error on Noah’s part in a most beautiful and convincing manner. The rejecters of Noah claimed that he was in error or that he had lost his way. The argument given by Noah in refutation of this charge is to the effect that a person who is proceeding to a place may indeed be said to be unacquainted with the way or to have lost it owing to his having never trodden it before, but how can a person who is returning from a certain place be said not to know the way to that place and how can he possibly lose the way in leading others to it? So Noah could not be in error, for he was actually coming from God, and, therefore, there was no possibility of his wandering away from the path that leads to Him.
c
7:68.
501
努哈驳斥了说他错误的指控。他实际上是说, 一个人到一个地方去, 的确可以说他不熟悉到那个地方去的路, 或者由于他过去从来没有走过这条路而迷失了方向; 但是二个人从某处回来时, 如何能说他不认识到那处去的路? 如何能说他可能迷了路? 努哈说他不可能错误, 因为他从安拉那里来, 因此没有可能使他偏离通往安拉的道路。
a
7:68.
961
Commentary:
The words, but I am a Messenger from the Lord of the worlds, rebut the charge of error on Noah’s part in a most beautiful and convincing manner. The rejecters of Noah claimed that he was in error or that he had lost his way. The argument given by Noah in refutation of this charge is to the effect that a person who is proceeding to a place may indeed be said to be unacquainted with the way or to have lost it owing to his having never trodden it before, but how can a person who is returning from a certain place be said not to know the way to that place and how can he possibly lose the way in leading others to it? So Noah could not be in error, for he was actually coming from God, and, therefore, there was no possibility of his wandering away from the path that leads to Him.
a
7:68.
993
Noah refutes the charge of his being in error. He, in effect, says that a person who is proceeding to a place may indeed be said to be unacquainted with the way leading to it or to have lost the same owing to his having never trodden it before, but how can a person who is returning from a certain place be said not to know the way to that place and how possibly can he lose it? Noah said that he could not be in error, for he had come from God and, therefore, there was no possibility of his wandering away from the path that leads to Him.
أُبَلِّغُكُمْ رِسَٰلَٰتِ رَبِّى وَأَنصَحُ لَكُمْ وَأَعْلَمُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ
7:69, 80; 46:24.
7:69, 80; 46:24.
7:69, 80; 46:24.
d
7:69, 80; 46:24.
b
7:69, 80; 46:24.
b
7:69, 80; 46:24.
أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ أَن جَآءَكُمْ ذِكْرٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَلَىٰ رَجُلٍ مِّنكُمْ لِيُنذِرَكُمْ وَلِتَتَّقُوا۟ وَلَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ
7:70; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
7:70; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
7:70; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
Commentary:
The reason why people so readily reject the Prophets of God is that they cannot persuade themselves to believe that Divine revelation can come to a human being or that such an exalted spiritual rank as that of the bearer of a Divine Message can be conferred upon an ordinary person from among themselves. The verse under comment sets at rest this feeling of surprise and wonder in the disbelievers in a very appealing manner. It asks them, why do they wonder if an admonition has come to them from their Lord (Rabb), Who is not only their Creator but Who also nourishes them and looks after their physical and spiritual needs, and Who, by sending down a new revelation, has only satisfied a spiritual want which was long felt. Nor is there any cause for wonder that Divine revelation should come to a man from among them. Do they think that they have become so degraded that none of them could become the recipient of Divine revelation?
e
7:70; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
c
7:70; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
962
Commentary:
The reason why people so readily reject the Prophets of God is that they cannot persuade themselves to believe that Divine revelation can come to a human being or that such an exalted spiritual rank as that of the bearer of a Divine Message can be conferred upon an ordinary person from among themselves. The verse under comment sets at rest this feeling of surprise and wonder in the disbelievers in a very appealing manner. It asks them, why do they wonder if an admonition has come to them from their Lord (Rabb), Who is not only their Creator but Who also nourishes them and looks after their physical and spiritual needs, and Who, by sending down a new revelation, has only satisfied a spiritual want which was long felt. Nor is there any cause for wonder that Divine revelation should come to a man from among them. Do they think that they have become so degraded that none of them could become the recipient of Divine revelation?
c
7:70; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُ وَٱلَّذِينَ مَعَهُۥ فِى ٱلْفُلْكِ وَأَغْرَقْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا عَمِينَ
7:73; 26:120-121.
فِیْ کے معنے ذریعہ کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ (مُغْنی اللَّبِیب)
7:73; 26:120-121.
Important Words:
عمین (blind) or عمون is the plural of اعمی meaning a blind man. The word is derived from عمی meaning, he was or became blind in both eyes; or, figuratively, he was blind in respect of the mind; he erred and did not find the right way. اعمی means, blind in both eyes; blind in respect of the mind; erring (Lane).
Commentary:
In spite of all his arguments and appeals, the people rejected the Prophet Noah and began to treat him as a liar, for they were a "blind people" and could not see and understand the evidence and proofs of his truth. The Flood engulfed them all.
a
7:73; 26:120-121.
1
فِیْ کے معنے ذریعہ کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ (مُغْنی اللَّبِیب)
a
7:73; 26:120-121.
963
Important Words:
عمین (blind) or عمون is the plural of اعمی meaning a blind man. The word is derived from عمی meaning, he was or became blind in both eyes; or, figuratively, he was blind in respect of the mind; he erred and did not find the right way. اعمی means, blind in both eyes; blind in respect of the mind; erring (Lane).
Commentary:
In spite of all his arguments and appeals, the people rejected the Prophet Noah and began to treat him as a liar, for they were a "blind people" and could not see and understand the evidence and proofs of his truth. The Flood engulfed them all.
d
7:73; 26:120-121.
994
‘Amin is the plural of A‘ma which means, blind in both eyes; blind in respect of the mind; erring (Lane).
۞ وَإِلَىٰ عَادٍ أَخَاهُمْ هُودًا ۗ قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۚ أَفَلَا تَتَّقُونَ
11:51; 46:22.
‘Ad was the name of a tribe who lived in the remote past in Arabia. At one time they ruled over most of the fertile parts of greater Arabia, particularly Yemen, Syria and Mesopotamia. They were the first people to exercise dominion over practically the whole of Arabia. They are known as ‘Adul-Ula or the first ‘Ad. See also {1323}.
Hud was seventh in descent from Noah.
11:51; 46:22.
Important Words:
عاد (‘Ad) was the name of a tribe who lived in the distant past in a part of Arabia. In Arabic the verb عاد means, he returned. For further description see 11:51.
ھود (Hud) was the name of the Prophet who was sent to ‘Ad. He lived after Noah, being seventh in descent from him. In Arabic the word ھود takes its derivation from ھاد i.e. he returned from evil to good; he repented and returned to truth; he became a Jew. The name ھود is also applied to the Jewish people collectively in which case it is the plural of ھائد. See also 2:112.
Commentary:
After making mention of Noah, whose story is found in the lore of almost all nations, the Quran proceeds to deal with the Prophets that appeared in the Arabian peninsula particularly. These Prophets only find mention in the Quran. No reference to them is to be found in the Bible or in the general books of history, although they were well known to the Arabs through their national traditions.
The tribe of ‘Ad, at one time, ruled over most of the fertile parts of greater Arabia, particularly Yemen, Syria and Mesopotamia. They were the first people to exercise dominion over practically the whole of Arabia. They are known as ‘Adanil ’Ula or the former ‘Ad.
The verse under comment shows that throughout the ages, all the Prophets of God have brought identical teachings so far as the fundamental principles of religion are concerned.
b
11:51; 46:22.
502
阿德是一个部落的名字。这个部落生活在阿拉伯很古老的时代。有一个时期他统治着阿拉伯大部分肥沃的土地, 尤其是也门、叙利亚和美索不达米亚。他们实际上是对整个阿拉伯行使统治权的第一民族。他们称为阿德第一(عَادُ الْاُوْلَی, ‘Adul-’Ula)。
503
呼德是努哈的第七代子孙。
b
11:51; 46:22.
964
Important Words:
عاد (‘Ad) was the name of a tribe who lived in the distant past in a part of Arabia. In Arabic the verb عاد means, he returned. For further description see 11:51.
ھود (Hud) was the name of the Prophet who was sent to ‘Ad. He lived after Noah, being seventh in descent from him. In Arabic the word ھود takes its derivation from ھاد i.e. he returned from evil to good; he repented and returned to truth; he became a Jew. The name ھود is also applied to the Jewish people collectively in which case it is the plural of ھائد. See also 2:112.
Commentary:
After making mention of Noah, whose story is found in the lore of almost all nations, the Quran proceeds to deal with the Prophets that appeared in the Arabian peninsula particularly. These Prophets only find mention in the Quran. No reference to them is to be found in the Bible or in the general books of history, although they were well known to the Arabs through their national traditions.
The tribe of ‘Ad, at one time, ruled over most of the fertile parts of greater Arabia, particularly Yemen, Syria and Mesopotamia. They were the first people to exercise dominion over practically the whole of Arabia. They are known as ‘Adanil ’Ula or the former ‘Ad.
The verse under comment shows that throughout the ages, all the Prophets of God have brought identical teachings so far as the fundamental principles of religion are concerned.
a
11:51; 46:22.
995
‘Ad was the name of a tribe who lived in the remote past in Arabia. At one time they ruled over most of the fertile parts of greater Arabia, particularly Yemen, Syria and Mesopotamia. They were the first people to exercise dominion over practically the whole of Arabia. They are known as ‘Adul-Ula or the first ‘Ad. See also {1323}.
996
Hud was seventh in descent from Noah.
قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّا لَنَرَىٰكَ فِى سَفَاهَةٍ وَإِنَّا لَنَظُنُّكَ مِنَ ٱلْكَٰذِبِينَ
41:16.
41:16.
41:16.
Commentary:
By ascribing folly to Hud, his people meant that he laboured under a misunderstanding as regards his mission. The word سفاھة (foolishness) is used to express almost the same idea as is expressed by the word ضلالة (error) used in 7:61 above. It appears from this verse that the enemies of Hud brought two charges against him viz. of being in error and of lying.
c
41:16.
a
41:16.
965
Commentary:
By ascribing folly to Hud, his people meant that he laboured under a misunderstanding as regards his mission. The word سفاھة (foolishness) is used to express almost the same idea as is expressed by the word ضلالة (error) used in 7:61 above. It appears from this verse that the enemies of Hud brought two charges against him viz. of being in error and of lying.
b
41:16.
قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ لَيْسَ بِى سَفَاهَةٌ وَلَٰكِنِّى رَسُولٌ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
7:62.
7:62.
7:62.
Commentary:
The Prophet Hud here refutes the charge of being in error by the same argument by which Noah refuted a similar charge (see 7:62 above). God, being the fountainhead of all wisdom, he who comes from Him, cannot be looked upon as foolish. The other charge is refuted in the next verse.
d
7:62.
b
7:62.
966
Commentary:
The Prophet Hud here refutes the charge of being in error by the same argument by which Noah refuted a similar charge (see 7:62 above). God, being the fountainhead of all wisdom, he who comes from Him, cannot be looked upon as foolish. The other charge is refuted in the next verse.
c
7:62.
أُبَلِّغُكُمْ رِسَٰلَٰتِ رَبِّى وَأَنَا۠ لَكُمْ نَاصِحٌ أَمِينٌ
7:63, 80; 46:24.
7:63, 80; 46:24.
7:63, 80; 46:24.
Commentary:
This verse contains the answer to the charge of lying brought against Hud in 7:67 above. A person resorts to lying either because (1) he seeks thereby to gain some advantage, or (2) to do another person some harm or (3) because lying is a habit with him. Now Hud refutes the charge by saying, I am to you a sincere and faithful counsellor, i.e. being sincere I have no selfish motive, nor do I wish evil to anyone; on the contrary, I am solicitous of doing you good; and being faithful, i.e. possessing faith, I am not in the habit of lying.
e
7:63, 80; 46:24.
c
7:63, 80; 46:24.
967
Commentary:
This verse contains the answer to the charge of lying brought against Hud in 7:67 above. A person resorts to lying either because (1) he seeks thereby to gain some advantage, or (2) to do another person some harm or (3) because lying is a habit with him. Now Hud refutes the charge by saying, I am to you a sincere and faithful counsellor, i.e. being sincere I have no selfish motive, nor do I wish evil to anyone; on the contrary, I am solicitous of doing you good; and being faithful, i.e. possessing faith, I am not in the habit of lying.
d
7:63, 80; 46:24.
أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ أَن جَآءَكُمْ ذِكْرٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَلَىٰ رَجُلٍ مِّنكُمْ لِيُنذِرَكُمْ ۚ وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَعَلَكُمْ خُلَفَآءَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ قَوْمِ نُوحٍ وَزَادَكُمْ فِى ٱلْخَلْقِ بَصْۜطَةً ۖ فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ ءَالَآءَ ٱللَّهِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ
اس آیت کا دوسرا ترجمہ یہ بھی ہے کہ ’’تمہاری نسلوں کو زیادہ کیا‘‘۔ ترجمہ چونکہ ایک ہی ہو سکتا تھا‘ ایک کو ہم نے ترجمہ کے اندر لکھ دیا ہے اور دوسرے ترجمہ کو یہاں نوٹوں میں لکھ رہے ہیں تاکہ دونوں ترجمے پڑھنے والے کے ذہن میں آجائیں۔
7:64; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
6:166; 7:75, 130; 10:15.
The Adites were a very prosperous and powerful people.
The words also mean that He increased your posterity.
7:64; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
6:166; 7:75, 130; 10:15.
Important Words:
خلفاء (inheritors of God’s favours) is the plural of خلیفة which is verbal adjective from خلف meaning, he came after, followed, succeeded another, or remained after another. خلفه also means, he was or became his successor, vicegerent or substitute. خلف الرجل means, he lived after the man and took his place. خلیفة means, a successor; vicegerent; lieutenant; substitute; deputy; one who has been appointed to take the place of him who has been before him; the supreme ruler or sovereign who supplies the place of him who has been before him; the Successor of a Prophet (Lane and Aqrab). In the text the word خلفاء has been rendered as "inheritors of His favours", signifying that just as Noah and his people inherited God’s favours in their time, Hud and his people, who came after them, were also inheritors of God’s favours. See also 2:31.
بصطة (abundantly) is the same as بسطة which is the noun-infinitive from بسط. They say بسطه i.e. he spread it or spread it out; he expanded it; he extended it; he made it wide or ample. بسطة or بصطة means, width or ampleness; length or height; increase or excess; excellence or perfection in body; knowledge or mental powers (Lane and Aqrab).
Commentary:
See note on 7:64 above.
The ‘Adites were a ruling nation. They were a mighty and powerful people. Their rule extended over vast territories. They were the first Arab nation to wield temporal power in Arabia.
f
7:64; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
g
6:166; 7:75, 130; 10:15.
504
阿德人过去是非常繁荣强盛的民族。
1
اس آیت کا دوسرا ترجمہ یہ بھی ہے کہ ’’تمہاری نسلوں کو زیادہ کیا‘‘۔ ترجمہ چونکہ ایک ہی ہو سکتا تھا‘ ایک کو ہم نے ترجمہ کے اندر لکھ دیا ہے اور دوسرے ترجمہ کو یہاں نوٹوں میں لکھ رہے ہیں تاکہ دونوں ترجمے پڑھنے والے کے ذہن میں آجائیں۔
a
7:64; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
b
6:166; 7:75, 130; 10:15.
968
Important Words:
خلفاء (inheritors of God’s favours) is the plural of خلیفة which is verbal adjective from خلف meaning, he came after, followed, succeeded another, or remained after another. خلفه also means, he was or became his successor, vicegerent or substitute. خلف الرجل means, he lived after the man and took his place. خلیفة means, a successor; vicegerent; lieutenant; substitute; deputy; one who has been appointed to take the place of him who has been before him; the supreme ruler or sovereign who supplies the place of him who has been before him; the Successor of a Prophet (Lane and Aqrab). In the text the word خلفاء has been rendered as "inheritors of His favours", signifying that just as Noah and his people inherited God’s favours in their time, Hud and his people, who came after them, were also inheritors of God’s favours. See also 2:31.
بصطة (abundantly) is the same as بسطة which is the noun-infinitive from بسط. They say بسطه i.e. he spread it or spread it out; he expanded it; he extended it; he made it wide or ample. بسطة or بصطة means, width or ampleness; length or height; increase or excess; excellence or perfection in body; knowledge or mental powers (Lane and Aqrab).
Commentary:
See note on 7:64 above.
The ‘Adites were a ruling nation. They were a mighty and powerful people. Their rule extended over vast territories. They were the first Arab nation to wield temporal power in Arabia.
e
7:64; 10:3; 38:5; 50:3.
f
6:166; 7:75, 130; 10:15.
997
The Adites were a very prosperous and powerful people.
997A
The words also mean that He increased your posterity.
قَالُوٓا۟ أَجِئْتَنَا لِنَعْبُدَ ٱللَّهَ وَحْدَهُۥ وَنَذَرَ مَا كَانَ يَعْبُدُ ءَابَآؤُنَا ۖ فَأْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ
10:79; 11:63, 88.
10:79; 11:63, 88.
10:79; 11:63,88.
Commentary:
Being unable to meet the arguments of Hud, disbelievers took a new line and declared that they would rather die than give up the faith of their fathers. That it was the threatened punishment of God that they challenged Hud to bring upon them is clear from the reply which he gave them and which is contained in the words: Indeed there have already fallen on you punishment and wrath from your Lord, occurring in the following verse.
a
10:79; 11:63, 88.
a
10:79; 11:63,88.
969
Commentary:
Being unable to meet the arguments of Hud, disbelievers took a new line and declared that they would rather die than give up the faith of their fathers. That it was the threatened punishment of God that they challenged Hud to bring upon them is clear from the reply which he gave them and which is contained in the words: Indeed there have already fallen on you punishment and wrath from your Lord, occurring in the following verse.
a
10:79; 11:63, 88.
قَالَ قَدْ وَقَعَ عَلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ رِجْسٌ وَغَضَبٌ ۖ أَتُجَٰدِلُونَنِى فِىٓ أَسْمَآءٍ سَمَّيْتُمُوهَآ أَنتُمْ وَءَابَآؤُكُم مَّا نَزَّلَ ٱللَّهُ بِهَا مِن سُلْطَٰنٍ ۚ فَٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟ إِنِّى مَعَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْمُنتَظِرِينَ
3:152; 7:34; 22:72; 53:24.
10:21, 103; 11:123.
3:152; 7:34; 22:72; 53:24.
10:21,103; 11:123.
Commentary:
This verse shows that one may follow one’s forefathers only if one has the support of reason and not otherwise. Blind and unthinking following is condemned.
b
3:152; 7:34; 22:72; 53:24.
c
10:21, 103; 11:123.
b
3:152; 7:34; 22:72; 53:24.
c
10:21,103; 11:123.
970
Commentary:
This verse shows that one may follow one’s forefathers only if one has the support of reason and not otherwise. Blind and unthinking following is condemned.
b
3:152; 7:34; 22:72; 53:24.
c
10:21, 103; 11:123.
فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُ وَٱلَّذِينَ مَعَهُۥ بِرَحْمَةٍ مِّنَّا وَقَطَعْنَا دَابِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا ۖ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُؤْمِنِينَ
7:65; 26:120, 121.
7:65; 26:120, 121.
7:165; 26:120,121.
Commentary:
The word دابر (last remnant) also means "root" (see 6:46), in which case it may be taken to signify leaders of a community, i.e. those who lead and organize opposition to a Prophet and devise plans to compass his ruin. The tribe of ‘Ad was destroyed by a furious wind, (see 69:7).
d
7:65; 26:120, 121.
d
7:165; 26:120,121.
971
Commentary:
The word دابر (last remnant) also means "root" (see 6:46), in which case it may be taken to signify leaders of a community, i.e. those who lead and organize opposition to a Prophet and devise plans to compass his ruin. The tribe of ‘Ad was destroyed by a furious wind, (see 69:7).
d
7:65; 26:120, 121.
وَإِلَىٰ ثَمُودَ أَخَاهُمْ صَٰلِحًا ۗ قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ قَدْ جَآءَتْكُم بَيِّنَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ هَٰذِهِۦ نَاقَةُ ٱللَّهِ لَكُمْ ءَايَةً ۖ فَذَرُوهَا تَأْكُلْ فِىٓ أَرْضِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَلَا تَمَسُّوهَا بِسُوٓءٍ فَيَأْخُذَكُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ
7:78; 11:65; 17:60; 26:156; 54:28; 91:14.
11:62; 27:46.
洒姆德部族生活在阿拉伯的西部, 从亚丁向北延展到叙利亚。他们生活在伊司马仪时代以前没有多少时候。他们的领土和阿德部族的领土接界, 但他们大部分住在山里。
先知撒利在呼德之后, 大概和伊布拉欣是同时代人。
在那些地区, 骆驼是主要的运输工具。先知撒利过去就是骑着他的母驼经常旅行到各处去传道的。在他的母驼自由走动的道路上放置障碍或伤害它, 等于是妨碍安拉托付撒利所进行的工作。这只母驼没有什么出奇之处, 是一只普普通通的骆驼。但它附有神圣的意义是, 安拉宣布它是一种迹象和先知撒利这个人的神圣不可侵犯的标志。因此, 伤害它等于伤害撒利本人以及损害他的工作。
7:78; 11:65; 17:60; 26:156; 54:28; 91:14.
11:62; 27:46.
The camel formed the chief means of conveyance in those parts and it was on his she-camel that the Prophet Salih used to travel from place to place to preach his Message. Placing obstruction in the way of the free movements of the she-camel or doing it harm was tantamount to obstructing the work with which God had entrusted Salih. There was nothing unusual about the she-camel itself. It was an ordinary animal. The sanctity that attached to it was that God had declared it to be a Sign and a symbol of the sanctity and inviolability of the person of the Prophet Salih, and so doing an injury to it was tantamount to doing an injury to Salih himself and to hampering his work.
The words do not mean that she was to be allowed to graze in any field she entered. The meaning is that no obstruction was to be put in her way and that she was to be permitted to proceed to any place to which Salih might choose to go. The declaration by Salih about the free movements of his she- camel was in harmony with a time-honoured Arab custom.
The Thamud tribe lived in the western parts of Arabia, having spread from Aden northward to Syria. They lived shortly before the time of Ishmael. Their territory was adjacent to that of ‘Ad, but they lived mostly in the hills.
The Prophet Salih lived after Hud and was probably a contemporary of Abraham.
11:62; 27:46.
7:78; 11:65; 17:60; 26:156; 54:28; 91:14.
Important Words:
ثمود (Thamud) was the name of a tribe that lived after ‘Ad. The name may have been derived from the Arabic root ثمد. They say ثمدہ i.e. he dug out a hole in the earth so that water might collect in it (Aqrab). The tribe Thamud lived in the western part of Arabia, having spread from Aden northward to Syria. They lived shortly before the time of Ishmael. Their territory was adjacent to that of ‘Ad, but they lived mostly in the hills. For a fuller note on the subject see 11:62.
صالح (Salih) is an Arabic word being derived from صلح i.e. he was or became good or righteous. صالح means, a righteous person. See 2:12, 161. The Prophet Salih lived after Hud and was probably a contemporary of Abraham.
Commentary:
The camel formed the chief means of conveyance in Arabia, and it was on his she-camel that the Prophet Salih used to travel from place to place to preach his message. So he told his people that placing obstruction in the way of the free movements of the she-camel or doing harm to it would be tantamount to obstructing the work with which God had entrusted him, and that if they did not stand out of her way, God’s punishment would surely descend upon them. Thus it was that the she-camel was meant as a sign for the tribe of Thamud. There was nothing unusual about the camel itself. It was an ordinary animal. The sanctity that attached to it was that God had declared it to be a sign and a symbol of the sanctity and inviolability of the person of the Prophet Salih and doing an injury to it was declared to be tantamount to doing an injury to Salih himself and to hampering his work.
The words, leave her that she may feed in Allah’s earth, do not mean that she was to be allowed to graze in any field she pleased. What is meant is only that no obstruction was to be put in her way, and that she was to be permitted to proceed to any place to which Salih might choose to go. The declaration by Salih about the free movement of his she-camel was also in harmony with a time-honoured Arab custom.
a
7:78; 11:65; 17:60; 26:156; 54:28; 91:14.
e
11:62; 27:46.
505
洒姆德部族生活在阿拉伯的西部, 从亚丁向北延展到叙利亚。他们生活在伊司马仪时代以前没有多少时候。他们的领土和阿德部族的领土接界, 但他们大部分住在山里。
506
先知撒利在呼德之后, 大概和伊布拉欣是同时代人。
507
在那些地区, 骆驼是主要的运输工具。先知撒利过去就是骑着他的母驼经常旅行到各处去传道的。在他的母驼自由走动的道路上放置障碍或伤害它, 等于是妨碍安拉托付撒利所进行的工作。这只母驼没有什么出奇之处, 是一只普普通通的骆驼。但它附有神圣的意义是, 安拉宣布它是一种迹象和先知撒利这个人的神圣不可侵犯的标志。因此, 伤害它等于伤害撒利本人以及损害他的工作。
a
11:62; 27:46.
b
7:78; 11:65; 17:60; 26:156; 54:28; 91:14.
972
Important Words:
ثمود (Thamud) was the name of a tribe that lived after ‘Ad. The name may have been derived from the Arabic root ثمد. They say ثمدہ i.e. he dug out a hole in the earth so that water might collect in it (Aqrab). The tribe Thamud lived in the western part of Arabia, having spread from Aden northward to Syria. They lived shortly before the time of Ishmael. Their territory was adjacent to that of ‘Ad, but they lived mostly in the hills. For a fuller note on the subject see 11:62.
صالح (Salih) is an Arabic word being derived from صلح i.e. he was or became good or righteous. صالح means, a righteous person. See 2:12, 161. The Prophet Salih lived after Hud and was probably a contemporary of Abraham.
Commentary:
The camel formed the chief means of conveyance in Arabia, and it was on his she-camel that the Prophet Salih used to travel from place to place to preach his message. So he told his people that placing obstruction in the way of the free movements of the she-camel or doing harm to it would be tantamount to obstructing the work with which God had entrusted him, and that if they did not stand out of her way, God’s punishment would surely descend upon them. Thus it was that the she-camel was meant as a sign for the tribe of Thamud. There was nothing unusual about the camel itself. It was an ordinary animal. The sanctity that attached to it was that God had declared it to be a sign and a symbol of the sanctity and inviolability of the person of the Prophet Salih and doing an injury to it was declared to be tantamount to doing an injury to Salih himself and to hampering his work.
The words, leave her that she may feed in Allah’s earth, do not mean that she was to be allowed to graze in any field she pleased. What is meant is only that no obstruction was to be put in her way, and that she was to be permitted to proceed to any place to which Salih might choose to go. The declaration by Salih about the free movement of his she-camel was also in harmony with a time-honoured Arab custom.
a
7:78; 11:65; 17:60; 26:156; 54:28; 91:14.
e
11:62; 27:46.
1000
The camel formed the chief means of conveyance in those parts and it was on his she-camel that the Prophet Salih used to travel from place to place to preach his Message. Placing obstruction in the way of the free movements of the she-camel or doing it harm was tantamount to obstructing the work with which God had entrusted Salih. There was nothing unusual about the she-camel itself. It was an ordinary animal. The sanctity that attached to it was that God had declared it to be a Sign and a symbol of the sanctity and inviolability of the person of the Prophet Salih, and so doing an injury to it was tantamount to doing an injury to Salih himself and to hampering his work.
1001
The words do not mean that she was to be allowed to graze in any field she entered. The meaning is that no obstruction was to be put in her way and that she was to be permitted to proceed to any place to which Salih might choose to go. The declaration by Salih about the free movements of his she- camel was in harmony with a time-honoured Arab custom.
998
The Thamud tribe lived in the western parts of Arabia, having spread from Aden northward to Syria. They lived shortly before the time of Ishmael. Their territory was adjacent to that of ‘Ad, but they lived mostly in the hills.
999
The Prophet Salih lived after Hud and was probably a contemporary of Abraham.
وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَعَلَكُمْ خُلَفَآءَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ عَادٍ وَبَوَّأَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ تَتَّخِذُونَ مِن سُهُولِهَا قُصُورًا وَتَنْحِتُونَ ٱلْجِبَالَ بُيُوتًا ۖ فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ ءَالَآءَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا تَعْثَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُفْسِدِينَ
عَثَا۔ یَعْثٰی کے معنے بھی فساد کرنے کے ہوتے ہیں اور عربی کا قاعدہ ہے کہ جب اسی لفظ کو جس کا فعل آیا ہو دہرایا جائے تو ایسا تاکید کے لئے ہوتا ہے۔ پس چونکہ لَا تَعْثَوْ کے معنے بھی تھے ’’فساد مت کرو‘‘ اور اس کے بعد مُفْسِدِیْنَ کا لفظ تاکید کے لئے بڑھایا گیا ہے۔ اس آیت کے معنے ہوئے ’’جان بوجھ کر فساد مت کرو‘‘ یعنی اگر یہ کام بے جانے ہوتا تب بھی بُرا ہوتا۔ مگر تم کو تو خدا کے رسول نے متنبہ کر دیا تھا۔ پھر بھی تم باز نہیں آتے۔ اس لئے سزا کے مستحق ہو۔
6:166; 7:70, 130; 10:15.
15:83; 26:150.
The words, you build palaces in its plains, refer to the winter residences of the tribe, while the expression, and you hew the mountains into dwellings, allude to their summer resorts in the hills. The tribe of Thamud were a cultured people––industrious, wealthy and resourceful. Judged by the standards of their time, they led a luxurious and comfortable life, going up to the hills in the hot season and spending their winter in the plains.
6:166; 7:70,130; 10:15.
15:83; 26:150.
Important Words:
بواکم (assigned you an abode). بوا is derived from باء which means, he returned. بواہ منزلا means, he lodged him in an abode. بوأله منزلا means, he prepared for him an abode and assigned or gave him a place therein (Lane).
Commentary:
The words, you build palaces in its plains, refer to the winter residences of the tribe, while the expression, and you hew the mountains into houses, allude to their summer residences in the hills. The tribe of Thamud were a cultured people—industrious, wealthy and resourceful. Judged by the standards of that time, they led a luxurious and comfortable life, going up the hills in the hot season and spending their winters in the plains.
b
6:166; 7:70, 130; 10:15.
c
15:83; 26:150.
1
عَثَا۔ یَعْثٰی کے معنے بھی فساد کرنے کے ہوتے ہیں اور عربی کا قاعدہ ہے کہ جب اسی لفظ کو جس کا فعل آیا ہو دہرایا جائے تو ایسا تاکید کے لئے ہوتا ہے۔ پس چونکہ لَا تَعْثَوْ کے معنے بھی تھے ’’فساد مت کرو‘‘ اور اس کے بعد مُفْسِدِیْنَ کا لفظ تاکید کے لئے بڑھایا گیا ہے۔ اس آیت کے معنے ہوئے ’’جان بوجھ کر فساد مت کرو‘‘ یعنی اگر یہ کام بے جانے ہوتا تب بھی بُرا ہوتا۔ مگر تم کو تو خدا کے رسول نے متنبہ کر دیا تھا۔ پھر بھی تم باز نہیں آتے۔ اس لئے سزا کے مستحق ہو۔
a
6:166; 7:70,130; 10:15.
b
15:83; 26:150.
973
Important Words:
بواکم (assigned you an abode). بوا is derived from باء which means, he returned. بواہ منزلا means, he lodged him in an abode. بوأله منزلا means, he prepared for him an abode and assigned or gave him a place therein (Lane).
Commentary:
The words, you build palaces in its plains, refer to the winter residences of the tribe, while the expression, and you hew the mountains into houses, allude to their summer residences in the hills. The tribe of Thamud were a cultured people—industrious, wealthy and resourceful. Judged by the standards of that time, they led a luxurious and comfortable life, going up the hills in the hot season and spending their winters in the plains.
b
6:166; 7:70, 130; 10:15.
c
15:83; 26:150.
1002
The words, you build palaces in its plains, refer to the winter residences of the tribe, while the expression, and you hew the mountains into dwellings, allude to their summer resorts in the hills. The tribe of Thamud were a cultured people––industrious, wealthy and resourceful. Judged by the standards of their time, they led a luxurious and comfortable life, going up to the hills in the hot season and spending their winter in the plains.
قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لِلَّذِينَ ٱسْتُضْعِفُوا۟ لِمَنْ ءَامَنَ مِنْهُمْ أَتَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّ صَٰلِحًا مُّرْسَلٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ ۚ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِمَآ أُرْسِلَ بِهِۦ مُؤْمِنُونَ
Mala’a-hu means, he filled it. Mala’ul-Qaum means, the leaders of the people; its wealthy members (Aqrab). They are so called because with their presence in an assembly it seems to be full.
Important Words:
الملاء (chief men). See 2:247.
Commentary:
When the so-called leaders of his tribe found, to their mortification, that Salih stood firm as a rock in his convictions and no amount of persuasion could make him swerve from his purpose, they began to harass his followers, but these too they found bold and firm.
974
Important Words:
الملاء (chief men). See 2:247.
Commentary:
When the so-called leaders of his tribe found, to their mortification, that Salih stood firm as a rock in his convictions and no amount of persuasion could make him swerve from his purpose, they began to harass his followers, but these too they found bold and firm.
1003
Mala’a-hu means, he filled it. Mala’ul-Qaum means, the leaders of the people; its wealthy members (Aqrab). They are so called because with their presence in an assembly it seems to be full.
قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِٱلَّذِىٓ ءَامَنتُم بِهِۦ كَٰفِرُونَ
Commentary:
The words, Verily, we do disbelieve in that in which you believe, in popular parlance signify a typical form of arrogant but veiled threat generally held out by rich and powerful people to the weaker and poorer section of society. The words may be interpreted as: "How dare you, weak and poor as you are, accept a teaching which we, your betters and superiors, have thought fit to reject?"
975
Commentary:
The words, Verily, we do disbelieve in that in which you believe, in popular parlance signify a typical form of arrogant but veiled threat generally held out by rich and powerful people to the weaker and poorer section of society. The words may be interpreted as: "How dare you, weak and poor as you are, accept a teaching which we, your betters and superiors, have thought fit to reject?"
فَعَقَرُوا۟ ٱلنَّاقَةَ وَعَتَوْا۟ عَنْ أَمْرِ رَبِّهِمْ وَقَالُوا۟ يَٰصَٰلِحُ ٱئْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ
7:74.
اصل بات یہ ہے کہ اونٹنی سے ان لوگوں کو کوئی بغض نہ تھا۔ نہ اونٹنی کا مارنا کوئی اتنا گناہ ہے۔ صالحؑ اس اونٹنی پر چڑھ کر ملک میں تبلیغ کرتے تھے۔ انہوں نے اونٹنی کو اس لئے مارا کہ صالحؑ کی تبلیغ ختم ہو جائے اور لوگوں میں وہ بدنام ہو جائے۔ اس وجہ سے ان پر عذاب آیا۔
See 7:74.
See 7:74.
Important Words:
عقروا (hamstrung) is derived from عقر. They say عقره i.e. he wounded him, or he wounded him much; he hacked or hamstrung it (a beast); he struck or cut its (an animal’s) leg with a sword, etc.; he stabbed an animal, etc.; he killed, slew or destroyed. عقربی means, he detained or restrained me. عقر and عقرت mean, he or she was barren and produced no issue (Lane).
Commentary:
The reference in the pronoun "that" in the clause, bring us that, is to the punishment mentioned in 7:74 above. The she-camel was held out as a sign, and that sign was to be witnessed on her being obstructed by disbelievers. They not only hindered the free movement of the she-camel but even wounded and killed her which amounted to an open challenge to Salih to do his worst,—to call upon his God to send down the threatened punishment upon them.
d
7:74.
1
اصل بات یہ ہے کہ اونٹنی سے ان لوگوں کو کوئی بغض نہ تھا۔ نہ اونٹنی کا مارنا کوئی اتنا گناہ ہے۔ صالحؑ اس اونٹنی پر چڑھ کر ملک میں تبلیغ کرتے تھے۔ انہوں نے اونٹنی کو اس لئے مارا کہ صالحؑ کی تبلیغ ختم ہو جائے اور لوگوں میں وہ بدنام ہو جائے۔ اس وجہ سے ان پر عذاب آیا۔
a
See 7:74.
976
Important Words:
عقروا (hamstrung) is derived from عقر. They say عقره i.e. he wounded him, or he wounded him much; he hacked or hamstrung it (a beast); he struck or cut its (an animal’s) leg with a sword, etc.; he stabbed an animal, etc.; he killed, slew or destroyed. عقربی means, he detained or restrained me. عقر and عقرت mean, he or she was barren and produced no issue (Lane).
Commentary:
The reference in the pronoun "that" in the clause, bring us that, is to the punishment mentioned in 7:74 above. The she-camel was held out as a sign, and that sign was to be witnessed on her being obstructed by disbelievers. They not only hindered the free movement of the she-camel but even wounded and killed her which amounted to an open challenge to Salih to do his worst,—to call upon his God to send down the threatened punishment upon them.
a
See 7:74.
فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دَارِهِمْ جَٰثِمِينَ
7:92; 11:68; 15:84; 26:159.
یعنی عذاب کے وقت دعاؤں کے لئے وہ گھٹنوں کے بل گر گئے۔ لیکن چونکہ ایسے وقت میں توبہ کام نہیں دیتی‘ وہ اسی حالت میں مر گئے اور ان کے جسموں پر زلزلہ کی وجہ سے مکان گر گئے۔
7:92; 11:68; 15:84; 26:159.
7:92; 11:68; 15:84; 26:159.
Important Words:
الرجفة (earthquake) is derived from رجف which means, it was or became in a state of motion, commotion, convulsion or disturbance or in a state of violent motion, etc. رجفة means, commotion or convulsion, particularly an earthquake; a violent earthquake; a vehement cry from heaven; any punishment that befalls a people (Lane).
اصبحوا (lay) is derived from اصبح which again is derived from صبح. They say صبح القوم i.e. he came to the people in the morning. اصبح means: (1) he entered upon the time of morning; (2) he became; or he entered upon a certain state. اصبح زید عالماmeans, Zaid became learned. So جاثمین اصبحوا means, they became prostrate, i.e. they lay prostrate; or they entered upon the time of morning, while they lay prostrate (Lane & Aqrab).
جاثمین (prostrate on the ground) is the plural of جاثم which is the active participle from جثم which means, she clove to the ground, or he fell upon his breast; or he kept to his place, not quitting it. So جاثم means, one who, or that which, cleaves to the ground or falls upon his or its breast. It also means motionless or dead (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
According to the different meanings of the word جثم given under Important Words, the verse would mean that (1) they were crushed to death by the earthquake and lay prostrate; (2) when the earthquake overtook them, they were terrified and fell prostrate on the ground, praying to God for deliverance.
a
7:92; 11:68; 15:84; 26:159.
2
یعنی عذاب کے وقت دعاؤں کے لئے وہ گھٹنوں کے بل گر گئے۔ لیکن چونکہ ایسے وقت میں توبہ کام نہیں دیتی‘ وہ اسی حالت میں مر گئے اور ان کے جسموں پر زلزلہ کی وجہ سے مکان گر گئے۔
a
7:92; 11:68; 15:84; 26:159.
977
Important Words:
الرجفة (earthquake) is derived from رجف which means, it was or became in a state of motion, commotion, convulsion or disturbance or in a state of violent motion, etc. رجفة means, commotion or convulsion, particularly an earthquake; a violent earthquake; a vehement cry from heaven; any punishment that befalls a people (Lane).
اصبحوا (lay) is derived from اصبح which again is derived from صبح. They say صبح القوم i.e. he came to the people in the morning. اصبح means: (1) he entered upon the time of morning; (2) he became; or he entered upon a certain state. اصبح زید عالماmeans, Zaid became learned. So جاثمین اصبحوا means, they became prostrate, i.e. they lay prostrate; or they entered upon the time of morning, while they lay prostrate (Lane & Aqrab).
جاثمین (prostrate on the ground) is the plural of جاثم which is the active participle from جثم which means, she clove to the ground, or he fell upon his breast; or he kept to his place, not quitting it. So جاثم means, one who, or that which, cleaves to the ground or falls upon his or its breast. It also means motionless or dead (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
According to the different meanings of the word جثم given under Important Words, the verse would mean that (1) they were crushed to death by the earthquake and lay prostrate; (2) when the earthquake overtook them, they were terrified and fell prostrate on the ground, praying to God for deliverance.
b
7:92; 11:68; 15:84; 26:159.
فَتَوَلَّىٰ عَنْهُمْ وَقَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ لَقَدْ أَبْلَغْتُكُمْ رِسَالَةَ رَبِّى وَنَصَحْتُ لَكُمْ وَلَٰكِن لَّا تُحِبُّونَ ٱلنَّٰصِحِينَ
7:63, 69; 46:24.
7:63, 69; 46:24.
Salih left the stricken city in grief, as he could no longer bear to see the appalling sight, uttering the pathetic words mentioned in the verse with a sad and sorrowful heart, as did the Holy Prophet of Islam at Badr.
7:63, 69; 46:24.
Commentary:
Salih left the stricken city in grief, as he could no longer bear to see the appalling sight, uttering the pathetic words mentioned in the verse with a sad and sorrowful heart, as did the Holy Prophet of Islam at Badr.
b
7:63, 69; 46:24.
a
7:63, 69; 46:24.
978
Commentary:
Salih left the stricken city in grief, as he could no longer bear to see the appalling sight, uttering the pathetic words mentioned in the verse with a sad and sorrowful heart, as did the Holy Prophet of Islam at Badr.
a
7:63, 69; 46:24.
1004
Salih left the stricken city in grief, as he could no longer bear to see the appalling sight, uttering the pathetic words mentioned in the verse with a sad and sorrowful heart, as did the Holy Prophet of Islam at Badr.
وَلُوطًا إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ أَتَأْتُونَ ٱلْفَٰحِشَةَ مَا سَبَقَكُم بِهَا مِنْ أَحَدٍ مِّنَ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ
27:55; 29:29.
27:55; 29:29.
Lot was a nephew and contemporary of Abraham (Gen. 11: 27, 31).
The words imply that it was a new kind of evil which was unknown before, or that its great extent at that time had no parallel before.
27:55; 29:29.
Important Words:
لوط (Lot) was a nephew and contemporary of Abraham (Gen. 11:27, 31). See also 6:87.
Commentary:
This verse throws some light on the fact that the Perfect Law could not be revealed in the beginning of the world, because laws are meant to meet and remedy evils, and so religious Laws were gradually revealed as evils grew and spread. If a Perfect Law had been revealed in the very beginning, detailing all the evils, it would, in a way, have proved the means of teaching men evils of which they were yet ignorant. Hence, a Perfect Law could be revealed only at a time when all or most of the evils, particularly those known as root evils, had made their appearance and become established. Such was the case when the Quran was revealed. To this fact the Quran alludes in the words, Corruption has appeared (and become established) on land and sea, (30:42), which means that at the advent of the Holy Prophet, all the diverse root evils had become manifest and established.
The "abomination" mentioned in the present verse is explained in the next. The words, as no one in the world ever did before you, imply that it was a new kind of evil which was unknown before, or that its present extent had had no parallel before.
c
27:55; 29:29.
b
27:55; 29:29.
979
Important Words:
لوط (Lot) was a nephew and contemporary of Abraham (Gen. 11:27, 31). See also 6:87.
Commentary:
This verse throws some light on the fact that the Perfect Law could not be revealed in the beginning of the world, because laws are meant to meet and remedy evils, and so religious Laws were gradually revealed as evils grew and spread. If a Perfect Law had been revealed in the very beginning, detailing all the evils, it would, in a way, have proved the means of teaching men evils of which they were yet ignorant. Hence, a Perfect Law could be revealed only at a time when all or most of the evils, particularly those known as root evils, had made their appearance and become established. Such was the case when the Quran was revealed. To this fact the Quran alludes in the words, Corruption has appeared (and become established) on land and sea, (30:42), which means that at the advent of the Holy Prophet, all the diverse root evils had become manifest and established.
The "abomination" mentioned in the present verse is explained in the next. The words, as no one in the world ever did before you, imply that it was a new kind of evil which was unknown before, or that its present extent had had no parallel before.
b
27:55; 29:29.
1005
Lot was a nephew and contemporary of Abraham (Gen. 11: 27, 31).
1006
The words imply that it was a new kind of evil which was unknown before, or that its great extent at that time had no parallel before.
إِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ ٱلرِّجَالَ شَهْوَةً مِّن دُونِ ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۚ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌ مُّسْرِفُونَ
26:166; 27:56; 29:30.
26:166; 27:56; 29:30.
d
26:166; 27:56; 29:30.
c
26:166; 27:56; 29:30.
980
Commentary:
Lot rebuked his people for having not only innovated the extremely foul practice of sodomy, but for having also excelled in other evil practices.
c
26:166; 27:56; 29:30.
وَمَا كَانَ جَوَابَ قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ أَخْرِجُوهُم مِّن قَرْيَتِكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ أُنَاسٌ يَتَطَهَّرُونَ
27:57.
27:57.
Commentary:
The word یتطھرون (who would keep pure) may also signify "who affect to be pure"; because the باب (form) of تفعل is not unoften used to imply affectation. The word was used by the opponents of Lot about his followers by way of taunt, signifying that they posed and paraded as extra-righteous and holy persons.
e
27:57.
a
27:57.
981
Commentary:
The word یتطھرون (who would keep pure) may also signify "who affect to be pure"; because the باب (form) of تفعل is not unoften used to imply affectation. The word was used by the opponents of Lot about his followers by way of taunt, signifying that they posed and paraded as extra-righteous and holy persons.
d
27:57.
1007
The opponents of Lot taunted his followers that they posed and paraded as extra righteous and holy persons.
فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ إِلَّا ٱمْرَأَتَهُۥ كَانَتْ مِنَ ٱلْغَٰبِرِينَ
26:171-172; 27:58; 29:34; 37:135-136.
عذاب سے پہلے حضرت لوطؑ کو کہا گیا تھا کہ وہاں سے نکل جائیں۔ مگر ان کی دو بیٹیاں اس شہر میں بیاہی ہوئی تھیں۔ ان کی بیوی نے خدا کا حکم نہ مانا اور بیٹیوں کی محبت کی وجہ سے پیچھے رہ گئی۔ اور وہ عذاب میں مبتلا ہو گئی۔
26:171-172; 27:58; 29:34; 37:135-136.
26:171-172; 27:58; 29:34; 37:135-136.
Important Words:
الغابرین (who stayed behind) is derived from غبر i.e. he or it remained, lasted or continued; he stayed, tarried or waited; or contrarily, he or it passed away or went away; or it (a wound) was or became in a bad state, especially after once being healed; or it healed externally while it was in a withering state internally; he (a man) hid enmity or hatred in his heart. So غابر is one who remains or stays or tarries behind or waits, etc. (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse does not necessarily imply that the wife of Lot was a disbeliever. The fact that she tarried to inform her relatives of the impending punishment shows that she probably possessed some faith. As, however, she disregarded the command that no warning of the coming calamity was to be given to any disbeliever, she was punished. The word غابرین(who stayed behind) treated under Important Words above throws some interesting light on the real condition of Lot’s wife. Most probably she outwardly believed in her husband but was like a withering wound within and stayed or lingered behind, while Lot and his companions hurriedly left the doomed place.
There exists some difference of opinion among students of history as to the situation of the place where the people of Lot lived. According to some, the Dead Sea is the site of the ruined cities. The Quran, however, appears to place it on the route from Medina to Syria (15:80).
f
26:171-172; 27:58; 29:34; 37:135-136.
1
عذاب سے پہلے حضرت لوطؑ کو کہا گیا تھا کہ وہاں سے نکل جائیں۔ مگر ان کی دو بیٹیاں اس شہر میں بیاہی ہوئی تھیں۔ ان کی بیوی نے خدا کا حکم نہ مانا اور بیٹیوں کی محبت کی وجہ سے پیچھے رہ گئی۔ اور وہ عذاب میں مبتلا ہو گئی۔
b
26:171-172; 27:58; 29:34; 37:135-136.
982
Important Words:
الغابرین (who stayed behind) is derived from غبر i.e. he or it remained, lasted or continued; he stayed, tarried or waited; or contrarily, he or it passed away or went away; or it (a wound) was or became in a bad state, especially after once being healed; or it healed externally while it was in a withering state internally; he (a man) hid enmity or hatred in his heart. So غابر is one who remains or stays or tarries behind or waits, etc. (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse does not necessarily imply that the wife of Lot was a disbeliever. The fact that she tarried to inform her relatives of the impending punishment shows that she probably possessed some faith. As, however, she disregarded the command that no warning of the coming calamity was to be given to any disbeliever, she was punished. The word غابرین(who stayed behind) treated under Important Words above throws some interesting light on the real condition of Lot’s wife. Most probably she outwardly believed in her husband but was like a withering wound within and stayed or lingered behind, while Lot and his companions hurriedly left the doomed place.
There exists some difference of opinion among students of history as to the situation of the place where the people of Lot lived. According to some, the Dead Sea is the site of the ruined cities. The Quran, however, appears to place it on the route from Medina to Syria (15:80).
e
26:171-172; 27:58; 29:34; 37:135-136.
وَأَمْطَرْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّطَرًا ۖ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ
لوطؑ کی قوم کے وطن پر بھی ایک شدید زلزلہ آیا تھا جس سے زمین کا تختہ الٹ گیا تھا۔ شدید زلزلوں میں ایسا ہوتا ہے کہ مٹی سینکڑوں فٹ اوپر جاکر پھر گرتی ہے۔ گویا مٹی اور پتھروں کی بارش ہوتی ہے۔ پومپیائی میں بھی ایسا ہوا۔ ۱۹۰۵ء میں کانگڑہ میں بھی ایسا ہوا۔ حال میں ہی کابل کے شمال میں ایک شدید زلزلہ آیا۔ اس میں بھی ایسا ہی ہوا۔
26:174; 27:59.
It often happens in a severe earthquake that rocks and rubble erupt and are carried to a height and then fall back on the earth. This happened at Pompeii; and at Kangra (India) in 1905.
According to some the country round the Dead Sea is the site of the ruined cities. The Qur’an, however, appears to place it on the route from Medina to Syria (15:80).
g
26:174; 27:59.
508
在一次剧烈的地震中经常会发生喷发岩石和石块到高空然后落回地面的现象。这种现象在庞贝 (Pompeii) 发生过; 1905年在印度康格拉 (Kangra) 也发生过。
2
لوطؑ کی قوم کے وطن پر بھی ایک شدید زلزلہ آیا تھا جس سے زمین کا تختہ الٹ گیا تھا۔ شدید زلزلوں میں ایسا ہوتا ہے کہ مٹی سینکڑوں فٹ اوپر جاکر پھر گرتی ہے۔ گویا مٹی اور پتھروں کی بارش ہوتی ہے۔ پومپیائی میں بھی ایسا ہوا۔ ۱۹۰۵ء میں کانگڑہ میں بھی ایسا ہوا۔ حال میں ہی کابل کے شمال میں ایک شدید زلزلہ آیا۔ اس میں بھی ایسا ہی ہوا۔
a
26:174; 27:59.
983
Commentary:
It appears that there was a violent eruption, and burning matter was thrown out of the ground and buried the disbelieving people underneath it.
a
26:174; 27:59.
1008
It often happens in a severe earthquake that rocks and rubble erupt and are carried to a height and then fall back on the earth. This happened at Pompeii; and at Kangra (India) in 1905.
1009
According to some the country round the Dead Sea is the site of the ruined cities. The Qur’an, however, appears to place it on the route from Medina to Syria (15:80).
وَإِلَىٰ مَدْيَنَ أَخَاهُمْ شُعَيْبًا ۗ قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ قَدْ جَآءَتْكُم بَيِّنَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ فَأَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ وَلَا تَبْخَسُوا۟ ٱلنَّاسَ أَشْيَآءَهُمْ وَلَا تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بَعْدَ إِصْلَٰحِهَا ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ
11:85; 29:37.
6:153; 11:86.
麦德彦是伊布拉欣和凯图拉 (Keturah) 所生的儿子(«创始记» 25:1, 2)。他的后裔定居在希贾兹 حِجَازْ (Hijaz) 的北部。麦德彦也是红海岸一个城市的名字, 在阿拉伯海岸西奈半岛的对面。那个城市由于居住着麦德彦的后裔而有此名。有些人称它是个港口, 因为它接近大海, 离开阿克巴海湾仅八英里。其他一些人说它是一个岛上城市。麦德彦的居民很多是伊司马仪的子孙。舒艾布在有些地方很像穆圣, 他们两个都不得不离开原有的家到另一个城市去, 不过舒艾布去了麦德彦而穆圣去了麦地那。
舒艾布是一个非以色列先知的名字, 他在穆撒之前, 一般人都把他看作穆撒的岳父, 虽然 «圣经» 上并没有谈到这个名字。按 «圣经» 说, 穆撒的岳父是杰思罗 (Jethro), 没有说他是一个先知。«古兰经» 说穆撒在舒艾布之后被选拔出来, 因此他和他不可能是同时代的人。(7:104) 这节经文中谈到舒艾布是麦德彦的 “兄弟”, 必然的推断是, 他是伊布拉欣的一个后裔, 麦德彦是这个众圣之父的儿子, 是和他的女奴凯图拉 (Keturah) 生的。
بائبل سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کی ایک بیوی جو حضرت سارہ اور حضرت ہاجرہ کے علاوہ تھیں۔ ان سے بھی حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کے ہاں ایک بیٹا ہوا تھا جس کا نام آپ نے مدین رکھا تھا۔ اس کی نسل پھیلتے پھیلتے حجاز کے شمال اور فلسطین کے جنوبی علاقہ میں آباد ہوئی۔ اور زیادہ قرب اس قوم کو خلیج عقبہ سے تھا۔ کیونکہ جغرافیہ نویس کہتے ہیں کہ مدین قوم کا شہرمدین اسی کے قریب واقعہ ہے۔ یہی خلیج عقبہ ہے جو درحقیقت بحیرئہ سرخ کی وہ شاخ ہے جو عرب کے ساتھ ساتھ گزرتی ہے۔ اور جس کے متعلق آج کل مصر‘ سعودی عرب اور اسرائیل کے درمیان جھگڑا ہو رہا ہے۔ حضرت شعیبؑ اسی قوم میں آ
11:85; 29:37.
6:153; 11:86.
Midian was Abraham’s son from Keturah (Gen. 25: 1, 2). His descendants settled in the north of Hijaz. Midian was also the name of a town on the Red Sea, opposite to Sinai on the Arabian shore. The town was so called because it was inhabited by the descendants of Midian. Some have referred to it as a seaport on account of its proximity to the sea, being situated only at a distance of about eight miles from the Gulf of ‘Aqabah; others have spoken of it as an inland town. Midian had a large population of the descendants of Ishmael. Shu‘aib had some resemblance with the Holy Prophet in that both had to leave their original home for another town, Midian in the case of Shu‘aib and Medina in the case of the Holy Prophet.
Shu‘aib was the name of a non-Israelite Prophet who lived before Moses. He is generally looked upon as the father-in-law of Moses, though the Bible makes no mention of the name. According to the Bible, the name of the father-in-law of Moses was Jethro, who is not spoken of as a Prophet. The Qur’an speaks of Moses as having been raised after Shu‘aib, so he could not be his contemporary (7:104). As Shu‘aib has been mentioned in this verse as the "brother" of Midian, the inference is inevitable that he was a descendant of Abraham, Midian being a son of the Patriarch from his bondmaid, Keturah.
11:85; 29:37.
6:153; 11:86.
Important Words:
مدین (Midian) was Abraham’s son from Keturah (Gen. 25:1, 2). His descendants dwelt in the north of the Hijaz. Midian was also the name of a town near the Red Sea, opposite to Sinai on the Arabian shore. The town was so called because it was inhabited by the descendants of Midian. Some have referred to it as a sea-port on account of its proximity to the sea, being situated only at a distance of eight miles from it; others have spoken of it as an inland town.
شعیب (Shu‘aib) was the name of a non-Israelite Prophet who lived before Moses. He is generally looked upon as the father-in-law of Moses, though the Bible makes no mention of the name. According to the story of the Bible, the name of the father-in-law of Moses was Jethro, who is not spoken of as a Prophet. The Quran speaks of Moses as having been raised after Shu‘aib, so he could not be a contemporary (7:104). As Shu‘aib has been mentioned in this verse as the "brother" of Midian, the inference is inevitable that he was a descendant of Abraham, Midian being a son of the Patriarch by his bondmaid Keturah. For fuller discussion of Shu‘aib see 11:85.
The word اصلاح (being set in order) refers here to the coming down of Divine revelation and the advent of the Prophet Shu‘aib (see 7:57). According to the verse under comment, the most prominent evil of the Midian people was their unfair practice in measuring and weighing.
a
11:85; 29:37.
b
6:153; 11:86.
509
麦德彦是伊布拉欣和凯图拉 (Keturah) 所生的儿子(«创始记» 25:1, 2)。他的后裔定居在希贾兹 حِجَازْ (Hijaz) 的北部。麦德彦也是红海岸一个城市的名字, 在阿拉伯海岸西奈半岛的对面。那个城市由于居住着麦德彦的后裔而有此名。有些人称它是个港口, 因为它接近大海, 离开阿克巴海湾仅八英里。其他一些人说它是一个岛上城市。麦德彦的居民很多是伊司马仪的子孙。舒艾布在有些地方很像穆圣, 他们两个都不得不离开原有的家到另一个城市去, 不过舒艾布去了麦德彦而穆圣去了麦地那。
510
舒艾布是一个非以色列先知的名字, 他在穆撒之前, 一般人都把他看作穆撒的岳父, 虽然 «圣经» 上并没有谈到这个名字。按 «圣经» 说, 穆撒的岳父是杰思罗 (Jethro), 没有说他是一个先知。«古兰经» 说穆撒在舒艾布之后被选拔出来, 因此他和他不可能是同时代的人。(7:104) 这节经文中谈到舒艾布是麦德彦的 “兄弟”, 必然的推断是, 他是伊布拉欣的一个后裔, 麦德彦是这个众圣之父的儿子, 是和他的女奴凯图拉 (Keturah) 生的。
3
بائبل سے معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کی ایک بیوی جو حضرت سارہ اور حضرت ہاجرہ کے علاوہ تھیں۔ ان سے بھی حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام کے ہاں ایک بیٹا ہوا تھا جس کا نام آپ نے مدین رکھا تھا۔ اس کی نسل پھیلتے پھیلتے حجاز کے شمال اور فلسطین کے جنوبی علاقہ میں آباد ہوئی۔ اور زیادہ قرب اس قوم کو خلیج عقبہ سے تھا۔ کیونکہ جغرافیہ نویس کہتے ہیں کہ مدین قوم کا شہرمدین اسی کے قریب واقعہ ہے۔ یہی خلیج عقبہ ہے جو درحقیقت بحیرئہ سرخ کی وہ شاخ ہے جو عرب کے ساتھ ساتھ گزرتی ہے۔ اور جس کے متعلق آج کل مصر‘ سعودی عرب اور اسرائیل کے درمیان جھگڑا ہو رہا ہے۔ حضرت شعیبؑ اسی قوم میں آ
b
11:85; 29:37.
c
6:153; 11:86.
984
Important Words:
مدین (Midian) was Abraham’s son from Keturah (Gen. 25:1, 2). His descendants dwelt in the north of the Hijaz. Midian was also the name of a town near the Red Sea, opposite to Sinai on the Arabian shore. The town was so called because it was inhabited by the descendants of Midian. Some have referred to it as a sea-port on account of its proximity to the sea, being situated only at a distance of eight miles from it; others have spoken of it as an inland town.
شعیب (Shu‘aib) was the name of a non-Israelite Prophet who lived before Moses. He is generally looked upon as the father-in-law of Moses, though the Bible makes no mention of the name. According to the story of the Bible, the name of the father-in-law of Moses was Jethro, who is not spoken of as a Prophet. The Quran speaks of Moses as having been raised after Shu‘aib, so he could not be a contemporary (7:104). As Shu‘aib has been mentioned in this verse as the "brother" of Midian, the inference is inevitable that he was a descendant of Abraham, Midian being a son of the Patriarch by his bondmaid Keturah. For fuller discussion of Shu‘aib see 11:85.
The word اصلاح (being set in order) refers here to the coming down of Divine revelation and the advent of the Prophet Shu‘aib (see 7:57). According to the verse under comment, the most prominent evil of the Midian people was their unfair practice in measuring and weighing.
b
11:85; 29:37.
c
6:153; 11:86.
1010
Midian was Abraham’s son from Keturah (Gen. 25: 1, 2). His descendants settled in the north of Hijaz. Midian was also the name of a town on the Red Sea, opposite to Sinai on the Arabian shore. The town was so called because it was inhabited by the descendants of Midian. Some have referred to it as a seaport on account of its proximity to the sea, being situated only at a distance of about eight miles from the Gulf of ‘Aqabah; others have spoken of it as an inland town. Midian had a large population of the descendants of Ishmael. Shu‘aib had some resemblance with the Holy Prophet in that both had to leave their original home for another town, Midian in the case of Shu‘aib and Medina in the case of the Holy Prophet.
1011
Shu‘aib was the name of a non-Israelite Prophet who lived before Moses. He is generally looked upon as the father-in-law of Moses, though the Bible makes no mention of the name. According to the Bible, the name of the father-in-law of Moses was Jethro, who is not spoken of as a Prophet. The Qur’an speaks of Moses as having been raised after Shu‘aib, so he could not be his contemporary (7:104). As Shu‘aib has been mentioned in this verse as the "brother" of Midian, the inference is inevitable that he was a descendant of Abraham, Midian being a son of the Patriarch from his bondmaid, Keturah.
وَلَا تَقْعُدُوا۟ بِكُلِّ صِرَٰطٍ تُوعِدُونَ وَتَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ مَنْ ءَامَنَ بِهِۦ وَتَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًا ۚ وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ كُنتُمْ قَلِيلًا فَكَثَّرَكُمْ ۖ وَٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ
7:46; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
3:124; 8:27.
The children of Abraham from Keturah, who was a bondwoman, were despised by both the Israelites and the Ishmaelites. They were looked down upon as weak and despicable, but God increased their numbers and gave them wealth and power.
7:46; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
3:124; 8:27.
Commentary:
The tribe of Shu‘aib appears to resemble very much the Arabs in their ways and customs; for, the Meccans did with the Holy Prophet exactly what the people of Shu‘aib did with him. Both of them hindered the outsiders from approaching their respective Prophets. The words, لا تقعدوا بکل صراط besides the meaning given in the text, may also be interpreted as, "have not recourse to every means", and taken in this sense, the prohibition shows that the people of Shu‘aib tried all means in their power to dissuade men from accepting the truth.
The children of Abraham from Keturah, who was a bondwoman, were despised by both Israelites and Ishmaelites. They were looked down upon as weak and despicable, but God increased their number and gave them wealth and power. They are, therefore, asked to remember this favour of God and be grateful to Him.
c
7:46; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
d
3:124; 8:27.
a
7:46; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
b
3:124; 8:27.
985
Commentary:
The tribe of Shu‘aib appears to resemble very much the Arabs in their ways and customs; for, the Meccans did with the Holy Prophet exactly what the people of Shu‘aib did with him. Both of them hindered the outsiders from approaching their respective Prophets. The words, لا تقعدوا بکل صراط besides the meaning given in the text, may also be interpreted as, "have not recourse to every means", and taken in this sense, the prohibition shows that the people of Shu‘aib tried all means in their power to dissuade men from accepting the truth.
The children of Abraham from Keturah, who was a bondwoman, were despised by both Israelites and Ishmaelites. They were looked down upon as weak and despicable, but God increased their number and gave them wealth and power. They are, therefore, asked to remember this favour of God and be grateful to Him.
a
7:46; 11:20; 14:4; 16:89.
b
3:124; 8:27.
1012
The children of Abraham from Keturah, who was a bondwoman, were despised by both the Israelites and the Ishmaelites. They were looked down upon as weak and despicable, but God increased their numbers and gave them wealth and power.
وَإِن كَانَ طَآئِفَةٌ مِّنكُمْ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱلَّذِىٓ أُرْسِلْتُ بِهِۦ وَطَآئِفَةٌ لَّمْ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ فَٱصْبِرُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يَحْكُمَ ٱللَّهُ بَيْنَنَا ۚ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلْحَٰكِمِينَ
Commentary:
The verse refers to the last course that a Prophet adopts after the failure of all his efforts to make his people see the error of their ways and accept the truth. He leaves the whole matter in the hand of God and asks them to wait till God should show a decisive sign which would clearly distinguish between right and wrong.
986
Commentary:
The verse refers to the last course that a Prophet adopts after the failure of all his efforts to make his people see the error of their ways and accept the truth. He leaves the whole matter in the hand of God and asks them to wait till God should show a decisive sign which would clearly distinguish between right and wrong.